LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. 

- Shelf. MSt.. 



UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 



EECEIfT 



Examination Papers 



FOR ADMISSION TO 



HARYAED, YALE, PEINCETON, SHEFFIELD 

SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL, AND COLUMBIA 

SCHOOL OF MINES. 



SELECTED AND EDITED FOR THE USE OF 
PREPARATORY SCHOOLS 



JOHN S} WHITE, LL.D., 

Head Master of Berkeley School, New York City. 




JliN 4 1888 -H./ 
BOSTON : ^^ ^ 



PUBLISHED BY GINN & COMPANY. 

1888. 






V 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1888, by 

JOHN S. WHITE, 
in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 



Typoghapht by J. S. CusHiNG & Co., Boston. 



Presswork et Ginn & Co., Boston. 



c^ 



PEEFACE. 



The work of preparing students for the three or four 
leading colleges of America (with the advanced requisitions 
made durins: the last three or four years) has become so 
complicated that it can be thoroughly done only b}^ the 
expert teacher who keeps himself thoroughlj^ informed as 
to the methods used in the various colleges and the pecu- 
liarities of the individual examination papers presented. 
As these colleges are quietl}'^ but steadily pushing on to 
that point where they wall become universities in fact, as 
well as in name,, the necessity for admitting 3'oung men at 
a greater age than formerly grows more and more apparent. 
Harvard College in particular, after introducing the elective 
system into all classes of undergraduates, has adjusted the 
character of its entrance examinations in such a way as to 
ask for original work and thought from the candidates for 
admission, not onl}' in mathematics and physics, but in the 
languages. The old idea of preparation for college, that a 
boy must have read a stipulated number of the orations of 
Cicero, and just so many books of Homer and Xenophon, 
and be examined upon that and that only, has been entirely 
discarded, and to-da}' the candidate must be practically 
able to read Latin, Greek, and either French or German, 
at sight; and in geometry and algebra he finds more than 
one-half of the matter demanded from him put into the 
form of original problems or demonstrations. In other 
words, he must have just about as good a training, if not 
as good an education, in original thought and correct 



iv PEEFACE. 

metliods, as the entire college curriculum of fiftj' years 
ago could have given to him ; and the preparatory school 
of to-day, or the private tutor, must be comi)etent to carry 
the student to this point. 

What is true of Harvard is true to a less extent of three 
or four other leading colleges ; and while, happily, for this 
reason, it is no loDger possible to make "cramming" for 
a special examination take the place of genuine training, 
the necessity for understanding the specific demands of the 
various colleges, as indicated in their examination papers, 
has become vastly more necessary than before. In the 
compilation from recent examinations which this volume 
presents, the aim has been to select those papers which 
will give to the teacher in this higher work the best under- 
standing of what the colleges demand, and the work is 
intended to be used as a regular text-book during the last 
year or two of the preparatory course. In the case of Har- 
vard and Yale, one full set of the paj)ers given at the last 
examination has been presented, and a number of other earlier 
examinations, selected as practice papers, have been printed 
consecutively. It is a matter of regret that the faculty of 
Columbia College objected to the printing of the admission 
papers to the School of Arts. 

Many an able and industrious student prepared by a 
teacher who is not expert, fails to do himself justice on 
college entrance examinations, for the simple reason that 
he was not taught accurately what the college would ask 
for and how it would present its questions. To neglect 
the opportunity which lies within the reach of every teacher 
is as culpable as it would be for the captain of a yacht to 
enter a race with no previous understanding of the pre- 
vailing currents and signals or the character of the course 
over which he is to sail. 



PAPERS 



HAEYAED UE"IYEESITY". 



NEW METHOD. 



September, 1887. 



PRESCKIBED. 

ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 1. 

"Write a composition — with special attention to clearness 
of arrangement, accuracy of expression, and quality rather 
than quantity of matter — on one of the following sub- 
jects : — 

1. The Story of Milton's Life. 

2. The Story of the First Book of Paradise Lost. 

3. Macaulay's Estimate of Paradise Lost. 

4. An Outline of the Story of Quentin Durward. 

5. The Character of King Louis XL as represented by 
Scott. 



PRESCKIBED. 

ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 2. 

SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 
[Write your number on this paper.] 
Correct on this paper all the errors you discover in the 
f ollowino; sentences — the work of candidates for admission 
to Harvard College : — 

1. Quentin Durward as we know was escaping with Isa- 
belle's aunt thinking it to be the girl he loved. 



4 ENGLISH COMPOSITION. 

2. He was willing to undertake no journej' or decide upon 
an}^ plan until he had found out whether the stars foretold a 
result favorable to him. 

3. I dont think he ever really trusted any one, for even if 
they might have saved his life he would find some fault or 
rather in him. 

4. The Duke of Burgundy was roused to such anger that 
he caused the king's imprisonment, whom he thought helped 
the matter on. 

5. He has no moral scruples about anything ; and they 
have. 

6. Instead of going up the side of the river he intended, 
he remained on the same side he was. 

7. Very interesting is the description given by Scott of 
the famous men of that time, Louis and his barber, etc., — 
who exerted a powerful influence over the superstitious mind 
of Louis. 

8. William thought that Louis would aid him, and, with- 
out doubt, he would have, had he not feared the Duke of 
Burgund}^ 

9. Quentin finds Isabelle, prepared for the worst, and 
when, having induced her to disguise herself, they endeavor 
to escape they find flight impossible. 

10. He sent Quentin's uncle with an order to enscribe his 
scotish relation in the guards. 

11. He was very superstitious, and before undertaking a 
great project he always consulted the heavens to find if the 
affair would be successful or not. 

12. Of large frame and bulk, fierce expression and harsh 
voice, we seem to almost see before us this monster. 

13. Galeotti, having gone to him and being about to be 
slain, as a last resource told the King that he read in the 



ELEMENTARY GEEEK. 6 

stars, that he (Galeotti) would die just twenty-four hours 
before the death of His Majesty would take place. 

14. After the old man had left Quentin and having seen 
his uncle, the youth, having an adventurous spirit, wandering 
from the inn came upon several people looking at something 
up a tree. 

15. Quentin marries his lady love and died after a most 
happy life full of adventures. 



BLEMBNTAHY GRBBK. 

ATTIC PROSE AT SIGHT. 

You are advised not to write any part of the translation until you have 

read the passage through two or three times. 

Divide your time equally between the translation and the questions. 

[Subject. — The victory of Agesilaus at Coroneia, in 394 e.g.] 
Translate : — ■ 

'E7retS?7 Be tj fxev vlkt] crvv ^A.y7]cn\d(p ijevero, rerpco- 
fjLevo^; 8' avTo<; Trpoarjvey^Or] irpo'^ rrjv (jxiXayya, irpoae- 
\dcravTe^ rtV6<; rcov lirTrecov \eyovcnv avrS on rcoz' 
iroXefJiiCDV ojSorJKOvra avv toI<^ oTrXoc^; iiiro tw vaa> elcn, 
5 Kol r)pct)TCL)V, Ti ')(^pr) TTOieiv. O 8e fcalirep iroXXa rpav- 
jjuara 'e')((ov Trdvroae /cal iTavToioi<^ birXoc'^ o/jlco^ ovk 
iireXdOero rod Oelov, dX)C eav re dirLevai ottol /3ou- 
XotVTO i/ceXeve /cat dScfcelv ovk ela, /cal irpoireiM'^aL 
iirera^e tov<; d/mcf)* avrov I'rriTel'^ eare ev rep d(j<^a\el 

10 eyevovTO. 'ETret ye /jirjv eXij^ev rj p^d')(7], Traprjv Srj 6ed- 
aacrdat, evOa avveirecrov aWr/Xot?, Tr]v fiev yijv alfiari, 
7re(f)vp/jiev7]V,^ ve/cpov'^ Be Ket/jLevov; (pcXcov; koI iroXe- 
/jLlov? fier dXkrfkcov, dcnTiBa<i he SiareOpv/jifievaq,^ Sdpara 
avvTeO paver fJLeva, iy^ecplSca yvfiva Ko\eS)V,^ rd /J^ev ya- 
1 ^v/jw, soil^ defile. ^ dpvKTw, shiver. ^ KoXeos, sheath. 



6 ELEMENTAKY LATIN. 

15 fxai, TCb 8* iv (Tcofiacri, ra S' ere fjbera '^elpm. Tore fjuev 
ovv, Kol (yap rjv i]8r} o-^e, crvv6\KV(ravT6<i rou? V6/cpov<i 
etcrco (f)d\ayyo<i iSeiTrvoTrotijaavTO /cat eKOLfiTjOijaav • 
TT/oool Be TvXlv top 'iro\eiJbap')(ov Trapard^ai re iiceXevcre 
TO crrpdrev/uLa koX Tpoiraiov LcrracrOat, kol crrec^avovcrOav 

20 7rdvTa<; to3 Oeo) /cal tov<; avXrjrd^ 7rdvTa<; avXelv. 

Xen. Ages. II. 13-15. 
Answer the following : — 

(a) Decline in the plural number the nouns to which the 
forms vacp (4) and ^aAayyos (13) belong. 

(6) In what tense, mood, and voice is rerpco^eVos (1) ? 
Analyze this form, showing how it is built up from the 
simple stem. 

(c) Give the principal parts of rao-o-o) (14). Inflect its 
aorist subjunctive passive. 

(cZ) Give the derivation of rpoiraiov (14), b}^ naming the 
ultimate verb-stem and intermediative noun-stem from which 
it is formed, and give as many Greek words from the same 
stems, with their meanings, as you can recall. 

(e) Account for the case of at/xart (19) and of (f>aXay- 
yos (13). 

(/) Account for the tense of Trpoo-eXao-avres (2) and of 
Ixov (5). 

(g) In what other mood might elat (4) have been ? State 
the principle. 

{h) Explain the construction of iav and dTrteVat (6) and of 

dStKCtV (6). 



ELEMENTARY LATIN. 
I. Translate : — 

At Drappes unaque Lucterius, cum legiones Caniniumque 
adesse cognoscerent, nee se sine certa pernicie persequente 



ELEMENTARY LATIN. 7 

exercitu putarent provinciae fines intrare posse, nee iam li- 
beram vagandi latrociniorumque faciendorum facultatem ha- 
berent, consistunt in agris Cadurcorum. Ibi cum Lucterius 
apud suos Gives quondam integris rebus multum potuisset, 
semperque auctor novorum consiliorum magnam apud bar- 
baros auctoritatem haberet, oppidum Uxellodunum, quod in 
clientela fuerat eius, natura loci egregie munitum, occupat 
suis et Drappetis copiis, oppidanosque sibi coniungit. Quo 
cum confestim C. Caninius venisset, animadverteretque om- 
nes oppidi partes praeruptissimis saxis esse munitas, quo de- 
fendente nuUo tamen armatis ascendere esset difficile, magna 
autem impedimenta oppidanorum videret, quae si clandestina 
fuga subtrahere conarentur, effugere non modo equitatum, 
sed ne legiones quidem possent, tripertito cohortibus divisis 
trina excelsissimo loco castra fecit, a quibus paullatim, quan- 
tum copiae patiebantur, vallum in oppidi circuitum ducere 

instituit. 

Give all the participles and infinitives of cognoscerent. 
Give the future indicative of vagandi and munitum. 

Compare lihere and difficile. 

Decline pernicie. 

Derivation of impedimenta, tripertito, oppidanos. 

Construction ot per sequente, faciendorum, saxis, armatis, 

II. Translate : — 

lusiurandum apud Romanos inviolate sancteque habitum 
servatumque est. Id et moribus legibusque multis ostendi- 
tur, et hoc, quod dicemus, ei rei non tenue argumentum esse 
potest. Post proelium Cannense Hannibal, Carthaginiensium 
imperator, ex captivis nostris electos decem Romam misit 
mandavitque eis pactusque est, ut, si populo Eomano videre- 
tur, permutatio fieret captivorum et pro his, quos alteri plures 
acciperent, darent argenti pondo libram et selibram. Hoc, 
priusquam proficiscereutur, iusiurandum eos adegit, redituros 
esse in castra Poenica, si Romani captives non permutareut. 



8 ELEMENTARY GERMAN. 



ELEMENTARY GERMAN. 

[No. I., if well translated, will be enough. A good rendering of II. will 
compensate in some measure for deficiencies in I.] 

I. Translate : — 

@§ iDar ble (^eit)o^tt^eU btefe^ Stolen ^onig6, urn 5 U^r be^ 
9}?orgen§ aufgufte^en, biSitjeUen fogar friifjer. (Sr frtfterte fic^ ge^ 
njo^nlic^ felbft unb gekauc^te felten mef)r aU glnei 9}^tnuten ba^u. 
5)^ac^bem er fi^ ange!(eibet §atte, brac^te t^tn ein ^bjutant em 
^ef^e^ni^ t)on alien ben ^erfonen, ttjelc^e in 'ifot^bam angefommen 
obev ton ba abgeretft inaren, nnb etnen 33en(^t tion bent, tna§ fic^ 
in ber (^arntfon gngetragen ^atte. 2Benn er biefent Offigier feine 
S3efel)(e gegeben !^atte, gog er fic^ in fetn 5lrbeit§gimmer gnriicf, tvo 
er fi(^ aHein bi§ t U()r befdjctftigte. 3)ann ging er in ein anbreS 
3immer, n^o er ^affee ober ©(^ofotabe tran!, unb f)ux fanb er anf 
bent Zi]^ aUe bie^riefe, tod^t an^ ^ot^bant, Berlin ober anbern 
Snellen feineg ^onigreic^^ an i^n geri^tet n)areit. 2ln8(anbifd]e 
^riefe irurben anf einen befonbern %i\d) gelegt. 9^ad)bem er alCfe 
biefe 53riefe gelefen fjatte, fcf)rieb er ^enter!nngen an ben 9^anb 
berjenigen, ttjclc^e tton feinen ©c^reibern beantinortet nierben foEten. 
^iejenigen, lt)eld)e er felbft beantworten moUte, nafjnt er ntit in fein 
^Irbeit^^intnter. §ier befc^aftigte fic^ ber ^onig bi0 9 U^r ntit 
einent feiner @e^eintf(^reiber. ©ann ging er in ha§ t)ortge ^intmer 
guritd, iDo bie ©c^reiber i^tn t)on bem, n)a§ fte getl^an i)atkn, 
9^ec^enf(^aft gaben; n^orauf i^iten ber ^onig feine §SefeI)(e gab ntit 
ben 33riefen, njet^e fie beanttt)orten foEten. 3){efe ^Intraorten 
murben jebod) nientats abgefd)ic!t, o^ne t)om ^onig felbft gelefen 
unb untergeidjuet gu fein. Um 10 U^r begleiteten i^n bie (generate, 
■raeli^e urn feine "^erfon luaren, in fein ^^rbeit^^intmer, mo er fic^ ntit 
t()nen itber bie ^ageSneuigfeiten, iiber "ipoliti! unb anbre @egen^ 
Pdnbe itnter^ielt, unb gu berfetben Qdt gab er berfdjiebnen ^erfonen 
5Iubien^. Um 11 U^r beftieg er fein '^Pferb unb ritt auf bie ^arabe, 
m er fein ^arberegiment mufterte, unb gu berfetben ©tunbe, fagt 



ELEMENTARY GERMAN. 9 

Voltaire, t^aten bte OBerften baSfelBe in alien 'iprotDtnaen beg tbntg^ 
x^id)^. 9^adif)er gtng er eine Beittang tm Garten fpa^teven, begtettet 
Don feinen (^eneralen nnb ber iibrigen (S5efeUfrf)aft, \v^ld)^ er etnge^ 
laben ^tte, mit U)m gu STttttag gu f|)etfen. Urn 1 U^v fel^te fid) 
g^riebrtd) ^n Zi\^, ©etne (SefeUfdjaft beftanb geiDo^nltd] au§ ben 
^ringen, ben an§ge3eid)netften Offiateren unb einigen t)eru()mten 
@e(e^rten nnb ^iinftlern. ®te Unterl)a(tung Wax tmmer fel)i- leb^ 
^ft, nnb ber .^^ontg mad)te felbft bte §onneur§ tute etn *$rtt)atmann. 
'^a^ 2;ifd)e ging er eine ^tertelftnnbe lang tm ^tmtner nm!)er, inbem 
er fid) mtt einigen feiner (^afte unter()ielt. S)ann gog er fid) in fein 
^ritiatgintmer gnritd, fpielte bie gli3te, nntergeid)nete 33riefe, tran! 
^affee nnb arbettete big 5 Uf)r, n^o fein 3SorIefer erfd)ten. 33on 6 
big 1 U^r wax ein ^ongert, gn inetdjem ttnr 9}lnfi!er gngelaffen 
inurben nnb in lt)eld)em fid) ber ^onig felbft auf ber ^(ote ^oren 
lieg. ^enn bag ^ongert t)0ruber n^ar, na()m g^riebrid) feine Ibenb^ 
nmljlgeit ein ntit 3Sottaire, ^(garotti, 9[)iaupertnig nnb einigen 
anbern geiftreid)en ^Qlclnnern, lueldje eingetaben tuorben njaren. Urn 
12 U^r ging ber ^onig gn 33ett. 

II. Translate into German : — 

Queen Elizabeth was once making a journey in England, 
and on her approaching the city of Coventry, the mayor, 
with a numerous cavalcade, went out to meet her. On their 
return they had to pass through a wide brook, and the mayor's 
horse being thirsty, attempted several times to drink, but his 
rider prevented him. The queen, observing it, said to him : 
*'Pray, Mr. Mayor, permit your horse to drink." — The 
mayor, bowing very humbly, replied : "Madam, it would be 
the height of presumption for my unworthy horse to drink 
till your Majesty's royal steed has satisfied his thirst." 



10 ELEMENTARY FRENCH. 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH. 

I. Translate into English : — 

II faisait nuit noire, sans lube et sans ^toile. Je venais 
de quitter Grenoble, et j'allais traverser Yoreppe, petit village 
non sans quelque importance ^ •cause du voisinage de la 
Grande Chartreuse, qui attire, tous les ans, a cette epoque, 
moins de cro3'ants que de curieux. Tout d'un coup les che- 
vaux s'arr^terent, j'entendis au dehors une sourde rumeur, 
et les vitres de ma voiture furent frappees d'une lueur sang- 
laute, que j'aurais prise pour celle du cou chant si le soleil 
n'etit ete depuis longtemps couche. Je mis pied a terre ; 
I'unique auberge du village brulait. C'etait dans- ce petit 
hameau un remue-m^nage infernal. On criait, on courait, 
on se heurtait. Le maitre de I'hdtel, aide de sa femme, de 
ses enfants et de ses valets, vidait les etables et les ecuries. 
Les chevaux hennissaient, les boeufs mugissaient, tandis que 
les pourceaux, comme s'ils avaient I'iustinct qu'il est dans 
leur destinee d'etre grilles t6t ou tard, opposaient a leurs 
sauveurs une resistance opini^tre, pleine de philosophic. 
Pendant ce temps, les notables de I'endroit, groupes sur la 
place, discouraient magistralement sur les causes de I'in- 
cendie, que personne ne s'occupait d'eteindre, et qui, enflam- 
mant la nuit sombre et embrasant les coteaux d'alentour, 
lau^ait au ciel avec furie ses gerbes et ses fusees d'^tincelles. 
Yous, poete, vous auriez trouve cela beau. — Jules San- 

DEAU. 

[A good translation of the above passage is required to pass the exami- 
nation ; the following questions are added to enable candidates to make up 
for any slight deficiencies in the translation.] 

II. Translate into English : — 
(a) Je viens voir votre fr^re. 

(p) Je viens de voir votre frere. 



HISTOKY OF THE UNITED STATES. 11 

III. Translate into French : — 

I see him. I speak to him. I speak to her. I spoke to 
her. I gave her your letter, and she returned it to me. I 
will never read it to you. My school is better than yours. 
He has more than a hundred books. Better late than never. 

lY. Write in French a dozen lines about your native 
place. 



HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 

[Take 1 and three others.] 

1. Hispanidla, Fort St. George, Williamsburg, Fort 
Christiana, Lundy's Lane, Harper's Ferrj^, — where? 

2. State the provisions of the Boston " Port-Bill." What 
was its effect? 

3. What have been the principal annexations of territory 
made by the United States since 1800? 

4. [Take any two.] The Alien and Sedition laws ; the 
Monroe Doctrine ; the Alabama Claims. 

5. [Take any three.] Robert Fulton, John C. Cal- 
houn, Samuel F. B. Morse, George H. Thomas. 

Questions on the " additional reading." 

6. Describe the state of society in Virginia in 1765, and 
contrast it with that of New England at the same time. 

7. What is your impression of John Adams? of Lafay- 
ette ? of John Randolph ? 



12 ANCIENT HISTOKY. 

HISTORY OF ENGLAND. 

[Take 1 and three others.] 

1. Give the geographical position of Cumberland, Somer- 
set, Worcester, Naseby, the Severn, the Tweed. 

2. Mention the Danish kings of England. What was 
Danelagh f Danegeld ? 

3. [Take one.] Thomas Becket, Cardinal Wolsey. 

4. [Take one.] The Rebellion of Wat Tyler ; the Gun- 
powder Plot. 

5. [Take two.] The battles of Senlac, Culloden, and 
Quebec. [Give dates.] 

Question on the " additional reading." 

6. [Macaulay.] The English country gentleman in the 
17th century. 



ANCIENT HISTORY. 

I. 

(a) [Take five.] The Allia, Agrigentum, Lilybaeura, 
Placentia, Cannae, Numantia, Massilia, — where? Mention 
(with dates) historical events connected with four of these 
places. 

(b) [Take five.] Sybaris, Delos, Phocis, Sardis, Mega- 
lopolis, Potidaea, Delium, — where? Mention (with dates) 
historical events connected with four of these places. 

XL 

[Take any two.] 

1. How were the members of the Roman Senate chosen 
at different times ? 



ANCIENT HISTORY. 13 

2. The origin of the Praetorship. What were the duties 
of the Praetor? 

3. Describe or explain any five : — pater patratus, Feriae 
Latinae, Curia, equites, flamines, the Liciuian laws, the law 
of Majestas. 

Questions on the " additional reading." • 

[Candidates who have read the books recommended for additional reading 
may substitute one of the following questions for one of the first three 
in this group.] 

4. [TiGHE.] How did the practical powers of the Pomaii 
Seuate differ from its theoretical powers? 

5. [Beesley.] What can be said in defence of the lex 
frumentaria of Gains Gracchus? 



III. 

[Take any two.] 

1. Describe the Spartan constitution. What effect did 
this constitution have upon the people ? 

2. The Peace of Calias. What was tlie result of this 
peace with reference to Sparta and Thebes? 

3. [Take tv^c] IMiltiades, Nicias, Aeschylus. 

Question on the "additional reading." 

[Candidates who have read Curtius may substitute question 4 for one of 
the first tliree in this group.] 

4. [Curtius.] The earlier and later influence of Delphi. 



14 ALGEBEA. 

ALG-BBRA. 

One hour allowed. 

[Write legibly and without crowding ; give the work clearly and find all 
possible answers. The shortest methods are preferred.] 

1 . Solve the following equation , finding four values otx: — 

(x-\-ay(x—b) ^ — — ^ ^ = — — • . 

x+b x — a {x—a){x+b) 

2. At 6 o'clock on a certain morning, A and B set out on 
their bicycles from the same place, A going north and B 
south, to ride until 1^ p.m. A moved constantly northwards 
at the rate of 6 miles per hour. B also moved always at a 
fixed rate ; but, after a while, he turned back to join A. 
Four hours after he turned, B passed the point at which A 
was when B turned; and, at 1^ p.m., when he stopped, he 
had reduced b}^ one-half the distance that was between them 
at the time of turning. 

Find B's rate, the time at which he turned, the distance 
between A and B at that time, and the time at which B 
would have joined A if the ride had been continued at the 
same rates of speed. Find the answers for botJi solutions. 

' 3. Find the sixth term of each of the following powers : — 

\7b-Vb -VSaJ 

4. Eeduce the following fraction to its lowest terms : — 
6x*-lSx^-\-Sx^-h2x 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 15 

PLANE GEOMETRY. 

One hour allowed. 
[In solving problems use for n the approximate value 3f .] 

1. Prove that every point in the bisector of an angle is 
equally distant from the sides of the angle ; and that every 
point not an the bisector, but within the angle, is unequally 
distant from the sides of the angle. 

2. Prove that the tangents drawn through the vertices of 
a rectangle inscribed in a circle enclose a rhombus. What is 
the area of this rhombus if the rectangle is a square and if 
the radius of the circle is 4^2? 

3. Prove that the opposite angles of any quadrilateral in- 
scribed in a circle are supplements of each other. 

Three of the sides, taken in order, of an inscribed quad- 
rilateral subtend arcs of 80°, 100°, and 60°, respectively ; 
find the angles of the quadrilateral. 

4. Prove that the areas of two similar triangles — and 
thence of any two similar polygons — are to each other as 
the squares of their homologous sides. 

5. Upon each side of a square as a diameter is described 
a semi-circumference within the square. In this way four 
leaf-shaped figures are marked out. If the side of the 
square is 14 feet long, find the areas of the four " leaves." 



PHYSICS (Elementary I). 

[Candidates who offer alternative (1) of the New Method will take the As- 
tronomy questions instead of Physics questions 4 and 7.] 

1. A spring balance is held in a horizontal position and 
pulled at by two men, one at each end. The pointer indi- 
cates 100 lbs. and the balance is at rest. How great is the 
force exerted by each man? 



16 PHYSICS. 

2. A rod one meter long, whose weight may be neglected, 
has at one end a mass of 5 kilograms and at the other end a 
mass of 3 kilograms. .How far from the larger mass must 
a supporting point be placed in order that the whole may be 
in equilibrium with the rod horizontal? 

3. (a) How far can a two-horse-power engine raise 10 
tons in 1 minute ? 

or 

(5) A ball is started vertically upward with a velocity of 
20 meters per second. How far above the starting-point 
will it be at the end of 4 seconds ? 

4. (a) State the velocity of sound in air at some particu- 
lar temperature. Explain the difference observed between 
two musical notes equal in pitch and loudness. 

or 

(b) Give a series of numbers expressing the relative 
rates of vibration of the notes of the diatonic, or 7iatural, 
scale. Explain the following terms relating to this scale : 
Jlfth, fourth, third. 

5. (a) The volume of a certain quantit}^ of gas at 20° C. 
is 200 cu. cm. What would be its volume at 80° C, the 
pressure remaining unchanged? 

or 

(b) State fully your reasons for regarding " radiant heat" 
and " radiant liglit" as alike in their nature. Of what sub- 
stance would you make a lens or prism for handling " radi- 
ant heat"? Why? Name a substance, or preparation, 
which is diathermanous but not transparent. 

6. Give the theory of a compound microscope, illustrating 
carefully by means of a diagram. 

7. Describe carefully the construction and action of an 
induction coil. 



ELEMENTARY PHYSICS. 17 



ASTRONOMY. 

1. About how many stars may be visible to the naked eye 
at once ? What is the altitude and azimuth of a star ? the 
right ascension and declination? When is a superior planet 
said to be in conjunction with the sun ? when in opposition .? 

2. What is the zodiac? Why are the signs of the zodiac 
so called? Name them. Explain carefully why they do 
not coincide respectively with the zodiacal constellations of 
the same names. 



AI,TERNATIVE 3. 

ELEMENTARY PHYSICS. 

1. Describe fully, but concisely, some experiment in me- 
chanics in which you have spent not less than one and a 
half hours of laboratory work. 

2. If a carriage wheel be resting upright upon the ground, 
and be prevented from slipping at the bottom, how great a 
force applied directly downward at the end of the horizontal 
diameter will just neutralize a force of 50 pounds applied 
horizontally at the centre of the wheel, both forces being in 
the same plane? 

3. A rod one meter long, whose weight may be neglected, 
has at one end a mass of 5 kilograms, and at the other end 
a mass of 3 kilograms. How far from the larger mass must 
a supporting point be placed in order that the whole may be 
in equilibrium with the rod horizontal ? 

4. Define carefully the dyne and erg or the poundal and 
foot-poundal. 

5. Describe carefully the process of boiling, showing how 
it differs from ordinary evaporation. 



18 ADVANCED GEEEK. 

6. Define the p7'incipal focus of a lens. 

The rays which come to a lens directly from the sun are 
called parallel rays. Does this imply that each ray is practi- 
cally parallel to all the others? If not, what does it mean? 

7. Describe carefull}' some form of galvanometer that you 
have used. 



ADVANCED GREEK. 

[Do either A or B, but not both. Allow one hour for the translation and 
one hour for the questions.] 

A. — HOMER. 
I. Translate : — 

[Subject. — Odysseus answers the taunts of Euryalus.] 

ov o ap viTOopa iocov irpoaecpT} ttoXv/ultjtl^ Uovacrev^ * 
*' ^6LV, ov KoXov eetTre? • dracrdaXa) ^ avSpl eoiKa'^. 166 

oi/Tft)9 ov Travrecrcrc Oeol '^^aplevra hihovcnv 
dvSpdaiv, 0VT6 cf)vr)v ovr dp (pp6va<; ovr dyoprjrvv. 
dWo<; fJbev <ydp r elho<^ aKihvoTepo^ ^ irekei dvrjp, 
dWd ^eo9 /jLop<pr)v eireat (rrecf^ei, ol he r e? avrov 170 

TepTTOfJLevoi XevacFovaiV • ^ o S' da<^aXew<^ dyopevei 
alBoL fjL€iXt')(^iy, fjuerd Be irpeTret dypofMevoLcnv, 
ip^ofievov S' dvd darv 6eov w? elcropococnv. 
a\Xo<; S' av elSo? /juev dXlyKCO'^ * dOavdroicnv, 
dX)C ov ol %apt9 d/JL(f>L7T€pLaTe(f>6rai, iireecraiv, 175 

£09 Koi aol e2So9 /Jiev dpLTrpeire^;, ovBe K€V dWox; 
ovBe 6e6<i rev^eie, voov 8' a7ro0coXtc9 ^ iaai, 
copLvd^ ixoi OvjJbov ivl crrrjOeacn <^i\otcnv 
elirdiV ov Kara Koafiov • iyco 5' ov vrJL<; ^ didXcov, 
ft)9 cv ye fivdelat, aW' ev irpoiTOicnv olco 180 

1 presumptuous. ^ uKiduos, feeble. ^ look. * like, ''foolish. ^ Negative 
prefix vrj- and root id {'iSfxevai) . 



ADVANCED GEEEK. 19 

e/ji/iievaL, o(^p 7]/3r) re ireiroiOea ')(epcri r i/jirja-L, 
vvv S' e'^ofiao KaKorrjrc kol aXyeort • TroWa jap erXTjv, 
avSpcov T€ TTToXe/JLOv^; aXeyecvd re /cv/uLara Treipcov. 
aXXa KoX ft)9 KaKCL iroKKa iraOcov iretprjaopb dedXcov • 
6v/jioSaKr}(i yap fJ,vdo<; • €7rcoTpvva<; Se /ae eLircov." 185 

HoM. Odys. yill. 165-185. 

II. Answer the following : — 

(a) Grive the Attic equivalents of the following forms : 
Tov (165) ; TravTcacn (167) ; di6\(x)v (179) ; ^i^fjcn (181). 
Give the Homeric form of the genitive singular of TrroAe/xov? 
(183). 

(6) Give the Attic equivalents of the following forms : kev 
(176) ; eo-o-t (177) ; fivOciai (180) ; l/x;u,emt (181). Explain 
the assimilation in elaopooya-Lv (173). 

(c) Name the parts (with their meanings) of which the 
following words are compounded : TroAv/xT^Tt? (165) ; dpiirpeTrh 
(176) ; evfxo8aK7]? (185). 

(d) Point out the case of tmesis in 172. 

(e) Account for the case of ol (175) and for the mood 
and tense of rev^eie (177). 

(/) State the difference in the use of the participles rep- 
wofievoi (171) and Tra^w (184). 

(g) Write out verses 165, 166, dividing them into feet, 
and marking the caesural pause in each verse. 

(h) In what particular do these two caesural pauses differ 
from one another? Account for the quantity of the last 
syllable of the fourth foot in verse 166. 

B. — HOMER AND HERODOTUS. 

I. Translate : — 

[Subject. — Circe finds Odysseus mourning for his companions who had 
been changed into swine.] 

LpKT} ft)? evorjaev ep, rjpbevov ovo eirt cnrtp 375 



20 ADVANCED GEEEK. 

')(elpa<; laXkovra} Kparepov Be jie 7rev6o<; e^ovra, 
djx^ TrapLarajJuevT} eirea irpepoevra TrpoarjvSa • 

'' Ticf^O^ ovTa)(;, ^OSvaev, Kar dp' e^eau lao^ avavhcp^^ 
Ovfiop ehcov^^ jBpoyjJbTj^; * S' 01)% d'Trreat ovSe irorrjTO'^ ; 
rj TLvd TTOV SoXov dXkov oieau • ovBe rl ere ^PV ^^^ 

SetSlfiev ' rjhrj yap tol dTrcofiocra Kaprepov opKOv" 

XI9 6(f)ar, avrdp iyco jjllv d/jL6cl36/ii6VO<; nrpoaeeiTrov ' 
" CO K.Lp/c7j, TL^ yap Kev dvrjp, 09 ivaLcn/mo'^ ^ ecrj, 
irplv rkalr] TrdaaacrOaL ^ iSijTvo^ rjhe TroTTjrog, 
irplv Xvordad^ €rdpov<; fcal iv 6(f)6a\fiOLortv ISeaOai ; 385 

HoM. Odys. X. 375-385. 

1 IolKKoo, cf. mitto. 2 cf. TTpoo-nvda (377). ^ Literally "eating." ^food. 
^ right-minded. ^ cf . pascor. 

II. Answer the followino : — 

(a) Give the Attic equivalents of the following forms : 
Ivrea (377) ; fxLv (382) ; ocfiOaXfxolatv (385). Give the Ho- 
meric form of the genitive singular of o-iro) (375). 

(6) Give the Attic equivalents of the following forms : 
oteat (380) ; SetSifxev (381) ; Trpoo-eairov (382). What princi- 
ple is illustrated by the forms Kparepov (376) and Kapre- 
pov (381). 

(c) Write out verse 385, dividing it into feet, and mark- 
ing the caesural pause. 

(d) In what particular does this caesural pause differ from 
the one in the preceding verse ? Account for the quantity of 
the second syllable of the third foot in verse 385. 

III. Translate : — 

[The signet, which Polycrates had thrown away, is found in the belly of 
a fish.] 

JJe/jLTTTrj Se rj e/cry '/j/nipy airo tovtcov raSe ol avvrj- 

veiKe^ yeveaOai' dvqp a\iev<^^ \a/3a)V lyOvv jxeyav re 

Kal KaXov, rj^Lov fjnv YidXyKparel Scopov 8o6i]vac • (f>epcov 



ADVANCED LATIN. 21 

Sr] irrrl Ta? 6vpa<^ UoXvKpdTei e<j)7] iOiXeiv eXOelv e? 

5 6'\lnv' ycoprjaavTO^^ 8e ol tovtov, eXeye StSou? top 
iyOvv ' " 0) ^acnXev, iyo) rovSe iXoov ov/c eBcKalcoa-a 
(pepetv 69 ayoprjv, Kaiirep ye icbv a7ro^6Lpo/3i(OTo<; • aWd 
fjLoi iSoKee aev re elvai d^to^ /cat tt)'^ crrj<^ dp^7](; • crol 3^ 
fiLV (f)epcov SiScofJLL** o Se rjadel^; rolcro eirecn dfiei^erat, 

10 TolaBe' " Kapra^ re ev iiroi7]aa<; koX %ajoe? ScTrXer) rcov 

re Xoycov koI rod Scopov • Kai cre iirl helirvov KaXeojxev. 

6 fjbev Sr) dXLev<; fxeya 7roievfJLevo<^ ravra rjle e? ra oiKta • 

rov Se l')(6vv rd/jLVovre<; ol OepdiTovre'^; ^ evplaKOVcri iv 

rfj vrjSv'i avrov iveovaav rrjv TloXvKpdreo'^ cr^pr)ylha. 

Herod. III. 42. 

^ (Tvix(pepa}, happen. ^fisherman. ^ x&>pe«, literally " 7nake room for. ^^ 

* very. ^ servants. 

(e) Name the parts (with their meanings) of the following 
compounds: UoXvKpaTd (3) ; aTro')(€.ipo(iLoro^ (7). 

(/) Give the Attic equivalents of the following forms : 
ayoprjv (7) ; khoKee (8) ; ■^le (12). 

{g) Account for the case of rovrov (5) and of rev (8) . 

(7i) Explain the use of the participles ewv (7) and Iveov- 
aav (14). 



ADVANCED LATIN. 

I. Translate : — 

Qua re hoc mains est vestrum in nos promeritum, quod 
non multitudini propinquorum, sed nobismet ipsis nos red- 
didistis. Sed quern ad modum propinqui, quos ego parare 
non potui, mihi ad deprecandam calamitatem meam non ad- 
fuerunt, sic, illud, quod mea virtus praestare debuit, audi- 
tores, auctores hortatoresque ad me restituendum ita multi 
fuerunt, ut longe superiores omnes hac dignitate copiaque 



22 ADVANCED LATIN. 

superarem. Nuraquam de P. Popilio, clarissimo atque for- 
tissimo viro, numqiiam de Q. Metello, nobilissimo et con- 
stantissimo cive, numquam de C. Mario, ciistode civitatis 
atque imperii vestri, in senatu mentio facta est. Tribuniciis 
superiores illi rogationibus, nulla auctoritate senatus sunt 
restituti. Marius vero non modo non a senatu, sed etiam 
oppresso senatu est restitutus, nee rerum gestarum memo- 
ria in reditu C. Marii, sed exercitus atque arma valuerunt. 
At de me ut valeret, semper senatus flagitavit : ut aliquaudo 
perficeretur, cum primum licuit, frequentia atque auctoritate 
perfecit. Nullus in eorum reditu motus municipiorum et 
coloniarum factus est : at me in patriam ter suis decretis 
Italia cuncta revocavit. Illi, inimicis interfectis, magna 
civium caede facta, reducti sunt : ego iis, a quibus eiectus 
sum, provincias obtinentibus, inimico hoc, optimo viro et 
mitissimo, altero consule referente reductus sum : cum is 
inimicus, qui ad meam perniciem vocem suam communibus 
hostibus praebuisset, spiritu dumtaxat viveret, re quidem 
infra omnes mortuos amandatus esset. 

Explain construction of lioc^ mihi, dignitate. 

Compare the constructions of rogationibus, and a senatu. 

Explain mood and tense of valeret, perficeretur. 

Give all the participles, with their meaning, of reddidistis, 
deprecandam, gestarum, perfecit. 

What is meant by auctoritate senatus; by tribuniciis roga- 
tionibus f 

Compare the meaning of inimicis interfectis with that of 
communibus hostibus. Who was Marius, and how did his 
restitution differ from Cicero's ? 

II. Translate : — 

[Aristaeus in trouble visits his mother, the wat^r nymph Cyrene, asking 
of her relief, and is referred to the sea god Proteus.] 

Postquam est in thalami pendentia pumice tecta 

Perventum, et nati fletus cognovit inanis 



ADVANCED GREEK. 23 

Cyrene, manibus liquidos dant ordine foutis 
Germanae, tonsisque ferunt mantelia villis ; 
Pars epulis onerant mensas, et plena reponunt 
Pocula ; Panchaeis adolescunt ignibus arae ; 
Et mater, Cape Maeonii carchesia Bacclil : 
Oceano libemiis, ait. Simul ipsa precatur 
Oceanumque patrem rerum Nymphasque sorores, 
Centum quae silvas, centum quae flumina serv^ant. 
Ter liquido ardentem perfudit nectare Vestam, 
Ter flamma ad summum tecti subiecta reluxit. 
Omine quo firmans animum sic incipit ipsa : 

Est in Carpatliio Neptuni gurgite vates 
Caeruleus Proteus, magnum qui piscibus aequor 
Et iuncto bipedum curru metitur equorum. 
Hie nunc Emathiae portus patriamque revisit 
Pallenen : hunc et Nymphae veneramur et ipse 
Grandaevus Nereus ; novit namque omnia vates. 
Quae sint, quae fuerint, quae mox ventura trahantur. 
Quippe ita Neptuno visum est, inmania cuius 
Armenta et turpis pascit sub gurgite phocas.^ 

Mark the metre, with caesura, of the 6th and 8th verses. 

^ Phocas, sea-calves, seals. 



ADVANCED GREEK. 
GREEK COMPOSITION. 

When the mother of Cyrus was about to return home to 
her husband, Astj-ages asked her to leave Cyrus in Media. i 
But Mandane replied that, though^ she wished to gratify her 
father in everything, she still thought it hard to leave her 
son behind if he did not wish^ to stay. Upon this his 
grandfather said to Cyrus : " If you stay with me, my boy, 
you shall, in the first place,* be allowed access^ to me when- 



ever you please ; and, besides, you shall use my borses while 
you stay here, and have as many as you wish to carry with 
you when you return to your father." And when he was 
asked whether he wanted to go home or to stay with his grand- 
father, he quickly answered that he thought it was better for 
him to stay and learn to ride,^ in order that he might be- 
come'' the best of his grandfather's horsemen, and so be 
able to be an ally ^ of the Medes if they should need him. 

1 among the Medes. ^ ix4v. ^ participle. '^ irpSoTov jxiv. ^ da-ievai. 
^ linrevco. "' participle. ^ avfjifMax^o}. 



ADVANCED LATIN COMPOSITION. 
Translate into Latin : — 

In a naval battle which Eumenes, king of Pergamum, 
fought against King Prusias of Pontus, Hannibal, who was 
in exile at the court of Prusias, conquered the much larger 
numbers of the enemy by the following stratagem. He 
ordered a large number of poisonous snakes to be got to- 
gether in earthen jars and placed upon the ships of Prusias, 
and, when the battle began, he directed the ships to attack 
only the ship of King Eumenes and merely defend them- 
selves from the others. In order to show his men on which 
ship Eumenes was sailing, he sent a messenger with a letter 
among the enemy's ships to ask for King Eumenes as if to 
propose peace. When the king opened the letter, after the 
messenger had gone off, he found nothing in it but gibes 
against himself. He began the fight however at once, al- 
though he wondered what the letter could mean. Then his 
ship was attacked by all the hostile ships and compelled to 
flee, and the other Pergamenean vessels, at first surprised 
by the earthen jars thrown upon them, presently fled in dis- 
may, when the}^ found their ships fllled with snakes. 



ADVANCED GERMAN. 25 

ADVANCED GERMAN. 

I. Write, in German, two pages on one of the following 
subjects : — 

(a) Wli3^ does Tellheim consider himself unworthy of 
Minna von Barnhelm's hand ? 

(5) The scene in „2Bi(^eIm XtU" in which Tell shoots the 
apple from his son's head. 

(c) Any scene from ^^ermann unb 3)orot^ea." 

(d) The gray man in „^eter ©^lemiljl." 

II. Tlan itberfe^e : — 

'^It is coming, Maggie!" Tom said, in a deep hoarse 
voice, losing the oars, and clasping her. 

The next instant the boat was no longer seen upon the 
water, and the huge mass was hurrying on in hideous triumph. 

But soon the keel of the boat reappeared — a black speck 
on the golden water. 

The boat reappeared, but brother and sister had gone 
down in an embrace never to be parted ; living through 
again in one supreme moment the days when they had 
clasped their little hands in love, and roamed the daisied 
fields together. 

III. Translate : — 

(a) 9^ein, ic^ hxan^' e§ and] nidjt etnmat p ^oren. @^ tjerfte^t 
ftc^ t)on felbft ©ie fonnten eine§ fo ^af](td]en (5tretd)eg fal)tg fein, 
ha^ (Bit mid) nun ntd]t luoflten? Siffen ©ie, ba§ id) auf 3^^^ 
meineg ^eben^ befd)tmpft tuare? 9J?eine Sanbgmdnninnen UJiirben 
ntit gingern auf mid) \vn\^n, — „®ag ift fie," n^iirbe eg ^etgen, 
fM^' ift bag ?yrdu(etn t)on ^arnljetm, bie fid) etnbilbete, \vni fie 
veid) fei, ben tt)adern S^eUljeim gu kfommen : aU oh bie tt)adern 
SOfMnner fiir ©elb gu l^aben tuciren ! " ©o n)livbe eg f)etj3en ; benn 
nteine Sanbgmdnninnen ftnb alle netbifi^ auf mid). 

(If) 6o rannten bie ^aucrn unb i^re Seiber unter einanber. 



26 ADVANCED GERMAN. 

3)te Unna akr faf) nic^t rec^tg norf) Im!§, eiliDtberte auc^ bte (Sriige 
faum mtt einem leifen .^o^pfntden, fonbern cjtng bte ftetmge g^al^r^^ 
ftra^e i^tnatt, ate it3dre fie jd)on ein abgefdjiebener ®eift, ber toeber 
trbt[(^e S3eftf)lt)erben fii^len, nod) 9LRenfd)enrebe ad)ten fonne. 3)i(^t 
Winter tl)r fc^ritt bie 3^ofine mit bem ftitlen ®efid]t, ba§ 5lIIe ge* 
ioo^nt ttiaren. 9^ur tear eg ^eute fo bleid^, bag mitletbtge 2Qeiber 
eg fid) mit ^Id^felguden unb ^opffc^iitteln geicjten, tt)af)renb bag 
@efic^t ber TOett t)oit einem frtfc^en 9tot^ ange^and)t lt)ar. ©te 
nafint fic^ ani^ ntc^t bte ^dt, auf ber I)a(6en §oI)e ang^uraften, tno 
etne 8an! am g^elfen ftanb. (Sg inar, atg trtebe fie bte 5lf)nung 
torwdrtg, bag fie fetne TOnnte gu berlieren Tjabe. 

(c) ®ag 33urgertum in ben ©tcibten tunrbe too^t^aSenber, bo(^ 
fel^lte t^m no(^ bag frete ©elbfttiertrauen unb bte !itl)ne Unterne^^ 
mungglnft unferer ^euttgen ^nt 3)te 9^egierung felbft mugte atteg 
6etret6en, mintage t)on ^abrifen, ©ptnnereten, jc. bnrc^ ^rcimten 
unb ^rioitegten anregen, ober felbft etn^elne ®efd)afte a(g ©taatg^ 
Tnono|)oIe itbernefimen. -Snbeffen ernini^g in ben grogeren ©tdbten 
ein retd)er ^aufmanngftanb, unb fd)on ^eid^neten fic^, g. ^. in 53er(in, 
and) jiibifi^e ^amitien burd) ®(an^ unb 9^ei(^tf}um, balb fogar buri^ 
Sitbung aug. ©onft l^errfc^te nod) meift ber alte, frotnme, niic^- 
terne, befi^rdnfte, aber el)renfefte ^iirgerfinn ; nur einige getnedtere 
^i)^fe begannen ber neuen 5luf!(drung nac^^uftreben unb an ber 
aufblii^enben ©ii^tung teif^imeljmen. 

(c^) ^omm bu ^erbor, bu Wringer bittrer ©c^mer^en, 
Ttdn teureg ^(einob je^t, mein f)od)fter ©c^a^ — 
(Sin ^ui Ujitl tc^ bir geben, bag big je^t 
S)er frommen 33itte unb uri^ bring (id) mar — 
3)o(^ b ir foU eg nic^t iniberfte^n — Unb hn 
S3ertraute S3ogenfe§ne, bie fo oft 
Wix treu gebient ^at in ber g^reube ©pieten, 
^erlag mi^ nid)t im furd)terli(^en (Srnft ! 
9^ur jel^t no^ l^alte feft, bu treuer (Strang, 
^er mir fo oft htn ^erben '^feil befliigelt — 
Sntrdnn' er je^o fraftlog meinen §dnben, 
■Sc^ tiabe feinen jineiten ^u berfenben. 



ADVANCED FRENCH. 27 



ADVANCED FRENCH. 

[N. B. — Repondez aux questions dans I'ordre meme ou elles vous sont 
posees. Les reponses doivent toutes etre en fran9ais. La traduction 
anglaise des passages fran9ais doit etre en aussi bon anglais que 
possible.] 

1. Traduisez en frangais : — 

(a) English travellers are the best and the worst in the 
world. Where no motives of pride or interest intervene, 
none can equal them for profound and philosophical views of 
society, or faithful and graphical descriptions of external 
objects ; but when either the interest or reputation of their 
own country comes in collision with that of another, they go 
to the opposite extreme. 

Hence, their travels are more honest and accurate, the 
more remote the country described. I would place implicit 
confidence in an Englishman's descriptions of the regions 
beyond the cataracts of the Nile ; of unknown islands in the 
Yellow Sea ; of the interior of India ; or of any other tracts 
which other travellers might be apt to picture out with the 
illusions of their fancies ; but I would cautiously receive his 
account of his immediate neighbors, and of those nations 
with which he is in habits of most frequent intercourse. — 
Washington Irving. 

(b) Nothing in the earlj^ existence of Britain indicated 
the greatness which she was destined to attain. Her inhabi- 
tants, when first they became known to the T3^rian mariners, 
were little superior to the natives of the Sandwich Islands. 
She was subjugated by the Roman arms ; but she received 
only a faint tincture of Roman arts and letters. Of the 
western provinces which obeyed the Caesars she was the last 
that was conquered and the first that was flung away. No 
magnificent remains of Roman porches and aqueducts are to 
be found in Britain. No writer of British birth is reckoned 



28 ADVANCED FEENCH. 

among the masters of Roman poetry and eloquence. — 
Macaulat. 

2. Eepondez aux questions suivantes : — 
Qui etait Pierre Andre ? 

Qui etait Marianne Chevreuse ? 

Qn'est-ce que le pere de Ptiilippe Gaucher avait ^crit a 
Pierre Andr^? 

Comment se termine le roman intitule Marianne^ et quel 
est I'auteur de ce roman? 

3. Racontez I'histoire de M. Destournelles telle que vous 
la trouvez dans la comedie intitulee Mademoiselle de la 
jSeigli^re. 

4. Racontez une des fables suivantes, et ^crivez, si vous 
le pouvez, six ou huit vers d'une autre : Le Loup et 
VAgneau, le Menard et la Cigogne, le Cliene et le Roseau, 
le Lion et le Moucheron, le Lion et le Hat, VEnfant et le 
Maitre d'JEcole. 

5. Racontez, d'apres Corneille, I'histoire des Horaces et 
des Curiaces. 

6. Ecrivez huit ou dix lignes sur rAvare. 

7. Traduisez en anglais : — 

(a) Je vous ^cris a c6te d'un poMe, la tete pesante et le 
coeur triste, en jetant les yeux sur la riviere de la Spree, 
parce que la Spree tombe dans I'Elbe, I'Elbe dans la mer, que 
la mer re9oit la Seine, et que notre maison de Paris est assez 
pr^s de cette riviere de Seine ; et je dis : Ma chere enfant, 
pourquoi suis-je dans ce palais, dans ce cabinet qui donne 
sur cette Spree, et non pas au coin de notre feu? Rien n'est 
plus beau que la decoration du palais du soleil dans Phaeton, 
Mademoiselle Astrua est la plus belle voix de FEurope ; 
mais fallait-il vous quitter pour un gosier a roulades et pour 
un roi? Que j'ai de remords, ma ch^re enfant! que mon 



ADVANCED FRENCH. 29 

bouheur est empoisonne ! que la vie est courte ! qu'il est 
triste de chercher le bonheur loin de vous ! et que de remords 
si on le trouve ! 

Je suis a peine convalescent ; comment partir? Attendez- 
moi, aimez-moi, recevez-moi, consolez-moi, et ne me grondez 
pas. — Voltaire. 

(h) PomiER, seuL — Ah! mais il m'ennuie, mon gendre. 
Je vols bien qu'il n'y a rien a tirer de lui ... Ce gar9on-la 
mourra dans la gentilhomraerie finale. II ne veut rien faire, 
il n'est bon k rien ... II me coiite les yeux de la t^te . . . 
II est maltre chez moi ... II faut que 9a finisse. (7^ 
Sonne. — Entre un domestique.) Faites monter le portier et 
le cuisinier. (Le domestique sort.) Nous allons voir, mon 
gendre ! . . . J'ai assez fait le gros dos et la patte de 
velours. Vous he voulez ]pas faire de concessions, mon bel 
ami? A votre aise ! je n'en ferai pas plus que vous : restez 
marquis, je redeviens bourgeois. J'aurai du moins le con- 
tentment de vivre a ma guise. 

(c) PoiRiER, d, Gaston. — Dame ! le bilan est facile a 
.^tablir : vous avez regu cinq cent mille francs de la dot de 
ma fiUe. La corbeille de noces et les frais d'installation en 
out absorbe cent mille. Vous venez d'en donner deux cent 
dix-huit mille a vos creanciers ; il vous en reste done cent 
quatre-vingt-deux mille, qui, places au taux legal, represen- 
tent neuf mille livres de rente . . . Est-ce clair? Est-ce 
avec ce revenu que vous nourrirez vos amis de carpes a la 
Lithuanienne et de volailles a la Concordat? Croyez-moi, 
mon cher Gaston, restez chez moi, vous y serez encore mieux 
que chez vous. Pensez a vos enfants . . . qui ne seront 
pas f^ches de trouver un jour dans la poche du marquis de 
Presles les economies du bouhomme Poirier. A revoir, mon 
gendre ; je vais regier le compte de monsieur Vatel. (// 
sort.) 



30 SOLID GEOMETRY. 

LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMBTRT. 
[One hour allowed; omit any two questions except 6.] 

1. Find the logarithm of 0.1 in a system the base of which 
is 20. 

2. The sine of an angle in the third quadrant is — m. 
Find the secant and the tangent of this angle. 

3. Reduce esc x + ctn a? to a sinsfle function of — 

° 2 

4. Obtain an expression for cos {x + y) cos {x — y) in 
terms of the cosine of one angle and the sine of the other. 

5. A gunboat lies 10 miles N.E. of a blockaded port. A 
priv£^teer leaves the port, sailing south at the rate of eight 
miles an hour. In what direction, and at what rate, must the 
gunboat sail to overhaul the privateer in three hours ? 

6. A ship leaves Cape Cod (42° 2' N., 70° 3' W.), and 
sails N.E. 200 knots, E. 300 knots. Find, by Middle Lati- 
tude and Parallel Sailing, the latitude and longitude reached. 

7. Obtain an expression for cos 3 x in terms of cos a?. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 

One hour allowed, 

1. Prove that the intersections of two parallel planes with 
a third plane are parallel ; and that parallel lines intercepted 
between two parallel planes are equal. 

2. Prove that the section of a pyramid made by a plane 
parallel to the base is a polygon similar to the base. 

What is the corresponding proposition concerning a cone ? 

3. Prove that two spherical triangles on the same sphere 
are equal or symmetrical if the three angles of one are 
respectively equal to the three angles of the other. 



ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 31 

When are two spherical triangles called equal? when sym- 
metrical ? 

4. Define a regular polyedron. Show that no regular 
polyedron bounded by hexagons is possible. 

5. The radius of a sphere is 5 feet. Find the area of the 
curved surface of the segment and the volume of the seg- 
ment cut off by a plane 3 feet from the centre of the sphere. 
(Take7r = 3f) 



ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 

One hour allowed. 

1. Prove that if two ellipses have the same major axis, 
and if, at points where they are cut by a perpendicular to 
this axis, tangents are drawn, these tangents will intersect 
on the major axis produced. 

2. Given the base of a triangle and the length of the line 
drawn from one end of the base to the middle point of the 
opposite side : find the locus of the vertex. What is the 
name and what the position of the curve ? 

3. Find the equation of a tangent at a given point of the 
hyperbola x^ — y^ = o? ] of the hyperbola '2xy — 1/. 

Prove that these hj'perbolas cross each other at right an- 
gles. 

4. Find the equation of a diameter of a parabola in terms 
of the slope of the chords which it bisects. 

N.B. The slope of a line is the value of m, when its 
equation is written in the form y = mx -f- h. 



32 MECHANICS. 

MECHANICS. 

One hour allowed. 

[Ask foe, Logarithmic Tables at the beginning of the hour, if they are 
not furnished to you. You will not need them till you reach the last 
part of the second questional 

1. A triangle is cut off from a square, by a line joining 
the middle points of two adjacent sides of the square. Find 
the centre of gravity of the remaining pentagon ; proving 
that its distance from the centre of the square = -^-^ of the 
diagonal of the square. 

2. A uniform gate, 6 feet wide and 4 feet high, and 
weighing 80 pounds, hangs by two hinges, which are at the 
top and bottom of the gate ; but so adjusted that the whole 
weight is borne by the support of the upper hinge. Find 
the direction and magnitude of the resultant pressure of the 
gate on the support of each hinge. 

3. A body, weighing 100 pounds, placed on a rough 
plane, inclined 36° 20' to the horizon, is just prevented from 
sliding down the plane by a force of 10 pounds, directed up 
the plane. Find the coefficient of friction between the body 
and the plane ; and find the greatest force, directed up the 
plane, which could act on the body without dragging it up 
the plane. 

Find the greatest angle of inclination of the plane, at 
which no force would be needed to prevent sliding. 

4. A square plate, abcd, lies on a smooth table. Strings, 
attached to the corners of the plate, pass over smooth pul- 
leys at the edge of the table, and sustain weights, which 
hang freely, and are such as to produce equilibrium. The 
string attached at a has the direction of the diagonal ca 
produced, and bears a weight of 37.2 ounces ; the string 
attached at b has the direction of the side ab produced, and 
bears a weight of 48.6 ounces; the strings attached at c 
and D are parallel to each other. Find the weight which 
each of these strings bears, and the direction of the string. 



June, 1887. 

ELEMENTARY. 

ENGLISH. 

Write a composition — with special attention to clearness 
of arrangement, accoracy of expression, and quality rather 
than quanity of matter — on one of the following sub- 
jects : — 

1. An outline of the Story of Quentin Durward. 

2. The escape of Isabelle of Croye from the Castle Hall 
of Schonwaldt. 

3. How Quentin Durward outwitted the Bohemian Hay- 
raddin. 

4. The character of King Louis XL as represented by 
Scott. 

5. The Meeting of Louis XL and the Duke of Burgundy, 
at Peronne. 

6. A Glimpse of William de la Marck, the Boar of Ar- 
dennes. 

SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 

Write your number on this paper. 

Correct on this paper all the errors you discover in the fol- 
lowing sentences : — 

1. Being commissioned to relieve the beleaguered city, 
she sat out at the head of a force whose numbers were 
swelled by accessions all along the march. 



34 ENGLISH. 

2. It is not too much to say that he is known most and 
best by a single story ; one which we read in childhood and 
seem never to qnite forget. 

3. It is most eflScacious when taken fasting and mixed 
with an equal quantity of hot water. 

4. De la Marck, in short, saw he would not be supported, 
even by his own band, in any farther act of immediate vio- 
lence. 

5. Tom stared at me, and I wished I was home. 

6. Mr. Hastings did not reveal this to Mr. Marley, who, 
by the way, had fallen in love with Miss Hardcastle, whom 
he thought was the bar-maid. 

7. When every worldly maxim arrayed itself against him ; 
when blasted in fortune, and disgrace and danger darkened 
around his name she loved him the more ardently for his 
very sufferings. 

8. In seeing Miss Anderson's Juliet I think I have seen 
the part as well acted as I am likely to. 

9. There was a grand baloon ascension which landed in 
West Wareham. 

10. Last Saturday evening we celebrated the first annual 
existance of our paper amid the enthusiasm of hundreds of 
people. 

11. Probably there was never known such a gathering in 
town since its foundation, and the result of an establishment 
of a newspaper in town with such a widespread circulation 
shows fairly what and who pursues its columns. 

12. He was one whom nature seemed to have first made 
generously and then to have added music as a dominant 
power. 



GEEEK. 35 

13. A feeling of sympathy for his fellow man, although in 
bondage, has at last induced the faculty to put into execu- 
tion the long-dreamt of idea of laying board walks throughout 
the college yard. 

14. Some of this wax Ulysses gave to each sailor to put 
in his ears and prevent him hearing the Sirens. 

15. One finds in the reviews of to-day, articles ranging 
from a sermon to a story and of course many excellent ones, 
but the efficacy of these latter are destroyed by the stiff, un- 
familiar style in which they are written and which usually 
does away with whatever interest we may take in the subject. 

16. We wish to congratulate '87 on her well-earned suc- 
cess, as by winning this race she placed the victor's wreath 
on her head which will be remembered long after the mem- 
bers of the present seniors are scattered in the four corners 
of the world. 

17. Soliciting your inquiry either in person or letter before 
you shall locate your home at this Island in the Ocean. 

I am, Most Respectfully, 

X. Y. 



GREEK. 

[Subject. — Tissaphernes, over-confident because of an accession of troops 
from the interior, bids Agesilaus leave Asia. His answer, and the sub- 
sequent course of events.] 

Translate : — 

'ETrel 8e /xe^a <j)povrj(Ta<; 6 Tiaa-atpepvr)^ iirl rm Kara- 
jSdvTC arparevfjiaTL irapa /SaaiXiay^; irpoelirev 'Ajrjo-iXda) 
TToXefjiov, el fJirj aizloi eic Tr]<; 'Ao-ta?, ol fiev aXXoi av^- 
\ia^Qi Kol AaKeBac/jiovicov ol 7rap6vTe<; fxaka axOeaOivre^ 



36 GREEK. 

5 (pavepol eyevovro, vofiL^ovr6<^ ekdrrco rrjv irapova-av elvai 
hvvajJLLV ^ AjrjcnXdq) rrj<i /3a(TL\€0)<; irapaaKevrj'^, Ayrjal- 
Xao<; Se jjuaka (j)ai^p(p ^ rep irpooroiircp ^ dirayyetKai Ttcr- 
cracf)6pv6L Tov<i irpecr/SeL'i eKeXevcrev co? ttoWtjv ')(apiv 
avTcp e^ot, on einopKr)aa<^ avro^ jxev Troke/ubLov; tov<; 

10 Oeov^ i/crrjoraro, roL<; S' '^^Wycn crv/jLfMd'^ov<^ eTroLrjcrev. 
i/c Be TOVTov €v6v<i Tolf; fiev crrparL(OTaL<i iraprj'yyei'Xe 
av(TfC6vd^ecr6ai w? et? arpareiav, rai<; Se iroXeacv, ei? 
a? dvdy/CT] rjv d^iicvelcrOaL (rrpaTevo/bievo) ^ iirl I^aplav, 
Trpoelirev ayopav Trapacr/cevd^ecv. iirecTTeiXe 8e koX 

15 "Iftxjt teal AloXevai /cat '^XXr^cnrovrLOi'^ irefiireiv tt/^o? 
eavTOV el^ "^(jyecrov tov(; avcTTparevaofJuevov^. o Se Tl(7- 
aacjyepvr}'^, Koi on Ittttlkov ovk el')(ev o ^Ay7jcnXao<;, rj Se 
J^apla d(f)L7r7ro<; rjv, koi on r/yelro avrov opyl^ecrOai, 
avTa> Sid TTjV dTrdrrjv, rep ovn vofiiG-a^i iirl rbv avTOv 

20 ol/cov et? l^apiav avrov opfujaeiv, ro fxev ire^ov dirav 
Bte^i/Sacrev eKelae, to 8' Iititlkov eU to ISlaLdvBpov ttcSlov 
'jrepLrjye, vo/jlI^cov l/cavof; elvai KaTanraTrjaai, tj} 'lttitw 
T0v<i '^YiXXyva^i, irplv et? Ta hvatirira * dcf^L/cecrOat. 

Xen. mil III. 4, 11, 12. 

Answer the following : — 

(a) Decline, in the singular number, the noun to which 
the form rroXeaiv (12) belongs. Compare the adjective to 
which the form eXarrw (5) belongs. 

(b) In what tense, mood, and voice is a^iKea-Oai (23) ? 
Give the present indicative first person singular. Inflect 
the second aorist optative middle. 

(c) Give the principal parts of ayyeXXco (7) ; and analyze 
the form Sic^LJSaa-ev (21) by naming the augment, tense- 
stem, etc. 

1 (paidpos, radiant, cheerful. ^ TrpSawirov, countenance. 

^ ffTpanvoixivc^l sc. avrcf. ^ dvcr-iinra: sc. ^(^pia. 



LATIN". 37 

(d) Give the derivation of (fjavepos (5), by naming the 
stem from which it is formed and its suffix, and give as 
many Greek words from the same stem, with their meanings, 
as you can recall. 

(e) State the use of the participles Kara/SavrL (1) and 
crvaTparevcroixevovs (16). 

(/) Account for the tense of opfxrja-eLv (20), and explain 
the construction of KaraTrar^crat (22). 

(g) Account for the case of Trapao-Kev^s (6) , and of Trpo- 

CWTTO) (7) . 

{h) Account for the mood of exoi (9). 



^ LATIN. 
I. Translate : — 

Qua re animadversa Pompeiani in quodam monte con- 
stiterunt. Hunc montem flumen subluebat. Caesar milites 
cohortatus, etsi totius diei continenti labore erant confecti 
noxque jam suberat, tamen munitione fluraen a monte 
5 seclusit, ne noctu aquari Pompeiani possent. Quo perfecto 
opere illi de deditione missis legatis agere coeperunt. 
Pauci ordinis seuatorii, qui se cum iis conjunxerant, nocte 
fuga salutem petiverunt. Caesar prima luce omnes eos 
qui in monte consederant ex superioribus locis in planitiem 

10 descendere atque arma proicere jussit. Quod ubi sine 
recusatioue fecerunt passisque palmis projecti ad terram 
flentes ab eo salutem petiverunt, consolatus consurgere 
jussit et pauca apud eos de lenitate sua locutus, quo minore 
essent timore, omnes conservavit, militibusque suis com- 

15 mendavit, ne qui eorum violaretur, neu quid sui desidera- 
rent. Hac adhibita dili2,entia ex castris sibi le2:iones alias 
occurrere et eas quas secum duxerat iuvicem requiescere 



38 LATIN. 

atque in castra reverti jussit, eoderaque die Larisam 
pervenit. ^ 

1. Mark the, quantity of every vowel in Caesar milites 
cohortatus^ etsi totius diet contmenti labore erant confecti noxque 
jam suberat. 

2. Give the principal parts of constiterunt (line 1), con- 
junxerant (line 7),petiverunt (line 8), consederant (line 9), 
passis (line 11), requiescere (line 17), reverti (line 18). 

3. Decline ordinis (line 7), node (line 7), locis (line 9). 

4. Give all the participles of facio and loquor, with the 
meaning of each. 

5. Explain the mood and tense in ne noctu aquari Pom- 
peiani possent (line 5). 

6. Explain the mood in quo minore esseiit timore (line 13) . 
Why is quo used? 

7. Explain the case of missis legatis (line 6),fuga (line 
8),pri7na luce (line 8), Larisam (line 18). 

II. Translate : — 

Cimonem Athenienses non solum in bello, sed etiam in 
pace diu desideraverunt. Fuit enim tanta liberalitate, 
cum compluribus locis praedia hortosque haberet, ut num- 
quam in eis custodem imposuerit fructus servandi gratia, 

5 ne quis impediretur, quo minus ejus rebus, quibus qiiisque 
vellet, frueretur. Serriper eum pedissequi^ cum nummis 
sunt secuti, ut, si quis opis eius indigeret, haberet quod 
statim daret, ne differendo videretur negare. Saepe, cum 
aliquem videret minus bene vestitum, suum amiculum dedit. , 
1. Explain the construction of fructus serixindi, and state 

what other expression might have been used. 

^ Footmen, attendants. 



GERMAN. 39 

2. Explain the case of tanta Uberalitate (line 2), and rebus 
(line 5). 

3. Why is " his " expressed by ejus in line 5, but by suum 
in line 9 ? 



GERMAN. 

[No. L, if well translated, will be enough. A good rendering of II. will 
compensate in some measure for deficiencies in I.] 

I. Translate into English : — 

S(uf eine 3*^^* 9^^^ ^^^ §ii(]n(f)en mtt bem ^ci^n^en in ben 
9^nPerc|, unb fie mac^ten mtt einanber auS, toer etnen ^ZnJIern 
fanbe, follte i^n mlt bent anbern teiten. D^iin fanb 'ao.^: §lt^nd)en 
eine gro^e, gvo^e 9^ug, fagte aber ntd)t3 baDon unb it}oIIte ben ^ern 
afletn effen. 3)er ^ern mar aber fo btcf, ha^ e§ i()n nid)t ()tnunter 
fd^Iuden !onnte, unb er tl)m tm §al^ ftecfen b(ieb, bag if)tn angft 
murbe, eg miiBte erfttden. ®a fdjrie ha^ §it^nd)en „§cif]ncf)en, id) 
bitf bid) (auf maS bn !annft, unb ()ol tnir SKaffcr, fonft erfttd tc^.'' 
©ag §dl^nc^en (tef, mag eg !onnte, ^unt ^runnen itnb fprad) „Sorn, 
bu foHft mtr Gaffer geben : bag §ii^nd^en Uegt auf bem S^ugberg, 
^Idi einen grogen 9^ugfern gefd)(udt unb mtH erftiden." ®er ^run^ 
nen antmortete „Iauf erft l^tn ^ur 33raut unb (ag btr rote ©eibe 
geben." "^a^ $u^nd)en (lef gur Sraut „53raut, bu foHft mtr rote 
©eibe geben : rote ©eibe miH tc^ bem 33runnen gebeit, ber ^rmtnen 
foil mtr Staffer geben, bag Staffer miH id) bem §tt^nd)en bringen, 
bag Itegt auf bem 9Zugberg, ^at einen grogen ^ern gefc^ludt unb 
mid bavan erftiden." 3)ie iBraut antmortete „Iauf erft unb ()o( mir 
mein ^rdngletn, bag blieb an einer SSeibe ^dngen.'' 3)a (ief 'ba^ 
§a§nd)en gur SSetbe unb gog 'tia^ ^rdngtcin bon bem ^ft unb 
hx<x6)Xt eg ber 53raut, unb bie 33raut gab i^m rote ©eibe baflir, bte 
brac^te eg bem 33runnen, ber gab itjm Saffer bafiir. ®a brad)te 
bag §d^nc^en bag SBaffer gum §u[}nd)en, mie eg aber ^in!am, mar 



40 GERMAN. 

btetDett bag ^it^nc^en erfttcft imb lac\ ha tot unb regte fid) nxd^t, 3)a 
tDar bag §a^ndien fo traurig, bag eg taut fd)rie, unb lamen alle 
Xuxt unb beftagten ha^ §it^nd)cn : unb fec^g SO^ciufe bauten etnen 
Keinen SBagen ha^ §u^ncf)en bartn gum ®rabe gu fa^ren ; unb alg 
ber SSagen fertig n)ar, fpannten fie fid) babor, unb bag §a^nd^ett 
fu^r. 5Iuf bem 2Bege aber fam ber O^udjg, „njo h^tUft bu ^tn, §at)n^ 
^en?" „Qd) it)itt mein §u^n^en begraben." „'X)arf id] mltfa^ren?" 
„5a, aber fe^ bid) t)inten auf ben Sagen, 
t)orn lonneng meine ^^ferbi^en nic^t tiertragen." 
S)a fe^tc fid) ber 5ud)g ^tnten auf, bann ber 2Botf, ber 53ar, ber 
$irf^, ber 2o\vt unb afte J^iere in bem 2Batb. ©o ging bie O^afjrt 
fort, ba famen fie an einen 33 ad). „2Bie [oEen inir nun ^iniiber?" 
fagte bag ipaf)nd)en. S)a lag ein ©tro()^atm am ^a&j, htM fagte 
„ic^ luid mid) quer bariiber (cgen, fo fount ifjr iiber mid) fa^ren." 
SBie aber bie fec^g 9J?dufe auf bie 33ritde !amen, rutf^te ber ©tro^^ 
^alm unb fiet ing Saffer, unb bie fec^g DJ^aufe fielen ade ^inein unb 
ertraufen. '^a gtug bie ^?ot toon neuem an, unb lam eine ^o^(e 
unb fagte „id] biu grog gi^nug, id) mid mic^ bariiber tegen, unb i^r 
fotit iiber mid) faf)ren." 3)ie ^oI)te (egte fid) and) an ha^ ^Baffer^ 
aber fie beriibrte eg uugliidti^er SBeife ein menig, ba gif^te fie, t)er- 
lof^te unb U)ar tot. 2Bie bag ein ©tein fa^, erbaimte er fid) nub 
luottte bem §a[)nd)en fjelfen unb legte fid) iiber bag 2Baffer. ®a 
gog nun bag §d()nd)en ben 233agen felber, ujie eg i^n aber balb 
briibeu t)atte unb W)ax mit bem to ten §it()nc^en auf bem ^aub nub 
njoEte bie anbern, bie Ijinten auf fagen, and) ^eran gie^en, ba li^aren 
i^rer gu tiiel gemorben, unb ber 2Bagen fiel guriid, unb adeg fiet mit 
einanber in ha^ Staffer unb ertvan!. Xa n)ar ba^ ^afju^en nod^ 
adein mit bem toten §itt)nd)en, unb grub i()m ein (§rab unb legte 
eg ^inein, unb mad)tc etnen §tige( bariiber, auf ben fel^te eg fid) 
unb grdmte fid) fo (ang, big eg au^ ftarb ; unb ha Wax adeg tot. 

II. Translate into German : — 

Romulus built the city of Rome. The inhabitants were 
called Romans. They were a very brave people. They 



FUENCH. 41 

loved tlieir country and fought to defend it. They would 
sooner have died than have lost their liberty. It was dearer 
to them than life. They waged many wars with the Cartha- 
ginians, with varying success. At last they conquered the 
Carthaginians and destroyed their city. 



FRENCH. 
I. Translate : — 

^'Et apres?" dis-je au capitaine, apr^s avoir rallum6 sa 
pipe, qu'il avait laiss^e s'eteindre. — " Apr^s, je n'ai plus 
voulu retourner sur mer. Vous voyez, f avals perdit tout ce 
que j'aimais, ma femme, mon fils, mon bateau. Un mariu 
qui a perdu son bateau est un homme deshonore." — " Mais, 
capitaine, pourquoi dire que vous avez perdu votre fils? Qui 
vous dit que vous ne le retrouverez pas un jour?" 

La figure du capitaine Belleau prit alors une expression 
ques ne lui avaije jamais vue. La colere decomposait ses 
traits et en faisait je ne sais quel animal hideux, au lieu de 
I'homme bienveillant, quoique rude, qu'il etait naturellement : 
" Le miserable!" s'ecria-t-il d'uue voix qui fit trembler le 
parquet de la chambre ; " le miserable ! qu'il ne reparaisse 
jamais devant moi ! " — " Qu'a-t-il done fait? " demandai-je, 
stupefait d'une telle explosion. — "Monsieur Telmer," me 
repondit le vieux marin, deja un peu remis, et avec une dig- 
nite qui m'etonna ; " voici plus de cent cinquante ans que 
les Belleau n'epousent que des fiUes de marins ; mon ai'eul, 
mon pere, moi-meme, nous avons et6 fid^feles aux traditions 
de la famille. J'esperais que mon fils le serait aussi ; deja 
ma soeur s'occupait de le marier. Une charmante jeune fille, 
la niece de mon vieil ami Pernadec; une des victimes du terri- 
ble cyclone d'il y a deux ans, aurait fait I'affaire. II a mieux 
aime aller a la ville et s'amouracher de la fille d'un confec- 



42 HISTOEY OF THE UNITED STATES. 

tionneur, qui est aujourd'hiii sa femme, la malheurense ! 

_^Jamais je ne la reconnaitrai comme ma belle-fiUe ! Jamais 

je ne le reconnaitrai pins comme mon fils ! II est mort pour 

moi." Et en pronongant ces paroles le vieux marin ebranla 

d'un formidable coup de poing la ta.ble aupres de laquelle 

nous etions assis, et fit voler au loin verres, assiettes et bou- 

teilles. La porte alors s'ouvrit, comme si ce coup de poing 

en eut fait sauter la serrure. Mais elle livra passage a un 

grand et vigoureux gargon dont I'aspect sembla pour un 

moment petrifier le vieillard. — Alfred Maniere. 

[A good translation of the above passage is all that is required to pass 
the examination ; the following questions are added to enable candidates 
to make up for any slight deficiencies in the translation.] 

II. Conjugate dis-je, f avals perdii^ prit^ demandai-je, je 
reconnaitrai, and give the principal tenses of the verbs to 
which they belong. 

III. Translate in French : — 

(a) I have not yet finished your book ; I will send it to 
you to-morrow. 

(b) Do not speak to me : speak to him ! 

(c) I do not want these books ; I want those that you 
bought this morning. 

(cZ) I could not speak ; I was struck with admiration. 

IV. Write twelve lines in French on the following subject : 
Why I ivant to go to Harvard, 



HISTORY OP THE UNITED STATES. 

[Take 1 and three others.] 

1. Fort Orange, Jamestown, Ticonderoga, Valley Forge, 
Louisburg, Fort Duquesne, — where ? 

2. The causes of the French and Indian war. 



HISTORY OF ENGLAND. 43 

3. [Take one.] (a) The provisions of the Stamp Act. 

(&) The Surrender at Saratoga. 
(^') Jay's Treaty. 

4. What was the Compromise of 1850 ? Was it carried 
out? 

5. Describe very briefly the condition of the middle class 
in Virginia before the Revolution. 

6. What were the "gag-resolutions"? What was the 
attitude of John Quincy Adams regarding them? 



HISTORY OP ENGLAND. 

[Take 1 and three others.] 

1. Give the situation of Kent, Norfolk, Oxford, Glou- 
cester, Westminster, and the Medway. 

2. [Take one.] St. Dunstan. Archbishop Craumer. 

3. [Take one.] The treaty of Wedmore. The battle of 
the Standard. The battle of Naseby. 

4. Explain : wergeld, relief, scutage, benevolences, and 
ship-money. 

5. [Take one.] 

(a) The two great Parties in the Long Parliament. 
(6) London Coffee-houses in the 17th century. 

6. Difficulties and dangers of travelling in England in the 
17th century. 



44 ANCIENT HISTORY. 

ANCIENT HISTORY. 
I. 

(a) [Take five.] Elis, Locris, Megara, Mytilene, Cor- 
cyra, Arginusae, Leuctra, Chaeronea, — where? Mention 
(with dates) historical events connected with four of these 
places. 

(h) [Take five.] Caudium, Thurii, Saguntnm, Zama, 
Praeneste, Pharsalus, Pydna, Heraclea, — where? Mention 
(with dates) historical events connected with four of these 
places. 

II. 
[Take any two.] 

1. [Take two.] (a) The reforms of Kleisthenes. 

(6) The peace of Mcias. 

(c) The destruction of Corinth. 

2. What grievances were complained of by the allies of 
Athens during the Athenian supremacy ? In what respects 
did Sparta use the supremacy differently from Athens ? 

3. [Take two.] Peisistratos, Cimon son of Miltiades, 
Pheidias, Kleon. 

4. [Take two.] 

(a) Commercial importance of the Greek festivals. 

(6) The Greek ideal of an educated man. 

(c) The success of Pericles as a democratic leader. 

III. 

[Take any two.] 

1. Mention in order (with dates, but without description) 
the successive stages of the Roman conquest of Italy. What 
means did the Romans use to strengthen their hold on Italy ? 

2. [Take two.] Regulus, Germanicus, Trajan. 



ALGEBEA. 45 

3. Explain rogatio, interrex, jus anspiciorum, jus hono- 
rum, patrum auctoritas. l3escribe the Horteusian law, or the 
Valerian laws. 

4. What were the chief grievances of the Italians at the 
time of the Gracchi? Was Tiberius Gracchus a revolu- 
tionist ? 



ALGEBRA. 

[Write legibly and without crowding ; give the work clearly and find all 
possible answers. The shortest methods are preferred.] 

1. Solve the following equation : — 



Vcc — 3+V3a; + 4+ -Vx + 2 = 0. 

Find two answers, and verifj- the positive answer, by 
showing that it satisfies the equation. 

2. A broker sells certain railway shares for $3240. A 
few days later, the price having fallen $9 per share, he buys, 
for the same sum, 5 more shares than he had sold. Find 
the price and the number of shares transferred on each da3\ 

3. Solve the following equation, finding four values of 

x: — 

4. Reduce the following expression to its simplest form 
as a single fraction : — 

1 — cc^ _ 1 — a? 

l-\-x^~ l-\-x 

1 -j- X' ^1 -{- X 
J. ~~" X X ~~ X 



46 PLANE GEOMETRY. 

PLANE GEOMETRY. 
[In solving problems use for tt the approximate value 87.] 

1. Prove that in an isosceles triangle the angles opposite 
the equal sides are equal. 

One of the equal sides of a certain isosceles right triangle 
is 10-^^2 units long ; what is the length of the perpendicular 
dropped upon the hypotenuse from the vertex of the oppo- 
site anoie? 



'&•■ 



2. Prove that the product of the two segments of any 
chord drawn through a fixed point which is within a circle 
has the same value in whatever direction the chord is drawn. 
If the radius of a circle be 5 feet and the distance of a point 
P from the centre be 3 feet ; what is the value of the pro- 
duct of the segments of any of the chords which pass through 
P? How long are the longest and shortest of these chords? 

3. Prove that if two circumferences touch each other ex- 
ternallj^, and if two straight lines be drawn through the point 
of contact, two of the lines which join the middle points of 
the chords thus formed are parallel. Under what circum- 
stances will the middle points of the chords lie at the corners 
of a parallelogram? 

4. Prove that two regular polygons of the same number 
of sides are similar polygons. 

State (without proving) the method of inscribing a regular 
hexogon in a circle ; of inscribing a regular dodecagon ; of 
inscribing an equilateral triangle. How would you then 
circumscribe a figure of either of these kinds about the 
circle ? 

j^ The altitude of an equilateral triangle is 9 feet : find 
the radii and areas of the inscribed and circumscribed 
circles. 



PHYSICAL SCIElSrCE. 47 

PHYSICAL SCIBNCB. 

FIRST AI.TEKNATIVE. 

PHYSICS. 

Candidates who offer (1) of the New Method will take the Astronomy 
questions instead of Physics questions 3 and 4. 

[In this paper take g as 32 ft. per second.] 

1. Which could you throw farther, a solid iron sphere 1 
in. in diameter, or a solid wooden sphere of the same size? 
Tell as exactly as you can why this is so. 

2. (a) The horizontal reach of a certain inclined plane is 
8 ft., its height is 6 ft., its length, therefore, is 10 ft. A 
force applied parallel to the incline draws a mass of 100 lbs. 
from the bottom to the top. How great a force is required 
and how much work does it do? Disregard friction. 

or 

(b) A ball is sent vertically upward with a velocity of 80 
ft. per second. What will be its height above the starting- 
point after 4 seconds ? 

3. What reasons have you for believing sound to be a 
wave-motion of air? 

4. What point on the Fahrenheit scale of temperature cor- 
responds to 20° on the centigrade scale ? 

How would you test the accuracy of the freezing-point and 
boiling-point of a thermometer? 

5. (a) Explain by means of a diagram the action of a 
convex lens used as a "simple microscope," i.e. to give a 
magnified and erect image of an object. Where must the 
object be placed with respect to the principal focus of the 
lens? 

or 

(b) Describe the construction and action of a Nicol prism. 



48 PHYSICAL SCIENCE. 

6. (a) Describe very carefully and fully the construction 
and action of the electrophorus. 

or 

(h) Describe yery carefully and fully the process of elec- 
trotyping with copper. 

ASTRONOMY. 

1. Define "plane of the ecliptic." 

What is a solar day ? mean solar da}" ? sidereal day ? 

2. Define, nebula, constellation, Milky Way. What rea- 
son have we for thinking the "fixed stars" to be much 
farther from us than the sun is ? 

SECOND AI.TEKNATIVE. 

[Candidates may omit any one question except the first.] 

1. Describe fully, but concisely, some experiment upon 
which you have spent not less than one and a half hours of 
laboratory work. 

2. If a carriage wheel be resting upright upon the ground, 
and be prevented from slipping at the bottom, how great a 
force applied horizontally at the top will just neutralize a 
force equal to the weight of 50 lbs. applied horizontally in 
the opposite direction at the centre of the wheel? 

3. Define carefully the dyne and erg, or the poundal and 
foot-poundal. 

4. If a body be acted on by a constant force which im- 
parts to it in 1 second a velocity of 1 m. per second, how 
far will it have moved in 5 seconds, starting from rest? 

5. Define density and specific gravity, distinguishing 
between the two. A certain solid floats in water with only 
I of its volume submerged ; what is the specific gravity of 
this solid? 



PHYSICAL SCIENCE. 49 

6. Into 110 grams of water at 15° C. contained in a vessel 
the thermal capacity of which is equal to that of 10 grams of 
water, are put 200 grams of a certain solid at 100° C, and 
the resulting temperature of the whole is 25° C. Calculate 
the specific heat of the solid. 

7. What is photometry? "What difficulties, if any, have 
you encountered in making experiments in photometry? 

8. Describe carefully and fully some galvanic cell that 
you have used. 



ADVANCED. 

GREEK. 

[Subject. — Telemachus protects Odysseus at the banquet and defies the 

suitors.] 

ivrof; iv(TTadeo<i fieyapov, irapa \dcvov ovBov, 

hic^pov ^ aeticeXiov /caTaOel<; oXiyrjv re rpdire^av ' 

Trap §' irideL crTrXdy^vcDV [JbOipa<^, iv K olvov e^evev 260 

eV heiral y^pvcrew, icai jjllv irpo^ puvOov eetirev ' 

^' ivravOol vvv rjao jxer dvSpdcnv olvoTTord^cov ' 

KepTO/jbla<; Se rot avTo<; iyco kol '^etpa'^ d(f)e^co 

TrdvTcov jJLVTjcrTrjpcdv, eirel ov roc hqfJLLo^ icrnv 

OLKO^i oh\ aXX' 'OSucTTyo?, ejJiol 8' e/cr/jaaro K€iVO<^. 265 

vfi€L'^ Se, /jiV7]aT7]pe<^, iincr'^eTe dvfiov ivLTrrjf; * 

Kal '^ecpcov, iva jjbrj rt? epu'^ /cal V€tKO<i oprjrai." 

^^12? 6(f)a6\ ol 8' dpa 7rdvT€<^ oSd^ iv ^eiXeaL <pvvT6<; 
TTjXi/JLa-^ov Oavjjia^ov, o Oapaa\e(jd<^ dyopeue. 
Tolcnv S' ^AvTLvoo^ [Jb6re<^7], ^virelOeo'^ vlo^ ' 270 

" KOL yakeiTOV nrep iovra S6')(^co/jLe6a [jlvOov, 'A^^atot, 
TTjXe/jid^ov ' jJbdXa K rj/xlv d'7TeCKrjaa<^ dyopevei. 
ov yap Zei)? etaae ^Lpovtwv ' tm Ke [jllv tj^t) 
iravcrapbev iv fjueydpoLcn, \cyvv ^ Trep iovr dyoprjr'ijvJ* 

"^Xl? e(f)aT ^A.VTivoo^ • o S' dp'' ovk ifiTrd^ero ^ /jlvOcov. 275 
KTjpvKe'^ K dvd dcTTV Oecov leprjv efcaro/jL/Syv 
rjyov ' Tol 3' dyepovTO /caprj /cojuioo}VT6<; A'^aLOL 
dXcro^ '' VTTO (TKiepov eKaTrj/SoXov AttoWcovo^o 

Ol S' iirel MTTTTjcrav Kpe vireprepa^ koI ipvaavro, 



GREEK. 51 

iioipa^ Sa(Tcrdfi6V0L SalvvvT epcKvBea Balra ' 280 

Trap B' ap^ 'OSucrcryt jjLolpav Oecrav ou iroveovro 
LcrrjV) ft)9 avTol irep eKa/^yavov ' w? 7a/) avca^yei 
T7]X€fjLa^o<^<f (piXo^ yfc09 ^OBucrcrrjo<; Oelolo. 

HoM. Odys. XX. 257-283, 

1 wiles. 2 vcDfidca (^vifxa), animo versare. ^ seat. * O'T^gry threats. ^ shrill. 
^ care for. ''grove. ^ outer (yrrep). 

II. Answer the following : — 

(a) Give the Attic equivalents of the following forms : 
KepSea (257) ; xp^^o-eo) (261) ; 6' (269) ; roi {211). Give the 
Homeric form of the genitive singular of [xeyapov (274). 

(b) Give the Attic equivalents of the following forms : 
iovra (271) ; Ke (273) ; Travcrafxev (274) ; Ko/xocovres (277). 
Explain the assimilation in the last form. 

(c) Name the parts (with their meanings) of which the 
following words are compounded : oIvottotgl^cdv (262) ; Kepro- 
jata? (263) ; ipLKvSia (280). 

{d) Point out the cases of tmesis in 260. 
^ (e) Account for the case of x"pwv (267) , and for the mood 
and tense of Trava-afxev (274). 

(/) State the difference in use of w? and ws (282) . 

{g) Write out verses 275, 276, dividing them into feet, 
and marking the caesural pause in each verse. 

{h) In what particular do these two caesural pauses differ 
from one another? Account for the quantity of the first 
syllable of the third foot in verse 275. 

[Subject. — Odysseus comes to the land of the Cyclopes.] 

"Fiv6ev Be Trporepco nrXeofiev aKa')(iqiJbevoi ^ rjrop. 105 

JLv/cXcoTTcov S' 6? ryalav virep^ioXcov,'^ aOepLLarcov^ 
Ik6im9\ ot pa Oeolcri ireTroiOoTe^ aOavdroiaLV 
0VT6 (j)VTevov(Ttv 'yepalv cf)VT0V ovr apococnv, 



52 GREEK. 

aXka rd <y aaTrapra fcal avTjpora irdvTa (jyvovrai, 

iTvpol^ KOI KpiOal^ r)h^ dfiTreXoL, atre (f)6pov(TLV 110 

olvov ipLcrrdcj^uXov,^ Kal a<pLV At09 o/n/Spof; de^ei. 

rolcTiV S' ovT dyopal ^ov\'r](p6poL ovre 6eiJbio-Te<;, 

cOOC oX 7' yyjrrjXcov opecov vaiovcrL /cdpTjva 

ev airiacn yXa^vpolcri, OepLiarevei he €Ka(TTO<; 

'TTatScop yS^ dXo^cov, ovS dWjjXcov dXiyovcnv. 115 

1 aKaxKo^, grieve. ^ Literally 'overgrown' (^(pvco, make groiv), but used 
here metaphorically. ^ Cf. d^jxis, law, usage (jidrnxi). ^ wheat. 

^ barley. ^ Cf. aTa(pv\r}, hunch of grapes. 

II. Answer the following : — 

(a) Give the Attic equivalents of the following forms : 
e^olai (107) ; o-(/)iv (111) ; opeW (113). Give the Homeric 
form of the genitive singular of otj/og (111). 

(6) Give the Attic equivalents of the following forms : 
rrXeofxev (105) ; d-oowtriv (108) ; de^et (HI)- Explain the 
assimilation in apowatv (108). 

(c) Write out verse 105, dividing it into feet, and marking 
the caesural pause. 

(cZ) In what particular does this caesural pause differ from 
the one in the next verse? Account for the quantity of the 
first syllable of the first foot in verse 107. 

[Subject. — Syloson, in the market-place at Memphis in Egypt, gives his 
red mantle to Darius, afterwards the king of Persia.] 

TOVTOV TOP ^vXoaoivra KareXajBe 6VTV)(^i7] tl<; Toir/Se • 
XajBoiV ')(\aviha koI irepijBaXopLevo^; Trvpprjv riyopa'C^e ev 
rr] M.efi(j>i. IScbv Se avrov Aapelo<^, hopvi^6po<; re eatv 
}La/jL^vae(o ^ koI \6yov ovBev6<; kco jieydXov eireOvpLrjo-e 
5 T^9 j(Xaviho^ Kal avrrjv TrpoaeXdcov oiveero.^ 6 Be 
" ^vXocrcbv opecov tov Aapelov fieydXcof; eircOv/jLeovTa rrj^ 
'^aviho'^ Oelrj T{))(r) '^peofjuevo^ Xeyet • 'E^yaJ ravTTjv 



LATIN. 53 

TTCoXeco ^ fjiev ovBevo<; ^pTy/^aro?, SlBcofjii Se aXXo)?,* eYirep 
ovrco Sec yeveaOac 7rdvTco<^. alveaa^ ravra 6 Aapelo'^ 

10 TrapaKafi^dvei to elfia. 6 [xev Sr) ^vXocrcov rjiriaraTO 
oi TOVTO diroXcoXevai hi evijOecav,^ d)<; Be rod ')(^p6vov 
TTpo^alvovTO^ }^afjb/3v(T7](; re aTieOave kol tc3 p^d'^cd eira- 
vecTTTjaav ol eTrrd ^ /cal ifc to)v eirra Aapelo<; rrjv [3acn- 
Xtjltjv eaye, irvvddveTai o XvXoacov, co? rj /SaaiXyLT] 

15 7repLe\7]\v6oi e? tovtov tov dvBpa, to) Kore avTO<; eBco/ce 
iv AlyvTTTq) BerjOevTL to elp^a. 

Herod. III. 139, 140. 

1 Cambyses, son of Cyrus the Great. 2 Conative imperfect. ^ g^n 
* gratis. ^ good-nature. ^ The seven Persian nobles who overthrew the 
Magus. 

(e) Name the parts (with their meanings) of which the 
following words are compounded : evrvxcrj (1) ; Bopv<ji6pos 
(3) ; evrjOeia (11). 

(/) Give the Attic equivalents of the following forms : 
iiriOvpiovTa (6) ; ^peo/jievos (7) ; /3a(nXrjir] (14). 

(g) Account for the case of xpw^^tos (8) and of xpovov (11). 

(h) Explain the use of the participle linOvpiovra (6), and 
of the infinitive dTroAcoAeVat (11). 



LATIN. 

CICERO AND VIRGIL AT SIGHT. 
Translate : — 

I. 

Nam relatio ^ ilia salutaris et diligens fuerat consulis, ani- 
madversio quidem et indicium senatus : quae cum reprehendis, 
ostendis qualis tu, si ita forte accidisset, fueris illo tempore 
'^ for the punishment of the Oatilinarion Conspirators. 



54 LATIN. 

consul fnturus : stipendio, mehercule, et frnmento Catilinam 
esse putasses iiivandum. quid enim iuterfuit inter Catilinam 
et eum, cui tu senatus anctoritatem, salutem civitatis, totam 
rem publicam proviuciae praemio vendidisti? quae enim L. 
Catilinam conantem consul proliibui, ea P. Clodium facien- 
tem consules adiuverunt. voluit ille senatum interficere ; 
vos sustulistis ; leges incendere : vos abrogastis ; vim inferre 
patriae : quid est vobis consulibus gestum sine armis ? in- 
cendere ilia coniuratorum manus voluit urbem : vos eius 
domum, quem propter urbs incensa non est. ac ne illi qui- 
dem, si liabuissent vestri similem consulem, de urbis incen- 
dio cogitassent ; non enim se tectis privare voluerunt, sed 
his stantibus nullum domicilium sceleri suo fore putaverunt. 
caedem illi civium, vos servitutem expetistis ; hie vos etiam 
crudeliores : liuic enim populo ita f uerat ante vos consules 
libertas insita, ut ei mori potius quam servire ]3raestaret. 

Give the derivation of animadoersio^ relatio, salutaris, 
vendidisti. 

Give the principal parts of adiuverunt, sustulistis, inferre. 

Give the construction of considis, praemio, patriae, fueris. 
cum reprehendis. Should you expect subjunctive? Why? 
provinciae. What was a Roman province? and why should 
any one want it? 

II. 

At cantu commotae Erebi de sedibus imis 
Umbrae ibant tenues simulacraque luce carentum, 
Quam multa in foliis avium se milia condunt, 
Vesper ubi aut hibernus agit de montibus imber, 
Matres atque viri defunctaque corpora vita 
Magnanimum heroum, pueri innuptaeque puellae, 
Impositique rogis iuvenes ante ora parentum ; 
Quos circum limns niger et deformis arundo 
Cocyti tardaque palus inamabilis unda 



GEEEK COMPOSITION. ^ 55 

Alligat et noviens Styx interfusa coercet. 
Quin ipsae stupiiere clomus atque iiitima Leti 
Tartara caeruleosque implexae crinibns augais 
Eumenides, tenuitque inhians tria Cerberus ora 
Atque Ixionii vento rota constitit orbis. 
lamque peclem referens casus evaserat omnis 
Redditaque Eur3^dice superas veniebat ad auras 
Pone sequeus, — namque banc dederat Proserpina legem — 
Cum subita incautum dementia cepit amantem, 
Ignoscenda quidem, scireut si ignoscere Manes : 
Restitit Eurydicenque suam iam luce sub ipsa 
Immemor lieu ! victusque animi respexit. 

Give the derivation of simulacra, magnanimum, dementia. 

Compare niger, superas. 

Construction of angues, ignoscere, scirent. 

suam. Why not ems.? 

How do you know what tarda agrees with ? 

Mark the principal caesura in fourth line. Is this the 
most common jDlace for it ? What other places of the cae- 
sura are common? 



GREEK COMPOSITION. 

Translate : — 

Until ^ he was twelve years old Cyrus was educated among 
the Persians, and followed ^ the more simple mode of life^ 
which was prescribed* by the Persian customs. But after- 
wards he went to his grandfather Astyages, king of the 
Medes. And he was amazed when he first saw his grand- 
father decked ^ with purple tunics and necklaces ^ and brace- 
lets/ which were customary with the Medes ; still, when his 
grandfather decked him with a beautiful robe,^ child as he 
was 9 and ambitious, he was greatly delighted. When his 



56 LATIN COMPOSITION. 

mother asked him whether his father or his grandfather 
seemed to him more beautiful, he replied that his father was 
by far the most beautiful man of all the Persians, but of all 
the Medes whom he had seen in the streets and in the 
palace his grandfather seemed to be the most beautiful. 

1 [JL^XP'- "^vith genitive. ^ xP^O/"«'- ^ ^iaira. * Trpoa-TaTrw. ^ Koafiew. 
^ (TTpeTTTos. '' y\i4\Lou. ^ (XToXi). ^ are with participle. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 

Translate into Latin : — 

When we read in Cornelius Nepos about the life of Epam- 
inoudas we cannot help admiring the self-control and sense 
of justice which that Greek leader showed. We learn from 
the answer he made to the ambassador of King Artaxerxes 
how little he valued mone}^ in comparison with honor and 
love for his country. The ambassador had corrupted a 
young friend of Epaminondas, and was trying through him 
to win over the leader himself. But when he understood 
wh}' the ambassador had come, he said : " There is no need of 
money, for if what the king desires is for the interest of 
Thebes, I will gladty do it for nothing ; if otherwise, there 
is not gold enough in the whole world to persuade me to 
injure my country." Then he bade the ambassador leave 
the city as soon as possible that he might not teach others to 
do wrong, and he made the youth tbrough whose means the 
ambassador had come to him return immediately all the 
money he had received. 



GERMAN. 67 

GERMAN. 

I. Translate into Gterman : — 

„$eter ©d^Iemif)!" is the story of a man who had lost his 
shadow. It was written by Chamisso. The author of this 
prett}^ story was born in France, but he lived a long time in 
Germany and soon learned to love his new home. He also 
wrote many poems, which are read in the schools of Germany 
and of this country. One of the best of his poems is called 
,,'Da^ S^tiefenf-pie^^euti." It tells about a "giant-maiden," who 
carried some peasants and oxen to her father, and asked, 
"Are they not beautiful playthings?" But her father was 
angry, because she had taken the peasants from their work. 
He said to his daughter, "You must not take those little 
people away from their fields and houses, although they are 
so very small and would make such a pretty plaything for 
you. If 3'ou do not let them work, we shall have no bread 
to eat." Then the girl carried them back again to their 
little huts under the green trees. 

II. Translate : — 

(a) 2)^ e t d) t T) a I. (gitvagen foUt' tc^ bie leic^tferfcje 9tebe 
®e§ UnDeifc^cimten: „2Benn ber Javier ^vob 
SBoHf effen, moc\' er felbft am ^fdtge gte[)u!" 
-3it bte ©eele fd)iutt mir\% aU ber 33ub' bte Deafen, 
3)ie fdjonen 2:()iere, Don bem $fluge fpannte ; 
®umpf h'iiOteu fie, aU fjcitten fie (Sefit(}t 
2)er UngeBii^v, unb fticgen mit ben §ornei'n ; 
S)a itbernaf)m mid} ber geredjte 3"^^'^/ 
Unb meiner felbft nid)t §evr, fd)Iuc] id) ben 23oten. 
SS a It ^ e V 3^ it r ft. £), faiim begintngen \mx ha^ eigne §erg ; 

2Bie foU bie rafd]e -Sitgenb fid) begd^men 1 
5U? e ( d) t () a I. ^id) jammert nur beu iBatev — ev 6ebarf 
<Bo fel)r bev ^^flege, unb fetn ©ol^n ift fern. 



58 GERMAN. 

®er ^o(\i {ft i^m cjefjcifftci, treil eu ftetS 
?^ur 9^ed)t unb 0^uetf)ett reblid) ^at fleftrittett. 
®vitm tnerben fie ben alten 9}?anu kbvcinnen, 
Unb 9^iemanb ift, beu t()n t)or Uitglhn^f fdiii^e. 
— SBevbe mit mir, iuoS iDttI, id) mn§ ^iniiber. 

(b) t). Se 1(1)6 int. 2Bo()Ibenn, fo ^oren ©ie, mein f^vdiiteht. 
— ©ie nennen mid) S^eG^etm ; ber 9iante trifft ein. — ^6ei- ©ie 
meinen, id) fet) bev 3^eflf)etm, ben ©ie in -3f)rem ^aterdmbe gefannt 
I)aben, ber 6(li[)eube ^Ranu, tjotler ^n[priid)e, boHer ^u^mbegierbe; 
beu feineS gaiigen ^orper^, feiner gan^en ©eele mdd)tig inav ; t)OV 
bent bie ©c^ran!en ber (g^re nnb be§ ®(iid§ eroffnet ftanben ; ber 
-3^reg §ergen§ unb '-S^rer §anb, inenn er fd)on 3f)rer no^ nid)t 
miirbig mar, tcigtid) iDiirbiger gu inerben ()offen bnrfte. — 3)iefer 
2^e((()eim bin id) eben [o luenig, aU id) mein 53ater bin. ^eibe finb 
gemefen. — -3d) bin 2^eC(l)etm, ber t)ei-abfd)iebete, ber an feiner (S()re 
gelrcinlte, ber ^riippet, ber S3ettler. — Senem, mein grautein, t)er« 
fprad)en ©ie fid) : inollen ©ie biefem 335ort l)Q(ten ? 

(c) 2Ber in ben erften -3af)ren nac^ bent S^^obe g^riebrici^'g be§ 
©ro^cn bie ©tra§en einer mdJ3tgen ©tabt betrat, bie er im Qal)x 
lt50 bitrd)fd)ritten ^atte, ber mn^te bie gro^ere ^'raft i()rer Se* 
n3o()iter itberall erfennen. ^od) fte^n bie atten 9??auern mtb 2;;f)ore, 
aber e5 iDirb bariiber Der^anbelt, bie (Singdnge, tueldie fiir 9Jlenfd)en 
unb ^aftinogen gu enge finb, t)on bem alten 3isge(ioc^ gu befreiem 
mit Ieid)tem ©itteriner! gu fdjliej^en, an anberen ©teUen ber 2Hauer 
nene "iPforten gn offneit. 3)er 2BalI nm ben ©tabtgraben ift mit 
breitgegipfelten Sdumen bepftangt, unb in bem bid)ten ©d)atten ber 
Siitben unb -^aftanien fatten je^t bie ©tdbter if)rcn bidtetifd)en 
©pagiergang, at()met ha§ ^inberbol! frifd)e ©oinmerUtft. 5Iu(^ bie 
fteiiten ©drten an ber ©tabtmauer finb t)er[d)onert, nene frembe 
^liit^en gtditgen graifc^en beit alten unb umgeben ba§ fiinftlidje 
g^ragment einer ©diile, ober einen tleinen @eniu§ Don ^olg, ber mit 
mei^er £)elfarbe iibergogen ift ; ^ier unb ha erljebt fid) ein ©ommer* 
^au§ entiueber al§ antifer S^eutpel, obcr and) aU §ittte Don be^ 



FRENCH. 59 

tnoofter 9^inbe gur (grinnerunn cin bie un[c^ulb§t)oIIen Uvguftdube 
be^ SD^enfd)en(:}ef(f)(ecf)t§, tu bencn bie (^efu()Ie fo unenblic^ veiner 
unb ber ^wang ber ^(eiber unb bev Sontjenieug fo t)iel gevinnev 
wax. 

III. Give a brief description of life in the ro3'al castle at 
Berlin at the time of the boyhood of Frederick the Great. 

lY. Translate (at sight) : — 

9^orf) fel)[te e§ an Se!(eibmin, ^Ser^flecjunq, 33emaffnitnn. ?I6er 
e§ begann je^t ein rii^renbev SKetteifev in fretmiHt.qen ©aben. ^ud) 
ber tomfte bva^te fetn ©d]erf(ein. 2So in bent ani^cjejogenen Sanbe 
(Btlh fef)(te, ciriff man ^n anbeven ?iJiitte(n. (gljeleutc unb 5SerIobte 
bi-acf)ten bie golbenen S;ranvin(ie unb er^ielten eiferne bafiiu guvitcf : 
„(^oIb gab id) fixr (gifeii" lautete bie [d)bne ^nfdjrift -SeneS arme 
grciulein (S^erbinanba t)on (Sd)mettau) bvadjte ben eiu^igen 
(2d)mud, ben fie befag : if)r fd)one8 §aupt[)aar. S)g^ 2Betb Iie§ 
ben fatten, bie 35er{obte ben S3rautigam, bie Wlnikx ben ©of)n 
m\i\c\ giefjen : 6d)mad) ficitte ben ^uriidbteibenben getroffen. %n 
ber <S^i^e ber ^rauenDereine, bie fid) ^ur Unterftltijung ber ^iim^ 
^fenben, ^nr ^ftege ber ^Serwnnbeten, ^ur ©ammtung t)on Siebe§^ 
gaben bilbeten, ftanb bie eble "^Pringe^ 2BiU)eIm, 9J^arianne Don 
§effen^©omburg, nebft ad)t anberen ^rin^efftnnen beg !oniglid)en 
§aufe§. ■— S)er d]rift(id)e ©inn, bie einft berfpottete unb i^ergeffene 
S^etigion, UJar mit t)ei(iger Ma^t in alien ©eelen Ji^ieber aufgelebt. 
Unter @Ioden!(ang, mit feierIid)^!ird)Ud)cr ©egnung, ^ogeu bie 
©d)aren au§ in ben „{)eiligen ^rieg." 



FRENCH. 

X.B. — Take up the questions exactly in the order in which they are on the 
paper. The answers must all be in French. 

1 . Traduisez en f rangais : — 

(a) Mr. Rushworth was from the first struck with the 
beauty of Miss Bertram, and, being inchned to marry, soon 



60 FEENCH. 

fancied himself in love. He was a heavy young man, with 
not more than common sense ; but as there was nothiug dis- 
agreeable in his figure or address, the young lady was well 
pleased with her conquest. Being now in her twenty-first 
year, Maria Bertram was beginning to think matrimony a 
duty ; and as a marriage with Mr. Rushworth would give her 
the enjoyment of an income larger than her father's, as well 
as insure her the house in town, which was now a prime 
object, it became, by the same rule of moral obligation, her 
evident duty to marry Mr. Rushworth, if she could. — Jane 
Austen. 

(b) It was ten o'clock. The coach of the lieutenant of 
the Tower was ready. Monmouth requested his spiritual 
advisers to accompany him to the scaffold, and they con- 
sented ; but they told him that, in their judgment, he was 
about to die in a perilous state of mind, and that, if they 
attended him, it would be their dut}^ to exhort him to the 
last. As he passed along the ranks of the guards he saluted 
them with a smile, and mounted the scaffold with a firm 
tread. Tower Hill was covered up to the chimney tops with 
an innumerable multitude of gazers, who, in awful silence, 
broken only b}' sighs and the noise of weeping, listened for 
the last accents of the darling of the people. — Macaulay. 

2. Racontez une de ces deux comedies : Le Gendre cle M. 
Poirier ; Mademoiselle de la Seiglih'e. 

3. Racontez une des fables suivantes de La Fontaine : Le 
Corbeau et le Menard, le Loup et VAgneau, le Renard et la 
Cigogne, le Lion et le MoucJieron, le Lion et le Mat. 

4. Ecrivez une demi-doiizaine de vers extraits d'une fable 
de La Fontaine. 

5. Racontez en une quinzaine de lignes la com^die de 
Moli^re intitul^e FAvare. 

6. Ecrivez une douzaine de lignes sur Pierre Corneille. 



FEENCH. Gl 

7. Traduisez en anglais : — 

En me parlant de tragedie, monsieur, vous r^veillez en moi 
une idee que j'ai depuis longtemps de vous presenter la Mort 
de Cesar, pi^ce de ma fayon, toute propre pour un college oi\ 
Ton n'admet point de femmes sur le theatre. La pi^ce n'a 
que trois actes, mais c'est celui de tons mes ouvrages dont 
j'ai le plus travaille la versification. Je m'y suis propose 
pour module votre illustre compatriote, et j'ai fait ce que j'ai 
pu pour imiter de loin 

la main qui crayonna 
L'ame du grand Pompee et celle de Cinna. 

II est vrai que c'est un pen la grenouille qui s'enjle 2)0ur etre 
aussi grosse que le boev/; mais enfln je vous off re ce que j'ai. 
II y a une derni^re sc^ne a refondre, et sans cela il y a long- 
temps que je vous aurais fait la proposition. En un mot, 
Cesar, Brutus, Cassius et Antoine sont a votre service quand 
vous voudrez. 

Je suis bien sensible a la bonne volonte que vous voulez 
bien temoigner pour le petit Champbonin, que je vous ai 
recommande. C'est un jeune enfant qui ne demande qu'a 
travailler, et qui pent, je crois, entrer tout d'un coup en 
rhetorique on en 'philosophic. Nous sommes bon gentil- 
homme et bon enfant, mais nous sommes pauvre. Si Ton 
pouvait se contenter d'une pension modique, cela nous 
accommoderait fort : et elle serait au moins payee reguli^re- 
ment, car les pauvres sont les seuls qui paj^ent bien. 

Adieu, monsieur ; comptez sur I'amitie, sur I'estime, sur la 
reconnaissance de V. Point de ceremonie ; je suis quaker 
avec mes amis. Signez-moi un A. — Voltaire. 

8. Expliquez I'allusion que contiennent les mots imprimc^s 
en italiques dans le passage precedent. 



62 LOGARITHMS AND TEIGONO'METPwY. 

LOG-ARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 

[One hour allowed; omit any two questions, except 6.] 

1. In a certain system of logarithms, the logarithm of 
■I is 2. What is the logarithm of 16 in the same sj^stem? 
What is the base ? 

2. Given ^m x -\- cos x — n. Find since. What are the 
limiting values of n ? 

3. Reduce ^ (tan x + ctn x) to a single function of 2aj. 

4. Obtain, from fundamental formulas, a formula for the 
sum of the cosines of two angles, in terms of the half-sum 
and the half -difference of the angles. 

5. Two roads in a level plane cut each other at right an- 
gles at a point A. A surveyor, standing at B on one of the 
roads, sees two houses, G and D, on the other road, C lying 
between A and D. He knows that AB = 225 yards, and 
AG =150 yards, and measures the angle GBD = 4:1° 17'. 
What is the distance GD ? 

6. Find, by Middle Latitude Sailing, the bearing and dis- 
tance from Savannah (32° 05' N., 81° 05' W.) to Trinidad 
(10° 39' N., 61°31' W.). 

_ -„ ^ 4 tanaj (1 — tan^o?) ^ . ^ n 

7. Reduce yz — ^ ^-r^ — - to a smoie function of 4 x. 

(1+tan^cc)'' "^ 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 

1. Prove that if a line and a plane are parallel, the inter- 
section with the plane of any plane containing the line is 
parallel to the line. 

2. Prove that a triangular prism is one-half of a parallel- 
epiped of double the base and the same altitude. 



ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 63 

3. Prove that the volume of a triangular prism is equal to 
the product of the area of a lateral face by one-half its dis- 
tance from the opposite edge. 

4. Prove that the sum of two face angles of a triedral an- 
gle is greater than the third. What proposition concerning 
a sx)herical triangle follows immediately from this theorem? 

5. Show that the sum of the angles of a spherical triangle 
is greater than two and less than six right angles. 

6. State without proof the rule for finding the area of the 
surface of a sphere in terms of the radius ; and that for the 
volume of a sphere in terms of the radius. 

7. The altitude of the torrid zone is about 3200 miles. 
Find its area in square miles (radius = 4000 miles). 



ANALYTIC GEOMETRY. 

1. Define the parabola, and obtain its equation in the form 
y'^~2mx. What are the co-ordinates of the focus? What 
is the equation of the directrix? Define the latus rectum^ 
and find its length. 

2. Obtain the equation of the circle which passes through 
the vertex of the parabola and the extremities of the double 
ordinate through the focus. Find the centre and radius of 
this circle. 

3. Obtain the equations of the tangent and normal at the 
point (a?i, 2/i) of the parabola. Prove that the normal makes 
equal angles with the principal axis and with the line joining 
{ph^ Ui) with the focus. 

4. Prove that, if two tangents to a parabola are perpen- 
dicular to each other, they meet on the directrix. 

5. Find the equation of the locus of the middle points of 
a set of chords of the hyperbola all of which pass through 
the vertex. 



MECHANICS. 



MECHANICS. 

1. Two forces, one of 3 pounds and one of 5 pounds, act 
at a point of a body in directions which make with each 
other an angle of 60°. Find the magnitude of the resultant 
of these forces and show that its line of action makes with 



the greater of them an angle whose sine is 
0.371 + . 



3 V3 
14 '' 



that is, 



2. A grocer uses correct weights with a false balance 
whose arms are 10 and 11 inches long respectivel}^ In sell- 
ing two pounds of sugar, he first puts enough sugar in one 
of the two scale pans (A) to balance a pound weight placed 
in the other (B) . He then puts enough sugar in pan (B) to 
balance a pound weight placed in (A) , and gives the custo- 
mer the quantities of sugar thus weighed out, under the im- 
pression that he has given him just 2 pounds. How much 
has the customer really received? 

3. A weightless string bears at one end a weight P, = 4V3 
pounds, and is tied at the other end to a peg, A, fixed in 
the wall. Between A and P the string passes through a 
smooth ring, which slides freely on it and carries a weight of 
12 pounds, and then over a smooth peg, B, in the same hori- 
zontal line with A. Find the tension of the strino- and the 
strain which B has to bear. Would these quantities be 
larger or smaller if B were below the horizontal plane in 
which A lies ? 

4. A horizontal force of 10 pounds must be exerted on a 
certain body, P, which lies on the rough horizontal top of a 
table, in order to set P in motion, but when the table is 
tipped up so that the top makes an angle of 45° with the 
vertical, P justs slides down of itself : how heavy is P ? 
What force exerted downwards in a direction making an 



PHYSICAL SCIEKCE. 65, 

angle of 60° with the vertical would make P move if the 
table top were level? What force in a direction making an 
angle of 30° with the vertical? 

5. A uniform ladder which weighs 100 pounds rests with 
its top against the smooth wall of a house and makes an 
angle of 60° with the horizon. The coefficient of friction 
between the bottom of the ladder and the pavement is |-. 
Will the foot of the ladder slip out if a man rest his whole 
weight of 150 pounds on the top of the ladder? 

DATA. 

sin 30° = I- sinl20°=V3 

cos30° = iV3 cos 120°=- i 

sin 45° = Vi sin 150° = i 

cos45° = Vi' cos 150°=-|-V3 

sin60° = iV3 V3 = 1-732 + 

cos 60° = J Vi =0-577 + 



PHYSICAL SCIENCE. 

[This paper must not be taken as indicating the character of future exami- 
nation papers in Advanced Physics, which will more closely resemble 
the papers of Physics C and in Physics 2 of previous years. Such papers 
will be found in the collections of Final Examination Papers issued 
annually by the University.] 

1. The errors which affect a result are divided into two 
classes : 1st, constant errors, or those which always increase 
or diminish the result by a given amount ; and 2d, accidental 
errors, or those which tend sometimes to increase and some- 
times to diminish the result. Show that the mean (or average) 
of several observations is less affected by accidental errors 
than on the average the separate observations are. 



Q6 PHYSICAL SCIENCE. 

2. How would you go to work to construct a gram weight 
if all standards of mass were lost? 

3. The apparent weight of a certain solid is 140 grams 
in air of mean density (0.0012) and 49 grams in water of 
density 0.999, the weights used being brass of densit}' 8.4. 
Find the absolute density of the solid, correcting approxi- 
mately for the buoyancy of air and for the deviation of the 
water from standard density. 

4. Describe as minutely as possible any experiment in 
sound, heat, or light from which you have obtained a numer- 
ical result which agrees within one per cent with that which 
you suppose to be the true result. 

5. (a) Explain the construction of a vernier-gauge or of 
a micrometer-gauge ; or (6) state the general principles by 
which verniers are constructed. 

6. What precautions are necessary in order to obtain 
accurate results with a Nicholson's hydrometer or with a 
densimeter of any description? 

7. Explain the reduction of the answer to absolute units 
(d3^nes or poundals) in any experiment which you have per- 
formed involving a measure of force. 

8. Describe or explain any experiment in which you have 
measured work or energy, naming the unit of work or energy 
employed. 

9. State the law which connects electromotive force, 
resistance, and electric current, and show that if the external 
resistance of the circuit be small, it is possible to increase 
greatly the number of cells in the circuit without greatly 
increasing the current. 



FOB ADVANCED STANDINa. 

ENGLISH A. 

[Make your answers thorough, and pay attention to form as well as to 

substance.] 

I. 

Write a short composition on one of the following sub- 
jects : — 

1. The Honyhalmms. 

2. A Character from Fielding. 

3. Pope's Homer. 

4. A Sketch of Dryden's Life. 

5. An Outhne of one of Pope's Works. 

11. 

Discuss the use of sliould and would in the following pas- 
sage : — 

'' If I were as rich as Mr. Darcy," cried a young Lucas, 
who came with his sisters, "I should not care how proud 
I was. I would keep a pack of foxhounds, and drink a bot- 
tle of wine every day." 

"Then you would drink a great deal more than you 
ought," said Mrs. Bennett ; " and if I were to see you at it, 
I should take away your bottle directly." 

The boy protested that she should not ; she continued to 
declare that she would ; and the argument ended only with 
the visit. 

III. 

Describe briefly some person or place that you know. 



68 ENGLISH A, 



lY. 



1. Reduce to a syllogism the following argument, point- 
ing out the major term, the minor term, the middle term, the 
major premise, the minor premise, and the conclusion : — 

" Dirt defies the king." If the old proverb be true, Sapo- 
lio is greater than royalty itself. 

2. Discuss the relation between the Argument from Ex- 
ample and the Argument from >Sign. 

V. 

Give your opinion of the literary worth of the following 
passage, arranging your criticism under the heads of (a) 
Clearness, (b) Force, (c) Elegance, and (d) General Re- 
marks : — 

Power, of some kind or other, will survive the shock in 
which manners and opinions perish ; and it will find other 
and worse means for its support. The usurpation which, in 
order to subvert ancient institutions, has destroyed ancient 
principles, will hold power by arts similar to those by which 
it has acquired it. When the old feudal and chivalrous 
spirit of fealty, which, by freeing kings from fear, freed both 
kings and subjects, from the precautions of tyranny, shall be 
extinct in the minds of men, plots and assassinations will be 
anticipated by preventive murder and preventive confisca- 
tion, and that long roll of grim and bloody maxims, which 
form the political code of all power not standing on its own 
honor, and the honor of those who are to obey it. Kings 
will be tyrants from policy when subjects are rebels from 
principle. 



PHYSICS A. 69 

PHYSICS A. 

1. Describe the thermo-electric pile, and galvanometer. 

2. What experiments show that heat is produced by fric- 
tion? 

3. "What is the mechanical equivalent of heat? 

4. How is it measured? 

5. What is heat supposed to be? 

6. What is the condition of a gaseous body?- 

7. What is essential to the production of light, as well as 
heat? 

8. What experiments show the energy of molecular mo- 
tions? 

9. How is the melting-point altered by pressure? 

10. On what does the boiling-point of a liquid depend? 

11. Illustrate the difference between potential and actual 
energy. 

12. What experiments illustrate the spheroidal condition 
of matter? 

13. Explain the trade winds. 

14. How do they affect the climate of Europe and 
America ? 

15. What are Faraday's experiments on relegation? 



CHEMISTRY A. 

1. The symbol C4H10O gives what information in regard 
to the substance called ether ? 

2. The expression Zn -f (2 HCl + Aq) = (ZnCla + Aq) 
-f H2 gives what information in regard to the process it rep- 
resents ? 



70 CHEMISTRY. 

3^ The composition of alcohol is as follows : — 

Carbon 52.18 

Hydrogen 13.04 
Oxygen 34.78 

100.00 

The density of the vapor of alcohol is 23 times that of 
hydrogen. Calculate the symbol of alcohol. 

4. Describe the three laws which govern chemical changes, 
and illustrate by examples. 

5. How many liters of hydrogen gas can be made from 
100 grams of zinc by the reaction given above? 

^6._A volume of gas (free to expand under constant pres- 
sure) measures 600 centimeters at the freezing-point. What 
would it measure at 182° C. provided all other conditions re- 
mained unchanged ? 

H=l. = 16. Cr=12. Zn=65. 

The weight of one liter (1000 c. m.) of hydrogen gas is yf^ of a 
gram. Absolute temperature equals centigrade temperature plus 273°. 



CLASSIFIED PAPERS. 

LATIN. 

TRANSLATION AT SIGHT AND SENTENCES. 

July, 1887. 

I. Translate Bell. Gall. VIII. 38. 

II. Translate : — 

1 . You wish to go away at the beginning of summer. 

2. He answered that the Suevi would return to their 
homes across the Rhine. 

3. "Let me come to Rome," he said, "to persuade the 
Senate not to favor our enemies." 

4. By learning the causes of all things we are freed from 
the fear of death. 

September, 1887. 

I. Translate Bell. Gall. VIII. 43. 

suspensi, compare in suspense. 

II. Translate : — 

1. Caesar, seeing that his soldiers were hard pressed, sent 
Labienus to encourage them. 

2. In our times, if the flames cannot be extinguished by 
water, they tear down the houses, a method {ratio) which 
they used also in ancient times at Rome. 

3. Our soldiers ran much faster than the enemy. 

4. It was for Cicero's interest to unite with Brutus and 

Cassius. 



72 LATIN. 

September, 1886. 

I. Translate Caes. Bell. Gall. VIII. 28. 

II. Translate : — 

1. Caesar, wishing to find out how much courage his men 
had, commanded them to storm the town in a night attack. 

2. The numbers of the enemy were, however, too great 
for our men to withstand. 

3. A Gallic chief was captured and sent to the senate at 
Rome and by them was pardoned. 

July, 1886. 
I. Translate : — 

1. The consul sent two messengers to warn the king not 
to make an attack upon his allies. 

2. Let us forget the wrongs which our enemies have done 
us, and take care that we do no wrong to others ourselves. 

3. You, who have so much money, may lead such a life, 
but it is not possible for those who are in want to do so. 

4. Since this is so, you ought to choose the work which 
you like best to do, and then do it with all your might. 

II. Translate : — 

Cum in Pontum venisset copiasque omnes in unum locum 
coegisset, quae numero atque exercitatione bellorum medio- 
cres erant (excepta enim legione sexta, quam secum ad- 
duxerat Alexandria veteran am multis laboribus periculisque 
functam reliquae erant tres legiones, una Deiotari, duae, 
quae in eo proelio, quod Cn. Domitum fecisse cum Pharnace 
scripsimus, fuerant) , legati a Pharnace missi Caesarem adeunt 
atque imprimis deprecantur, ne eius adventus hostilis esset : 
facturum enim omnia Pharnacen, quae imperata essent. maxi- 
meque commemorabant nulla Pharnacem auxilia contra Cae- 
sarem Pompei dare voluisse, cum Deiotarus, qui dedisset, 



LATIN. 73 

tamen ei satisf ecisset. Caesar respondit se fore aequissimum 
Pharnaci, si quae polliceretur repraesentaturus esset. monuit 
autem, ut solebat, mitibus verbis legates, ne aut Deiotarum 
sibi obicerent, aut nimis eo gloriarentur beneficio, quod 
auxilia Pompeio non misissent. nam se neque libentius 
facere quicquam quam supplicibus ignoscere, neque pro- 
vinciarum publicas iniurias condonare iis posse, qui fuissent 
in se officiosi. 

September, 1885. 

I. TRAif SLATE : 

1. I came from Rome to Athens in four days. 

2. It is a great question whether Caesar favored the con- 
spiracy of Catiline or not. 

3. I am much pleased that you have used the gifts of for- 
tune wisel}^, and have been content with what the gods have 
thought you worthy to receive. 

4. What would you give to live a hundred years? 
II. Translate Bell. Gall. VII. 39. 

June, 1885. 
I. Translate : — 

1. The soldier said that he should have stayed at Rome 
unless his brother had come from Capua. 

2. The consul was persuaded to pardon those who had 
threatened him with death. 

3. This very war, which has lasted nine 3'ears, could be 
finished in a year if we might enroll all the Italian soldiers. 

4. The consul received orders through his lieutenant to 
allow the town to be fortified by the Greeks with strong 
fortifications. 

II. Translate Bell. Civ. I. 22. 



T4 LATIN. 

September, 1884. 

I. Translate Bell. Civ. I. 14. 

Explain the case of Bomam, and the mood and tense of 
profugeret. Give the principal parts of irivasit, profectus. 
colUgunt, attribuit. What were gladiato7'esf 

II. Translate : — 

1. Pythagoras was born at Samos, but afterwards betook 
himself to Italy and taught philosophy for many years at 
Croton and Metapontum. 

2. After the battle of Pharsalus, Caesar used the utmost 
clemency toward the conquered. 

3. If you say this, no one will believe you. 

4. Caesar, having crossed the river, encamped at the top of 
a hill which was 500 paces distant from the stream, and sent 
out scouts (exploratores) to find out the plans of the enemy. 

June, 1884. 
I. Translate : — 

1. I do not doubt that Hector was the bravest of the men 
who fought at Troy. 

2. The old Roman soldier would have been ashamed if he 
had surrendered in order to save his life. 

3. The Arcadians were older than the moon itself if we 
may believe what they say of themselves. 

4. Caesar ordered the town to be taken by the cavalry by 
a night attack. 

II. Translate Bell. Civ. I. 44. 

September, 1883. 

I. Translate Caes. Bell. Gall. VII. 70. 

II. Translate : — 

1. They declared that they would tell all they knew, un- 
less money were given them. 



LATIN. 75 

2. The Greeks came with an armj^ to besiege the town. 

3. I am afraid that the man will die before the physician 
arrives. 

4. Are you not ashamed of your avarice ? 

5. When Corinth was taken, Mummius returned to Rome 
with great boot}^ 

6. No commander was ever more beloved by his soldiers 
than Germanicus. 

June, 1883. 
I. Translate : — 

1. The kings of the most distant lands sent ambassadors 
to congratulate Augustus on his victory. 

2. Remember the kindnesses which you have received and 
forget the injuries. 

3. Do you advise me to attempt so important a thing 
without consulting the gods? 

4. He ordered those houses at Naples to be destroyed by 
the soldiers by fire. 

Translate Bell. Civ. III. 30 (to "per Graecos defe- 
runtur ") . 

September, 1882. 
I. Translate : — 

1. We must go away from Athens to-morrow, and shall 
arrive at Rome within two days. 

2. Is there any town in Italy greater than Rome? 

3. Pardon him, and you will not repent of the deed. 

4. They sent ambassadors to Carthage to demand satis- 
faction. 

II. Translate Caes. Bell. Gall. VII. 78, 79 (from " Sen- 
tentiis dictis constituunt" to " munitionibus considunt"). 



76 XENOPHON AT SIGHT AND SENTENCES. 

June, 1882. 

I. Translate Nepos, Pelop. XVI. 5 (from " Conflictatus 
autem est " to " agro donaruut"). 

II. Translate : — 

1. Have you forgotten who commanded the Carthaginians 
at Zama? 

2. Having got possession of the town, he ordered the pi-e- 
fect to close all the gates. 

3. He advised the consul to go to Ephesus, the chief town 
of that region. 

4. The soldier confessed that he was sorry for his coward- 
ice, and begged Caesar to pardon him. 



XENOPHON AT SIGHT AND SENTENCES. 

September, 1887. 
Translate : — 

1. The enemy put the army to flight.^ 

2. When it became evening^ the horsemen came from the 
city. 

3. The woman admired the discipline ^ of the army. 

4. But he himself marched to the garrisons '* and there 
remained. 

5. If the barbarians have broken the truce, the gods will 
fight on our side. 

6. Cyrus is said to have said that he wished to learn this. 

7. Let the hoplites be at hand with their arms. 

8. The king's brother made an alliance with him. 

^ rpeTTO^ai. ^ ecTrepa. ^ rd^is. * (ppovpiov. 



XENOPHON AT SIGHT AND SENTENCES. 77 

September, 1886. 

[Subject. — Pharnabazus resolves to make vigorous war upon the 
Lacedaemonians.] 

I. Translate Xen. Hell. IV. 8. 6 and 7, to ets rrjv 
AaKeBai/JiOva. 

iirepaiue = he made no progress toivards. cvrpeTrlCea-daL = to conciliate. 
Trepl TrauThs iiroLeTro = set above everything. 

II. Translate : — 

1. The messengers took him by the girdle and led him 
away. 

2. If the citizens should be willing, the generals would 
send Siwaj their soldiers. 

3. He assembled the barbarians and told them to fight. 

4. I am afraid that Cyrus will die. 

5. I said this that the}^ might be wiser. 

6. According to the agreements he denied that there was 
another road. 

7. While he was saying this he heard the trumpet. 

8. If Cyrus dies, we shall be afraid. 

July, 1886. 

[Subject. — Naval operations of Athens and Sparta in the East.] 

I. Translate Xen. Hell. lY. 8. 23 and 24. 

iXoLTTw . . . ^ ware = too small . . . to. iirl (Tviiixaxia rrj = according to 

the alliance with. cvfxfjt.axio.v = a force of allies. 

II. Translate : -— 

1. He asked them who said this. 

2. They were willing to wait, and Cyrus sent a messenger 
to the king. 



78 XENOPHON AT SIGHT AKD SENTENCES. 

3. If he should kill Orontes, the generals would be more 
faithful. 

4. I ordered him to remain for two da^'s that I might 
converse with him. 

5. They took care to become friends of the soldiers. 

6.' If they do not obey their commanders, these soldiers 
will be worsted. 

7. Let him give the peltasts pay for three months. 

8. Tissaphernes said that Darius was ill. 

September, 1885. 

[Subject. — Agesilaus' campaign in Asia Minor. The Persians discon- 
certed. The satrap Tissaphernes executed.] 

I. Translate Xen. Agesil. I. 32 and 35. 

alriaadai = to blame. iroie^aOat = to consider. e\ev6epovv = to set 
(/i) free. diaKpiveaOai = to decide. dOvfios = discouraged. ippw/xei/os 
= vigorous. 

II. Translate : — 

1. Order the cavalry to proceed slowly. 

2. The general says that he has persuaded the allies to 
fight. 

3. He was greatly troubled^ because he had been reviled 
by his own brother. 

4. When our dead are buried, we will cross the river. 

5. Who will be elected general, if this brave leader dies? 

6. There were many orators at Athens worthy of admira- 
tion. 

7. If you dare to do this, we will absolutely oppose you. 

8. He will delay his march that he may make a review of 
the army. 



XENOPHON AT SIGHT AND SENTENCES. 79 

June, 1885. 

[Subject. — An oath of alliance proposed by Athens after Leuctra to be 
sworn to by her Peloponnesian allies.] 

I. Translate Xen. Hell. VI. 5. 1. 

aKoXovdelv = to follow. SianOevai =■ to treat. fierex^iv = to share. 
Koiuoovelv = to be partners. eiJ./x4veiu = to abide by. avrSvofios = indepen- 
dent. 

II. Translate : — 

1. These brave men were beheaded by order of the satrap. 

2. If the general sends for ships, you will be at a loss 
what to do. 

3. Who believes that Socrates was put to death justly? 

4. Let us send two messengers to announce^ what we 
must do. 

5. He must exercise both himself and his horses. 

6. If we should give up our arms, the king would inflict 
punishment on our leaders. 

7. He announced that the exiles were fleeing at full speed. 

8. He had feared that he might be encircled in the moun- 
tains. 

September, 1884. 
[Subject. — Cyrus, inquiring for Abradates, is told how he died.] 

I. Translate Cyrop. VII. 3. 2-6. 

Oa/xiCcov = to be often with one. (TT7(pos — column. wx^'i^To = to ride. 
•irpo<jK€KOjXLKivai = to carry, opvTTeiv = to dig. KeK0(riJ.r]Kv7a = adorn 
(for burial) . 

II. Translate : — 

1. The citizens ransomed their children with money. 

2. But he promised to give each man five minae of silver. 

3. The army will slaughter the cattle, that it may procure 
itself food. 



80 XENOPHON AT SIGHT AND SENTENCES. 

4. The Greeks encamped near a great park. 

5. Let us all strive to conquer the king's army. 

6. They asked who the man was. 

7. And she was said to have given much money to Cyrus. 

8. They hear the soldiers shouting, "The Sea! The 
Sea ! " 

June, 1884. 

[Subject. — The capture of Sardis by Cyrus the Great.] 

I. Teanslate Cyrop. VII. 2. 1-4. 

KXl/xaKas = ladders. anoTOfidTaTa : cf . aTroTejULvco. ipv/naTos = fortifi- 
cation, (ppovpoov = garrison. 

II. Translate : — 

1. Those who command, therefore, must be much more 
vigilant. 

2. Without the knowledge of the soldiers he sent a mes- 
senger to him and bade him be of good courage. 

3. Let us send for the hoplites as quickly as possible. 

4. But this became evident on the following day. 

5. I am not willing to go, fearing that he may take me 
and inflict punishment on me. 

6. They went off and burned the wagons and the tents. 

7. Cyrus kept finding many pretexts, as you also well 
know. 

8. But I hope that the enemy will not stay, when they see 
us on the heights. 



o' 



September, 1883. 
I. Translate Xen. Hell. V. 3. 4-6. 



XENOPHOK AT SIGHT AND SENTENCES. 81 

II. Translate : — 

1. He commanded the guide not to lead them where there 

was not food for the beasts of burden. 
« 

2. We must hope till our messenger comes back. 

3. Having said many wonderful things, the soldier went 
away. 

4. The soothsayer declared that there would be a storm. 

5. But the day happens to be very fine. 

6. Do not believe the soothsayers, if they predict evils. 

7. When the infantry heard the trumpet, they straight- 
way grounded arms. 

June, 1883. 

[Subject. — Military operations near Olynthia.] 

I. Translate Xeji. Hell. V. 3. 1-3. 

Ae7]\aTea), to plunder, T^ixhp^i-^, beleaguered. 

II. Translate : — 

1. We should have taken the city, if the hostile horsemen 
had not followed (us) . 

2. We sent a messenger to learn who they were. 

3. They said they would gladly become our allies. 

4. If we give them pay, they will be our friends. 

5. We ought to send them pay for three months. 

6. This army guards the king himself. 

1, The next day they did not appear. 

8. The enemy no longer attacked us, fearing lest they 
should be conquered. 



82 PHYSICS. 

PHYSICS. 

July, 1886. 

Avery or Gage. 

1. Describe such experiments as you have made to test 
the physical properties of air. If you have never made any 
such experiments, describe those you have seen or read of. 

2. Define inertia. Define force. Define work. Would 
it, according to your definition, require work to set a mass 
in motion on a smooth level plane in a vacuum ? 

3. A cord, whose weight may be neglected, passing over 
a frictionless pulley bears a mass of 25 grm. at one end and 
a mass of 15 grm. at the other end. If this system of cord 
and weights starts from rest, under the influence of gravity, 
how much kinetic energy will the weights have after two 
seconds ? What unit of energy do you employ ? 

4. Name and describe the use of the main parts of a non- 
condensing steam-engine. 

5. Describe very carefully some two-fluid galvanic [or vol- 
taic] cell. Could you obtain a strong shock directly from 
such a cell ? Describe the apparatus you would employ with 
such a cell, if you wished to get the most powerful shock 
possible. 

6. Show, by drawing a figure, how to find the position 
and size of the image of a body placed between a concave 
mirror and its principal focus. How does a real image difler 
from a virtual one ? 

[Arrange the answers in their proper order.] 
ROLFE AND GiLLET. 

1. Describe such experiments as you have made to test 
the physical properties of air. If you have never made any 
such experiments, describe those you have seen or read of. 



PHYSICS. 83 

2. A vertical screw, with threads ^ in. apart vertically, is 
turned by a lever 2 ft. long. What is the ratio of the power 
to the weight lifted ? 

3. A piece of wood which weighs 20 grm. in air is attached 
to a sinker that weighs 25 grm. under water. The two to- 
gether weigh 15 grm. under water. What is the specific 
gravity of the wood ? 

4. Show fully the difference between ordinary evaporation 
and boiling. Describe the action of the wet-and-dry-bulb 
hygrometer. 

5. Describe very carefully some two-fluid galvanic [or vol- 
taic] cell. Could you obtain a strong shock directly from 
such a cell ? Describe the apparatus you would employ with 
such a cell, if you wished to get the most powerful shock 
possible. 

6. Let two lines, drawn at right angles to each other, 
represent the edges of two mirrors, and let a luminous point 
be placed within the right angle. ,Show very carefully, by 
means of a diagram, how to find all the images of this point 
in the two mirrors. 

June, 1885. 

[Candidates may take either of these papers, but not selections from 

different papers.] 

ROLFE AND GiLLET. 

1. If a body be shot upward with a velocity of 100 ft. a 
second, how far will it rise in 3 seconds? 

2. A piece of wood weighing 6 lbs. in air is fastened to a 
piece of lead which alone in water weighs 7 lbs. The two 
together weigh 5 lbs. in water. Find the specific gravity of 
the wood. 

3. Describe carefully the construction and action of a 
thermo-electric pile or battery. 



84 PHYSICS. 

4. How does polarized light differ from ordinary light? 
Describe some method of polarizing light. 

5. Explain the construction and action of the "compen- 
sation balance-wheel " of a watch or clock. 

6. Describe some experiment showing the interference of 
sound-waves. 

7. Describe the construction and action of the voltameter. 



Avery. 

1. Define a "gravity unit of force" and an "absolute 
unit of force " in a manner calculated to make the matter 
plain to a person unacquainted with physics. 

2. A body weighing 50 lbs. is moving at the rate of 8 
miles an hour. What is its kinetic energy? What is the 
unit of energy in this case ? 

3. A piece of wood weighing 6 lbs. in air is fastened to a 
piece of lead which alone in water weighs 7 lbs. The two 
together weigh 5 lbs. in water. Find the specific gravity of 
the wood. 

4. Describe carefully the construction and action of a 
thermo-electric pile. 

5. Describe some experiment showing the interference of 
sound-waves. 

6. Describe what is seen to take place in water as it is 
raised, by means of heat applied at the bottom of the vessel, 
from the ordinary temperature to the boiling-point. , 

7. Can a convex mfrror be used to throw upon a screen 
the image of an object before it? If so, tell how the object 
and the screen must be placed for this purpose. If not, tell 
why not. 



PHYSICS. 85 

June, 1884. 

KOLFE AND GiLLET. 

1. If a body in falling from a state of rest through 4.9 
meters, acquires a velocity of 9.8 meters per second, through 
what distance must it fall from rest in order to acquire a 
velocity of 4.9 meters per second? 

2. Describe the construction and action of the governor 
of a steam-engine. 

3. State briefly Helmholtz's theory of dissonance in musi- 
cal sounds. 

4. Explain " Fraunhofer's lines," and tell what use is 
made of them. 

5. What is the exact meaning of the expression humidity 
in the airf Describe some form of hj'grometer. 

6. Describe carefully some form of galvanic cell. 

Avery. 

1. If a body in falling from a state of rest through 4.9 
meters acquires a velocity of 9.8 meters per second, through 
what distance must it fall from rest in order to acquire a 
velocity of 4.9 meters per second? 

2. A piece of metal weighs 14 grm. in air, 12 grm. in 
water, and 11 grm. in another liquid. Find the specific 
gravity of the metal and that of the unknown liquid. 

3. Describe carefully some form of galvanic cell. 

4. Explain the beats of musical sounds. Upon what con- 
ditions does the velocity of sound depend ? 

5. What weight of water at 90° C. will just melt 5 lbs. of 
ice which is at — 5° C. ? 

6. Give carefully a rule for constructing real images 
formed by a concave spherical mirror. 



86 PHYSICS. 

June, 1883. 
ROLFE AND GiLLET OR AVERY. 

1. Describe briefly the construction of the hydrostatic 
press, and state the principle of it. 

2. Describe the construction and action of the safety 
valve of a steam boiler. 

3. What is meant by the term harmonics^ or overtones^ in 
music? What is the condition of the air in an open pipe 
giving its fundamental note ? 

4. What is the principal focus of a concave mirror? What 
are conjugate foci? 

5. What is an induced current of electricity? Describe 
the construction and action of any induction coil. 

6. State and explain the effect of increase of pressm'e 
upon the boiling-point of a liquid. 

7. How is an astatic magnetic needle constructed? How 
must such a needle be placed in order to be of service in a 
galvanometer ? • 

Arnott. 

1. If a certain body weigh 100 lbs. at the earth's surface, 
what would it weigh at a point 8000 miles distant from that 
surface, the effect of centrifugal force being disregarded and 
the radius of the earth being called 4000 miles ? 

2. What is meant by the statement that gases and liquids 
are perfectly elastic? 

3. What momentum will a 10-lb. weight have after falling 
2 seconds from a position of rest? 

4. Define energy, and illustrate the difference between 
kinetic and potential energy. 



PHYSICS. 87 

5. If in a pair of nut-crackers the nut be placed 1 inch 
from the hinge, how much pressure must be applied at a 
distance of 6 inches from the hinge in order to crack the nut, 
supposing the latter capable of sustaining a direct pressure 
of 10 lbs.? 

6. If a simple peudulum 40 inches long would vibrate in 
one second, what would be the length of a pendulum vibrat- 
ing in one-half a second ? 

7. State the three so-called laws of friction between solids. 
What is meant by the angle of repose for any two given 
substances ? 

September, 1882. 

ROLFE AND GiLLET. 
[The acceleration of gravity may be taken as 32 feet.] 

1. Describe the action of the common air-pump. 

2. A body is thrown upward with such a velocity that it 
will continue to rise four seconds. What height will it have 
reached at the end of the second second? 

3. Is the condenser more commonly used with high- 
pressure or low-pressure engines ? Why ? 

4. What is the condition of the air at the node of an 
organ pipe ? 

5. Does a double-concave lens diverge or converge rays 
of light ? What is the principal focus of a lens ? 

6. What is meant by the specific heat of a substance? 

7. Describe the construction of the ordinary frictional 
electrical machine. 

Arnott. 

1. A body is thrown upward with such a velocity that it 
will continue to rise four seconds. What height will it have 
reached at the end of the second second ? 



88 PHYSICS. 

2. Describe the construction and use of Atwood's machine. 

3. What is meant by the mechanical equivalent of heat? 

4. Give the conditions necessary for stable, unstable, and 
neutral equilibrium respectively. 

5. What is the relation of the power to the weight in case 
of a single movable pulley ? 

6. How does the time of vibration of a pendulum depend 
on its length ? 

7. Give the laws of friction between solids. 

June, 1882. 

ROLFE AND GiLLET. 

1. Describe the experiment of the Magdeburg hemispheres 
and tell what the experiment shows. 

2. How far would a body fall in three seconds in a 
vacuum? 

3. Explain " beats" produced by musical sounds. 

4. Upon what does the color of bodies depend? 

5. What is the apparent position of a point seen by reflec- 
tion in a plane mirror? Show how to determine the apparent 
position of an arrow under the same circumstances. 

6. Are liquids and gases good or bad conductors of heat? 
What is convection of heat ? 

7. Describe the construction and use of the gold-leaf 
electroscope. 

Arnott. 

1. Illustrate the difference between cohesion, or adhesion, 
and chemical attraction. 

2. How far would a body fall in three seconds in a vacuum ? 



.MINIMUM PHYSICS. 89 

3. Illustrate the difference between kinetic and potential 
energy. 

4. Explain the advantage obtained by use of the lifting- 
scmw. 

5. What are the laws of friction between solids ? 

6. How would 3'ou find the centre of gravity of a plane 
figure? Give examples of stable, unstable, and neutral 
equilibrium. 

7. How much work would be done in lifting a 10-lb. 
weight a distance of 50 feet from the surface of the earth? 



September, 1880. 
MINIMUM PHYSICS. 

[Omit any four.] 

1. What are some of the properties of bodies resulting 
from cohesion ? 

2. What is the result of two coexistent motions? Illus- 
trate by the motion of a projectile. 

3. Show that the energy of a moving body is propor- 
tional to the square of its velocity. 

4. What is the position of centre of gravity of an equi- 
lateral triangle of a conical surface ? 

5. What are the simple machines? What is the gain with 
the inclined plane ? 

6. What is the centre of oscillation? of percussion? Can 
either coincide with the centre of gravity? If so,, when? 

7. Describe and account for sounding flames. 

8. Explain the mirage. 



90 PLANE GEOMETBY. . 

9. What is the cause which makes a liquid assume the 
spheroidal state ? 

10. Describe formation of voltaic arc. What is the cause 
of the heat developed? 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 
September, 1886. 

[In solving problems use for tt the approximate value 3 7.] 

1. Prove that the straight line drawn parallel to the bases 
of a trapezoid so as to bisect one of the non-parallel sides 
bisects the opposite side also, and is equal to half the sum 
of the parallel sides. 

2. Prove that an angle formed by two secants intersecting 
without a circumference is measured by one-half the differ- 
ence of the intercepted arcs. 

3. Show that the common interior tangent of two circles 
of radii 4 inches and 8 inches respectively, whose centres 
are 18 inches apart, cuts the line joining these centres at a 
distance of 6 inches from the centre of the smaller circle. 

4. Prove that two triangles which have an angle of the 
one equal to an angle of the other are to each other as the 
products of the sides including the equal angles. 

If two mutual^ equiangular polygons have the sides en- 
closing a certain angle of the one respectively equal to the 
sides enclosing the corresponding angle of the other, are the 
two polj'gons necessarily equal? Give an example to illus- 
trate your answer. 

5. Prove that the locus of the middle points of all the 
chords of a given circle, which pass through a given point P 
without the circumference, is a certain arc of the circle 
which has for a diameter the line which joins P with the 
centre of the given circle. 



PLANE GEOMETEY. 91 

July, 1886. 

[In solving problems nse for ir the approximate value 3y.] 

1. Prove that the lines which join the middle points of 
the sides of any triangle divide the triangle into four equal 
triangles, and show that the area of each of the parts into 
which an isosceles right triangle whose hypotenuse is 8 
might be thus subdivided would be 4. 

2. Prove that through any three points, not in the same 
straight line, one circumference can be made to pass, and 
but one. "What is the locus of the centres of all the cir- 
cumferences that can be made to pass through two given 
points ? 

3. Show that, if two circles touch each other externally, 
that portion of a common exterior tangent which is included 
between the points of contact with the two circumferences is 
a mean proportional between the diameters of the circles. , 

4. The areas of two mutually equiangular parallelograms 
are to each other as the products of the two sides which 
include corresponding angles. Assuming that this proposi- 
tion is true when the corresponding sides of the two paral- 
lelograms are commensurable, prove strictly by the " Method 
of Limits" that it is still true when the sides of the one 
parallelogram are respectively incommensurable with the 
corresponding sides of the other. 

5. Prove that if all the sides of a regular hexagon be pro- 
duced until each side meets the next but one, the star-shaped 
figure thus produced will have twice the area of the original 
hexagon ; and find the area of the hexagon obtained by join- 
ing by straight lines the consecutive points of the star. 



92 PLANE GEOMETRY. 

June, 1885. 

[In solving problems use for t the approximate value Sy.] 

1. Prove that every point in the bisector of an angle is 
equally distant from the sides of the angle. If the converse 
of this proposition is true, state and prove that also. 

2. Prove that in the same circle, or in equal circles, equal 
chords are equall}^ distant from the centre. 

A line, MN^ 10 inches long, is inscribed in a circle whose 
radius is 13 inches. From 0, the centre of the circle, a 
perpendicular is let fall upon MN and extended until it cuts 
the circumference in Q. Prove that the path traced out by 
the middle point of the chord MQ, as MN is moved from 
one of its inscribed positions to another, is the arc of a 
circle, and find the radius of this circle. 

3. Prove that if two straight lines be drawn through the 
point of contact of two circles which have a common tangent, 
the chords of the intercepted arcs will be parallel. 

4. Assuming that a line drawn parallel to the base of a 
triangle divides the other two sides proportionally when these 
sides have a common measure, prove strictly, by the doctrine 
of limits, that the same proposition is true when the sides of 
the triangle are incommensurable. 

5. Prove that the triangle formed by joining the middle 
point of one of the non-parallel sides of a trapezoid to the 
extremities of the opposite side, is equivalent to one-half 
the trapezoid. 

6. The length of a side of a certain regular hexagon is 6. 
Find the area of the hexagon and the circumference and area 
of the circle inscribed in a regular hexagon whose area is 4 
times as great. 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 93 

September, 1884. 

1. Prove that the Imes drawn from opposite vertices of 
any parallelogram to middle points of opposite sides are par- 
allel, and divide one of the diagonals into 3 equal parts. 

2. (a) Prove that through 3 points not in the same 
straight line one circle can be drawn, and only one. 

(b) A certain equilateral triangle has sides 12 inches long. 
What is the radius of the circle circumscribed about it? 

3. (a) What do you mean by the limit of a variable 
quantity ? 

(6) Prove that in same circle 2 angles at centre are to 
each other as the arcs they intercept (by doctrine of limits 
when incommensurable) . 

4. (a) Prove that sum of squares of sides of any paral- 
lelogram equal sum of the squares of the diagonals. 

(b) The sides of a certain parallelogram are 4 inches and 
6 inches respectively. Find the hypotenuse of a right tri- 
angle whose sides are equal to the diagonals of this paral- 
lelogram. 

5. The radii of 2 circles are 8 inches and 3 inches, and 
the distance between their centres is 15 inches. Find the 
length of their common exterior tangent. 

6. The perimeter of a certain hexagon is 48 feet. Find 
the area of the circle inscribed in an equivalent square. 

June, 1884. 

[In solving problems ase for tt the approximate value 87-.] 

1. Show how to draw a parallelogram which shall be 
equivalent to a given trapezoid, and prove that the straight 
line which connects the middle points of the non-parallel 
sides of any trapezoid is parallel to the parallel sides and is 
equal to half their sum. 



94 PLANE GEOMETRY. 

2. Prove that an angle formed within a circumference by 
the intersection of two chords is measured by half the sum 
of the two arcs which the sides of the angle subtend. 

A, B, (7, and D are 4 points lying in order upon a certain 
circumference. The arcs AB, BC, and CD have the values 
86°, 43°, and 108° respectively. Find the angle formed by 
the intersection of the chords AC and BD, and also the 
angles formed without the circumference by the intersection 
of the chords AB and CD produced. 

3. Assuming that two rectangles which have equal alti- 
tudes are to each other as their bases, when these bases are 
commensurable, prove by the doctrine of limits that the same 
proportionality exists when the bases are incommensurable. 

4. Prove that, if AB is the side of an equilateral triangle 
inscribed in a circle of which is the centre and AOC a 
diameter, the triangle BOC will be equilateral. 

If AO is 10 inches long, what will be the area of the 
triangle ABC? 

5. Prove that the figure formed by joining consecutively 
the four middle points of the sides of any quadrilateral is 
equivalent to one-half the quadrilateral. 

6. The area of a certain square is 49 sq. ft. : write down 
the length of the circumference and the area of the circle 
inscribed in the square. 

September, 1883. 

1. Prove that every point in the bisector of an angle is 
equally distant from the sides of the angle, and hence show 
that the 3 bisectors of 3 angles of a triangle meet in a point. 

2. Prove that if 2 circles are concentric, all tangents to 
the inner which are terminated by the circumference of the 
outer circle are equal to each other. 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 95 

3. Show how to draw a Ime which shall bisect the angle 
made by two intersecting straight lines. 

4. The area of a regular hexagon inscribed in a circle 
equals 24y'3. Find area of circle, and of its circumscribed 
square. 

5. The least chord which can be drawn through point P 
within a circle is 8 inches long, but the distance between P 
and the nearest point of circumference is only 2 inches. 
Find radius of circle. 

Prove that if through a fixed point without a circle a secant 
be drawn, the product of the whole secant and its external 
segment will have the same value in whatever direction the 
secant be drawn. 

June, 1883. 

1. What must you know about the sides, angles, or 
diagonals of a quadrilateral in order to be able to infer that 
it is a parallelogram? 

Prove that the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each 
other. 

2. Prove that in the same circle or in equal circles, equal 
chords are equally distant from the centre, and that of two 
unequal chords the less is at the greater distance from the 
centre. 

In a certain circle a chord whose length is 16 inches is at 
a distance of 6 inches from the centre : find the radius of the 
circle and the length of a chord whose distance from the 
centre is only 4 inches. 

3. Prove that if a perpendicular be drawn from the vertex 
of the right angle to the hypotenuse of a right triangle, each 
side about the right angle will be a mean proportional be- 
tween the hypotenuse and the adjacent segment. 



96 PLANE GEOMETRY. 

If a chord, AB, 5 inches long be drawn in a circle whose 
diameter is 13 inches, find the perpendicular distance of B 
from the diameter drawn through A. 

4. Prove that regular polygons of the same number of 
sides are similar. 

The area of a regular decagon circumscribed about a cer- 
tain circle is 10 square inches; find the area of a similar 
figure circumscribed about a circle whose radius is 16 times 
as great as that of the first. 

5. Prove that the area of a regular hexagon inscribed in 
any circle is a mean proportional between the areas of the 
inscribed and circumscribed equilateral triangles. 

September, 1882. 

1 . State, without proving that your construction is correct, 
how you could describe on a given line 4 inches long a seg- 
ment of a circle which should contain an angle of 45°. How 
long would the radius of your circle be ? 

2. Prove that if a straight line drawn parallel to the base 
of a trianoie bisects one of the sides it bisects the other side 
also ; and the portion of the line intercepted between the 
two sides is equal to one-half the base. 

3. Prove that if through a fixed point without a circle a 
secant be drawn, the product of the whole secant and its 
external segment will have the same value in whatever direc- 
tion the secant be drawn. 

4. Prove that the perimeters of regular polygons of the 
same number of sides are to each other as the radii of the 
circumscribed circles, or as the radii of the inscribed circles, 
and hence show that the ratio of the circumference to the 
diameter is the same in all circles. 



PLANE GEOMETEY. 97 

5. Two triangles are on the same base and between the 
same parallels ; through the point of intersection of their 
sides is drawn a straight line parallel to the base, and ter- 
minated by the sides which do not intersect : prove that the 
segments of this straight line are equal. 

June, 1882. 

1. What must you know about the sides or angles of two 
triangles in order to be able to infer that the triangles are 
equal ? 

Prove that two triangles are equal when the three sides of 
the one are respectively equal to the three sides of the other. 

2. Two chords of a circle which intersect within the cir- 
cumference divide the latter into four parts whose lengths 
taken in order are 89°, 43°, 117°, and 111°. Find, without 
proof, the angles which the chords make with each other. 

Prove that an angle formed by two secants intersecting 
without the circumference is measured by one-half the differ- 
ence of the intercepted arcs. 

3. Define similar polygons, and prove that two triangles 
are similar when they are mutually equiangular. 

4. State, without proof, how you would inscribe a regular 
decagon in a given circle. 

5. Prove that in a right-angled triangle the straight line 
joining the right angle to the centre of the square on the 
hypotenuse will bisect the right angle. 

[ Suggestion. — Draw a circumference on the hypotenuse as a diameter.] 

September, 1881. 

1. Define similar triangles. Prove that two triangles 
which are mutually equiangular are similar. 

2. Prove that the angle made by a tangent to a circle and 



98 PLANE GEOMETEY. 

a chord drawn through the point of taDgency is measured by 
one-half the intercepted arc. 

3. Prove that a tangent to a circle is perpendicular to the 
radius drawn to the point of tangency. 

4. Prove that the two pairs of opposite sides of any quad- 
rilateral circumscribed about a circle have the same sum. 

June, 1881. 

1. State and prove how to inscribe a circle in a given 
triangle. 

2. Prove that an angle formed by two chords of a circle, 
and which has its vertex between the centre and the circum- 
ference, is measured by one-half the intercepted arc plus 
one-half the arc intercepted by its sides produced. 

3. What is the sum of the interior angles of a polygon of 
n sides ? Give the proof. 

4. State, without proof, how to draw a straight line 
through the middle point of the base of a triangle so that 
the triangle shall be bisected. 

5. Any point D in the base BC of a triangle ABC is 
joined with the vertex ^ by a straight line, and from E^ the 
middle point of the base, a line is drawn parallel to DA to 
meet one of the sides of the triangle in F. Prove that the 
straight line which joins D with F bisects the triangle. 

September, 1880. 

1. Prove that the tangent to a circle is perpendicular to 
the radius drawn to point of tangency. State the converse. 

2. Show how to draw a circumference through a given point 
and tangent to a given line at a given point of it. 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 99 

3. Show how to draw tangent to circle from point with- 
out. 

4. Let tangent be drawn from point P to circle, with 
radius equal to 4 feet, at a point T of circumference, and 
let be centre of circle. If the circumference bisects OF 
and angle TPO = 30% what are the areas of the circle, the 
triangle TPO^ and the part of the circle within the triangle ? 

5. Define similar polygons.- Prove that two similar poly- 
gons may be decomposed into same number of triangles 
similar each to each. 

6. Prove that areas of similar triangles are proportional 
to the squares of homologous sides. 

What is the ratio of areas of similar polygons. 

July, 1880. 

1. Prove that the perpendiculars erected at the middle 
points of the sides of a triangle meet in a common point. 

2. Prove that the three perpendiculars from the vertices 
of a triangle to the opposite sides meet in a common point. 
[Suggestion. —Draw a parallel to each side throiigli the opposite vertex.] 

3. Prove that the area of any polygon circumscribed about 
a circle is measured by one-half the product of the perimeter 
of the polygon and the radius of the circle. 

4. In a circle with a radius of G feet, a regular hexagon 
is inscribed, and about the circle a polygon is circumscribed 
with a perimeter of 40 feet. Find the areas of the hexa- 
gon, the polygon, and of the part of the circle without the 
hexagon. 

5. Prove tha.t in a right triangle the perpendicular from 
the vertex of the right angle upon the hypotenuse divides 



100 ALGEBEA. 

the hypotenuse into segments, such that each side is a mean 
proportional between the whole hypotenuse and the adjacent 
segment. 

6. Prove that the square described on the hypotenuse of 
a right triangle is equivalent to the sum of the squares 
described on the other sides. 



4 



ALGEBRA. 
September, 1886. 

1. Solve the equation 

4 bx^ + 5 ax \x 4 bx- -i- 5aJ 

and reduce the answers to their simplest forms. 

2. Solve the equation x~^ — oi^ = 7 (x^ -\- 1) . 

3. A and B have 4800 circulars to stamp for the mail, 
and mean to do them in two days, 2400 each day. The first 
day ^4, working alone, stamps 800 circulars, and then A 
and B together stamp the remaining 1600, the whole job 
occupying 3 hours. The second day A works 3 hours and 
B 1 hour, but they accomplish only -^^ of their task for that 
day. Find the number of circulars which each stamps per 
minute, and the length of time that B work^ on the first 
day. 

4. Find the value of x from the proportion 



OaC 3/— TT 4 



9 c^ 8 a^ fSc 



b^ \ a^ 2 ^ab 

and express the answer with the use of only one radical 
sign. 



ALGEBEA. 101 

5. Given the three expressions 

Ax'^ + 12a^— x^ — 27x--18, 
4a;^+ Aaf-17x^— 9aj + 18; 

find the greatest common divisor and the least common 
multiple of the Jirst two of these expressions ; also those of 
the whole group of three. ^ 

July, 1886. 

1. A boat's crew, rowing at half their usual speed, row 
three miles down a certain river and back again, in the 
middle of the stream, accomplishing the whole distance in 
2 hours and 40 minutes. When rowing at full speed, they 
go over the same course in 1 hour and 4 minutes. Find (in 
miles per hour) the rate of the crew, when rowing at full 
speed, and the rate of the current. 

(Notice both solutions of this problem.) 

2. Solve the equation 



3 Va;« + 17 + Vx^ + 1 + 2 Vo ar^ + 41 = 0. 

Substitute the answers, when found, in the equation, and 
show in what manner the equation is satisfied. 

3. Solve the equations 

«^ + ^4^=2(2/ + l), x-\-Sy-hl^O. 

4. Solve the equation 

(a + 2b)x ^ a^ 45\ V 

a— 2b a — 2b cc' 
and reduce the answers to their simplest form. 

5. Find the greatest common divisor and the least com- 
mon multiple of 4:X^ — 4.a^ — 5a; + 3 and lOar^ — 19x+ 6. 



102 ALGEBRA. 

6. Find the 6th and 25th terms of the 29th power of 
{x — y) \ reducing the numerical coefficients to their prime 
factors, and not performing the multiplications. 



Find the 6th term of the 29th power of (^4^-— \ 



re- 



ducing exponents to their simplest form, and combining 
similar factors. 

June, 1885. 

>J 1. Three students, J., 5, and (7, agree to work out a 
series of difficult problems, in preparation for an examina- 
tion ; and each student determines to solve a fixed number 
of problems every day. A solves 9 problems per day, and 
finishes the series 4 days before B ; B solves 2 more prob- 
lems per day than (7, and finishes the series 6 days before 
C. Find the number of problems, and the number of days 
given to them by each student. 

2i Solve the following equation, reducing the answers to 
their simplest form : — 



a (l+2a.O _ h{?>x-l) \ _ 



0. 



l-\-3x \b{l-j-Sx) a{2x-{-l) 

3. Solve tlie equation 

V3 ^ 1 

■\/2 x—1 — V^ — 2 -y/x — 1 

4. A certain whole number, composed of three digits, has 
the following properties : 10 times the middle digit exceeds 
the square of half the sum of the digits by 21 ; if 99 be 
added to the number, the order of the digits is inverted ; 
and if the number be divided by 11, the quotient is a whole 
number, of two digits, which are the same as the first and 
last dibits of the orio'inal number. Find the number. 



ALGEBRA. 103 

5. Given ^ + ^^ = 8 ; find the value of l^Rull, 

7x — 2y 2x — y 

6. Find the greatest common divisor of 

Sx'^-x^-2x^ + 2x-8 
and 6x^-i-13x' + 3x-{-20. 

7. Find the square root of 

4: — 12x + 6x^-\-26i^-29x'^-10xP-{-25x^ 

Jime, 1884. 

1. A landowner laid out a rectangular lot containing 1200 
square yards. He afterwards added three yards to one 
dimension of his lot, and subtracted 1^ j^ards from the other, 
thereby increasing the area of his lot by 60 square j'ards. 
Find the dimensions of the lot before and after the change. 

How do you explain the negative solution? 

2. Solve the equation 

03 + 1 2 x-{-2 



c ex ax — bx ^ 

reducing the answers to their simplest forms. 

3. Solve the equations . ^ 

a^ + /=52, xy-\-24:=0. 

Find all the sets of answers, and state which answers be- 
long: toojether. 

2. 1 l _2, JL _1 

4. Multiply a^ — a^ -^1 — a ^ -{- a ^ by a^ + 1 + a ^. 
Simplify the following expression : 



26 



^x^'^fy-'^ 



\i/xj _ 



104 ALGEBRA. 

5. Prove that, if the corresponduig terms of two propor- 
tions be multiplied together, the result is a proportion. 

6. Find the greatest common divisor of 

d :^ — 7 x^ -i- 8sc^ -{- 2x — 4. siud 6x^ — 7 a^ — lOx'^. -\- 6x + 2. 

September, 1883. 

1. A man setting out on a journey drives at the rate of 
a miles per hour to the nearest railway station distant b 
miles from his house. On arriving at the station he finds 
that the express for his destination has left c hours before. 
At what rate should he have driven in order to reach the 
station just in time for the express ? Having obtained the 
general solution, find what the answer becomes in the fol- 
lowing cases : — 

(l)c = 0, (2)c = ^, (3)c = -^ 
a a 

In case (2) how much time does the man have to drive 
from his house? In case (3) what is the meaning of the 
negative value of c ? 

2. Solve the equation 

(2x-l)^-(Sx+l)^={x-4:)^. 

3. Solve the equation 

ax l/ic — 3 1 



a^x — 2 a\ a-x — 2 xj 2x — o?x^ 

reducing answers to lowest terms. What do answers become 
ifa = _l? 

4. Reduce to lowest terms 

Qx^ — 2x'^— lloi? 4- 5a;- - 10a; 
9af + 3a;^- 11 a;^ + 9a;- - lOoj* 



ALGEBEA. 105 

5. Value of a«? | Qi^g reasons. 
Value of a-" J 

Find all the answers, and state what values of x and y 
belong together. 

June, 1883. 

1. Solve the equation 

1 ^ Aax^-Sb(x-2) 
x" 2a{x'-\-l) + 3b ' 

2. A man walks at a regular rate of speed on a road 
which passes over a certain bridge, distant 21 miles from 
the point which the man has reached at noon. If his rate of 
speed were half a mile per hour greater than it is, the time 
at which he crosses the bridge would be an hour earlier than 
it is. Find his actual rate of speed, and the time at which 
he crosses the bridge. Explain the negative answer. 

3. Find the prime factors of the coefficient of the 6th term 
of the 19th power of (a — 5). What are the exponents in 
the same term, and what is the sign? 

4. Reduce the following fraction to its lowest terms : — 

a;^ + 2x^ + 9 

x*-Ax^ + 10x^-12x-\-9 

5. Prove that, if a : 6 = c : c?, 

a-\-b __ a — h _a _h _ 
c -\-d c — d G d 

6. Solve the equations xy = 4:-y"-, 2x^ — f— 17.(^^ 

Find all the answers, and show what values of x and y 
belong together. 



106 ALGEBRA. 

September, 1882. 



x — Sa-}- 



1. Simplify ^1±_^. 

X ■ — 

a-{-x 

2. Solve the equations 

a X y 

3. Find the factors of the least common multiple of 

3a)^ + 2iz;* + a;' and 3^4 + 20.-? - 3aj- + 2a; - 1. 

4. Solve the equation 

(3 + 62) {x^-x-[-\) = {?>h''-\-l) {x^ + x + \). 

5. Find the terms which do not contain radicals in the 
development of 



(v,.-v?y. 



6. A hires a certain number of acres for $420. He lets 
all but four of them to JB, receiving for each acre $2.50 more 
than he pays for it. The whole amount received from B is 
$420. Find the number of acres. 

7. Which is the larger, -^10 or -y/46 ? Give the reason 
for your answer. 



1. Simplify 



June, 1882. 



y^ 4- ca c^ -\- ah 



{a-b){a-c) (6+c)(6-a) {c-a){G-{-b) 



ALGEBRA. 107 

2. A man bought a certain number of sheep for $300 ; he 
kept 15 sheep, and sold the remainder for $270, gaining half 

/ a dollar a head. How many sheep did he buy, and at what 
price ? 

3. Find the greatest common divisor of 

2a^-llic2_9 and4a^ + lla;* + 81. ^ 

4. Solve the equation 

(4a^- 6^) (0^^4-1) ^0^, 
4a^ + 52 

Reduce the answers to their lowest terms. 

5. Find the square root of 

6. A and B can do a piece of work in 18 days ; A and C 
can do it in 45 days ; B and C in 20 days. Find the time 
in which A, B, and C can do it, working together. 



September, 1881. 

1. Solve the equation 

4a2 . 4a2-&2 52 



x-\-2 x(x^ — 4r) x — 2 

2. Multiply ^±1 _ ^iz:! i^ b oH^y^ 

x — y x + y a^-?/2 2y 

3. Solve the equations 

m n n m , O 

— + - = «, - + — = 5. / 

X y X y y 

4. Find the greatest common measure of 

x'^ — llbx-^24 and 24aj^ — 115^;^ + 1. 



108 ALGEBEA. 

5. A man bought a number of railway shares when they 
were at a certain rate per cent discount for $8500 ; and after- 
wards, when they were at the same rate per cent premium, 
he sold all but 20 of them for $9200. How many did he 
buy, and what 'did he give for each of them ? 

6. Find the last four terms of 

reducing the numerical part of each term to its prime factors. 



September, 1880. 
1. Simplest form of 

X -\- y x^ -{- y^ fx — y a? — y 



x — y XT — yj \x -\-y x^ + y 

% G.C.D. and L.C.M. of 

a;6 4_ 3 ar^ _|- 3 a;4 -j. 9 0^3 _ 4 ^2 _ 12 a; 
and fl?*^ + 3 07^ — cc^ — 3 oj^. 

/aVa / y^ 

3. Find 6th term of ( — 6 V 6^ , reducing the literal 

part of the term to its simplest form, and leaving the numer- 
ical part as a product of its prime factors. 

4. • A reservoir, supplied by several pipes, can be filled 
in 15 hours, every pipe discharging into it the same fixed 
number of hhds. per hour. If there were 5 more pipes, and 
every pipe discharged per hour 7 hhds. less, the reservoir 
would be filled in 12 hours. If the number of pipes were 
1 less, and every pipe discharged per hour 8 hhds. more, 
the reservoir would be filled in 14 hours. Find number of 
pipes and capacity of reservoir. 



ALGEBRA. 109 



5. Solve ?^±l-§M:i = lfi-IV ;> 

b a x\b aj ^ 

Work out completely and carefully, and reduce answers to 
simplest forms. 

July, 1880. 

1 . Reduce to its simplest form 

1 



X 



a; — 2 



2x+l 

2 . Divide 6 ic'"+3'' — 1 9 a;'"+2« _j- 20 x'^+'' —loT — l x"^-"" by 

3. Find the fourth term of [-^ — — ) , reducing it 

\ 3 a J 

to its simplest form. 

4. Find the greatest common measure and the least com- 
mon multiple of 2cc^ — llfl?^ — 9 and 4ic^+ lla;*-f-81• 
5. A man walks 2 hours at the rate of 41 miles per hour. 

He then adopts a different rate. At the end of a certain 
time, he finds that if he had kept on at the rate at which he 
set out, he would have gone three miles further from his 
starting-point ; and that if he had walked three hours at his 
first rate and half an hour at his second rate, he would have 
reached the point he has actually attained. Find the whole 
time occupied by the walk and his final distance from the 
starting-point. 

6. Solve the equation 
a _ h{2x+\;\ _ 1 1 



6(2a;-l) a{x''-l) {2x-l){x+l) {2x-l){x-l) 

Reduce the answers to their simplest forms. (Work out 
completely and carefully.) 



t> 



110 ALGEBRA. 

September, 1879. 

1. Several friends, on an excursion, spent a certain snm 
of money. If there had been 5 more persons in the party, 
and each person had spent 25 cents more, the bill would 
have amounted to $33. If there had been 2 less in the 
party, and each person had spent 30 cents less, the bill 
would have amounted to only $11. Of how many did the 
party consist, and what did each spend? 

Find all possible answers. 

2. Solve the equations 

2x-{- 42/ + 272; = 28, 
7x— 3y—15z= 3, 
px-10y^33z= 4. 

3. Solve the equation 
x-\-3h , 3& _ a + 36 

~T 



8ci'-12ab 4a2-962 (2a + 35) (a;- 36) 

Reduce the answers to their simplest forms. (Work out 
completely and carefull3\) 

4. Calculate the 6th term of 

/ -^a V2 Y 

Reduce the answer to its simplest form, cancelling all com- 
mon factors of numerator and denominator, performing the 
numerical multiplications, and giving a result which has only 
one radical sign and no negative or fractional exponents. 

5. Sunplify the fraction 

2x_±y^ 4^_±y^ 

2x — if 4:X^ — y^ 

2x — y^ 8 X' — y^' 

2x~+f 8a."^-f2/^ 



ALGEBEA. Ill 

6. Find the greatest common measure and the least com- 
mon multiple of 

4a3^ + 14aa;*-18aV and 24.ax^ -^30a^x+126a\ 

June, 1878. 

1. Two workmen, A and J5, are employed on a certain 
job at different wages. When the job is finished, A receives 
$27.00, and B, who has worked 3 days less, receives $18.75. 
If B had worked for the whole time, and A 3 days less than 
the whole time, they would have been entitled to equal 
amounts. Find the number of days each has worked, and 
the pay each receives per diem. 

2. Find the value of x from the proportion 

Express the answer in its simplest form, free from negative 
and fractional exponents. 

3. Simplify the expression 



x' + y' 


x^-y^ 
x^--{- y'' 


X — y 


x-\-y 



x-{-y x — y 

4. Write out the first five terms and the last five terms of 
(x-yy\ 

5. Find the value of x from the equations 

ax-\-'by=l^ 
cy -\-dz ■= m, 
ex -\-fz = n. 



j> 



112 ANCIENT HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 

6. Find the greatest common divisor and the least com- 
mon multiple of 6x^ -\-7 x — 5 and 2qi:^ — x^-\-8x— A, 

7. Solve the equation 

aj + 13a + o5 a — 2b 



t 5a — 3b — x X -\-2b 



= 1. 



ANCIENT HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 

September, 1886. 

I. 

1. Give an account of the races which inhabited Italy 
before the founding of Rome. 

2. What were the principal Greek colonies on the shores 
of the Mediterranean ? For what were three of them cele- 
brated ? 

II. 

8. Describe the three forms of the Roman comitia and 
trace the development of the comitia trib^ita. 

4. What were some causes of the victory of Rome in the 
Punic wars ? The effect of this victory upon Italy ? 

5. Explain patria potestas, princeps senatus, municipium, 
ager Momanus, equites. 

III. 

6. Describe the battle of Salamis, and show its impor- 
tance in Greek history. 

7. Describe as fully as possible the early training of 
Alexander of Macedon and his conquest of Asia. 

8. [Take any three.] Solon, Plato, Herodotus, Lysan- 
der, Aeschylus. When and where did they live, and for 
what Were they noted? 



ANCIENT HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 113 

July, 1886. 
I. 

1. Indicate or describe the geographical position of the 
mountains Parnassus and Olympus ; of the rivers Achelous, 
Liris, and Ticinus ; of the cities Megalopolis and Panormus. 

2. Give the names of the political divisions and the chief 
cities of Italy which were situated upon the Mare Superum. 

Where were Tyre, Lamia, and Saguntum? 

n. 

3. What were" the institutions and natural ties which 
tended to keep alive a national spirit among the Greeks? 

What part did the Amphictyonic council play in the his- 
tor3^ of Greece ? 

4. The Peace of Mcias ; of Callias. Give a brief 
account, with dates. 

How do you account for the Supremacy of Tliebes ? 

5. Critias, Demetrius, Aeschylus, Thucydides. Give a 
brief account of three. 

III. 

6. The Valerian and Horatian laws. The agrarian law of 
Tiberius Gracchus. 

7. Mention the curule magistrates, and describe the pow- 
ers and duties of any two of them. 

8. Aemilius Paulus, Sulla. Where did they live, and for 
what were they noted? Explain pleUscitum^ senatus con- 
suUum, lustrum, novus homo. 



114 ANCIENT HISTORY AND GEOGEAPHY. 

June, 1885. 

I. 

1. Name the principal divisions of G-reece. Give the 
situation of six of the most celebrated cities. 

2. Name the countries included in the Roman dominions 
at the end of the Mithridatic war. 

n. 

1. The form of government among the Greeks in the 
Heroic Ages. What other forms of government were after- 
ward adopted? 

2. Give an account of the Sicilian expedition. 

3. Give the dates and state briefly the causes of Athenian, 
Spartan, Theban and Macedonian supremacy in G-reece. 

III. 

1. The importance in Roman history of the dates b.c. 48 ; 
44; 42; 31. 

2. Comment briefly upon : " The real lesson to be learned 
from the overthrow of the Roman Commonwealth is that 
states which boast themselves of their own freedom should 
not hold other states in bondage." 

3. Give the names and dates of the Claudian Emperors, 
with some account of one of them. 

June, 1885. 

I. 

1. (a) The Aryan settlement of Europe. 
(b) What peoples were settled in Spain before the Roman 
conquest ? 



ANCIENT HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 115 

2. Indicate the extent of the geographical knowledge of 
the ancients and name the principal countries known to 
them. 

n. 

1. " This war might be looked on as a war between loni- 
ans and Dorians, between democracy and oligarchy." What 
war ? Explain the remark quoted. Give dates of the chief 
events of the war. 

2. State the extent of the empire of Alexander the Great. 
What were some of the effects of Alexander's conquests ? 

3. B.C. 490, 480, 405, 387, 371, 338, 331, 323: to what 
events in the history of Greece do these dates point ? 

III. 

1. The curule magistrates. Name them and state their 
functions. 

2. What was the condition of the Italian states under 
Rome ? 

3. Marius and Sulla. 

' June, 1884. 

I. 

1. Enumerate (or indicate upon a map if you prefer) the 
countries conquered by Rome and included in the Empire of 
Augustus. Give a summary account of the conquest of two 
of them. 

2. Describe accurately the situation of six of the follow- 
ing places, and name an important historical event connected 
with each, with the date : Coriuthus, Cynoscephalae, Arbela, 
Carthago, Cunaxa, Hierosolyma, Agrigentum, Sphacteria, 
Aquae Sextiae, Numantia. 



116 ANCIENT HISTOEY AND GEOGEAPHY. 

II. 

1. Give a brief account of the public services of three 
leading men at Athens, at the period of the Persian wars. 

2. The Thirty Tyrants. 

3. Name in proper order, with dates, the chief events of 
the Peloponnesian War. Also the chief events in the life of 
Philip of Macedon. 

ni. 

1. Events at Rome in the years B.C. 451-449. 

2. The Roman Senate — its number, its mode of election, 
and its powers and duties. 

3. The Battle of Philip pi and the Battle of Actium, with 
the period between (with dates) . 

September, 1883. 
I. 

1. Name and place the chief seaports of the Mediterra- 
nean. 

2. Draw an outline map of ancient Italy, showing the 
chief rivers, towns, and political divisions. 

II. 

1. The Thebans in Greek history. 

2. Changes in form of government at Athens. 

3. Pisistratus ; Pericles ; Conon ; Timoleon. 

III. 

1. What was the Ager Romanus ? What political questions 
arose in relation to it ? 

2. Government of Italy, and treatment of Italians by 
Rome. 

3. Story of the Decemvirs. 



SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 117 



SPECIMENS OP BAD ENGLISH. 

September, 1886. 

Correct on this paper all the errors jon discover in the 
following sentences, the work of candidates for admission to 
Harvard College : — 

. 1 . Then hear Lady Macbeth call her husband a coward 
and saying that she herself wished to be a man. 

2. He was the author of Paradise Lost and Regained also 
of many "Arguments." 

3. But to make the other part clear, Tony Lumkin's 
mother wished him to marry her niece ; but the dislike for 
each other was mutual on their part, but pretended they were 
deeply in love in Mrs. Hardcastle's sight. 

4. Mr. Hardcastle has drilled his servants, and given the 
part which he will perform, to each one. 

5. At the inn he meets the half-brother of the young lady, 
who is enjoying himself in his way. He directs him to his 
father's house as an inn, in order to witness the consterna- 
tion of his step-father, at the thought of his house being 
taken for an inn. 

6. Tony was a wild and awkward fellow, while, on the 
other contrary. Miss Hardcastle was very obedient and 
graceful. 

7. Oliver Goldsmith presents in this story a striking aray 
of intricate and laughable positions which a man, without 
bordering upon the improbable, can imagine circumstances 
to place him. 

8. The play, " She Stoops to Conquer," represents the 
mistakes of a young man, who has been sent by his father 



118 SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 

to visit a friend of his, thinking it possible to arrange a 
match between that friend's daughter and his son. 

9. Neither she nor Tony entertain any thoughts of 
marriage. 

10. Mrs. Hardcastle wishes Tony Lumpkin to marry Miss 
Neville, while he, in reality, objects, although he is afraid to 
appear so. 

11. Macbeth would have preferred to have compassed his 
design without resorting to the end he did. 

12. It has always been a question in my mind whether 
Shakespere intended the ghost of Banquo to really appear on 
the stage as an ideal ghost, or whether it was his intention 
to convey the impression that the ghost was a creation of 
Macbeth's diseased mind. 

13. At last, goaded on by his wife he does the deed, and 
murders the old king, as he slept. 

14. The climax of Macbeth's life was now approaching. 
Still he trusted to the prophesy that he would not die, "Until 
Birnam "Wood comes unto Dunsinane." 

15. She wouldn't have liked it if she knew that Miss 
Neville were engaged to Hastings. 

16. Mr. Hardcastle was watching eagerly for a young man 
to make him a visit, whom he hoped some day would be his 
son-in-law. 

June, 1886. 

1. These chapters prove that the boy Grant and the man 
Grant were as nearly alike as bud and flower — that the 
latter cannot be accounted for without the former is studied. 

2. It is a pity these things are not more studied by the 
electorate, and that in addition to reading Mr. Gladstone's 



SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 119 

and Mr. Chamberlain's speeches, they would sometimes read 
also Lord Granville's despatches. 

3. This is one of the reasons wh}^ the author did, and 
every one else ought, to love nature. 

4. A convent, a lunatic asylum, or a husband — either 
will do. 

5. Colonel Enderby stepped out on to the gravel. 

6. If I was you, I wouldn't let my husband talk in that 
way. 

7. One alumnae recently pledged $5000 for improvements 
in the opportunities for physical culture at Vassar, on condi- 
tion that $15,000 more should be raised by alumnae. 

8. A celebrated anatomist, a profound chemist, and one 
of the first phj^siologists in Europe, it was a relief to him to 
turn from these subjects. 

9. In proportion as either of these two qualities are want- 
ing, the language is imperfect. 

10. Madame Voss had a clearer insight to the state of her 
niece's mind than had her husband. 

11. A British and Yankee skipper were sailing side by 
side. 

12. She had not spoken hardly above a word during that 
interview. 

13. We may fairly regard the book as a collection of 
youthful reflections as to the advisability of publishing 
which the poet had not yet made up his mind, and perhaps 
had he lived would have suppressed. 

14. He considered it his duty to remonstrate with a woman 
whom he plainly'- saw was very much out of place there. 



120 SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 

15. On reaching the office he heard a door creak in the 
basement, and upon going down stairs some one ran up. 

16. The roof covers quite a considerable area of ground. 

17. Lord D , whose good nature was unbounded and 

which, in regard to myself, had been measured by his com- 
passion perhaps for my condition, faltered at this request. 

18. I never heard him say he had, and I would be likely 
to know. 

19. These figures are certainly conclusive as to the abiUty 
of veterans to more than hold their own under existing 
circumstances. 

20. The Yale News complains of smoking in their gym- 
nasium. 

September, 1885. 

1. No pupil ever graduated from this school who was 
more earnest, thorough, and painstaking in their work. 

2. We should like to name the sum, but it would be mak- 
ing public out of private affairs, and therefore must be 
omitted. 

3. The game opened decidedly in favor of Brinley, al- 
though the friends of Knapp, flushed with his victory over 
J. S. Clark yesterday, and who is considered the best except 
Sears, expected great things from him. 

4. She was so intent on the sport, that she allowed the 
sun to severely blister her hands. 

5. Figuratively speaking, the Bostons literally swept the 
ground with the Providences at the South end yesterday 
afternoon. 

6. Her complement of officers from the Captain down 
have filled their posts with credit to themselves and to the 
appreciation of all who have patronized the line. 



SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 121 

7. Mrs. John Jones, while laying a covering cloth upon 
her parlor carpet got it entangled in her feet by which she 
was thrown down breaking the hip bone. 

8. Exhibitors are requested not to lose their tags, nor to 
put them on the dogs, when practicable, until just before 
presenting them at the door. 

9. No ready-thinking, progressive New England girl will 
for a moment be satisfied with any half-way measures, but 
will prefer to be put on a basis with her brother, and be 
willing to stand the same tests of ability and scholarship ; 
and this is as it should be. 

10. I was unable to give that close application to the 
work which I would have wished. 

11. My dogs ate the New Process Dog Biscuit from the 
beginning ravishly, which surprised me, for the other kinds 
of biscuit the dogs had to be starved and coaxed to eat them. 

12. Finding at your office, and having consulted you, you 
advised me to visit the other school before deciding, which I 
did, but came to the conclusion that your facilities were far 
superior to all others. 

13. One word with regard to the corps of teachers: as 
instructors their equals cannot be surpassed. 

14. He had to give up the stage on account of his health 
being utterly broken down. 

15. He gives this lecture by invitation of several lovers 
of the horse, who meet the expenses of the same. 

June, 1885. 

1. Pitt and Fox both died a month after each other. 

2. His mother was a tight-rope dancer, who lost her life 
while performing that feat. 



122 SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 

3. Charles died a promising j^oung clergyman, to the in- 
tense grief of his family and a large circle of friends. 

4. The patent " Austria" skate fastens itself by stepping 
into it. 

5. Here we were obliged to wait for daybreak in order to 
make a landing, which, being made in a small boat, was 
rendered very difficult on account of the swiftness of the 
current. 

6. After a hearty breakfast we left the camp, at which 
we had arrived the night before, about half -past seven on a 
cool September morning, in an old-fashioned farm wagon, 
for we had some distance to go, and the walking through the 
tall broom-grass of the prairie is fatiguing in the extreme. 

7. Mr. Smith presents his Compliments to Mr. Jones, and 
finds he has a Cap which isn't mine. So, if you have a Cap 
which isn't his, no doubt they are the Ones. 

8. My Christian and surname begin and end with the 
same letters. 

9. Charlemagne patronized not only learned men, but also 
established several educational institutions. 

10. Because there are a few savage tribes who have no 
beliefs whatsoever, is no more, on the contrar}^ not as great, 
a cause than to say, there is or are divine beings. 

11. The crows whirled over his head, at which he now 
and then shied a stone. 

12. They found grandmamma and luncheon there, with 
open arms and inviting dishes to welcome them. 

13. I had heard of him [Keats] as an original, but 
peculiar, genius, the rich budding of whose thoughts was 
destined never to be perfected by an untimely death. 



SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 123 

14. Quite a number of Harvard's most noted professors 
were present at Prof. Thompson's lecture, President Eliot 
being among the number. 

15. Mrs. Jones, who is now 84, gave her first ball more 
than 60 years ago, at her house in Bowling Green, which 
shows the rapid growth of the city. 

16. Nonquitt does not possess a store of any kind ; not 
even a barber-shop. The ladies miss the former ; the latter 
is an inconvenience to the gentlemen. 

17. Mme. Adelina Patti having consented to appear as 
Martha, and Mme. Scalchi as Nancy, that favorite opera will 
be performed on Tuesday evening next. 

18. The Amherst college senate has overhauled the '86 
Olio, it being claimed that articles were published in that 
production which had been especially forbidden b}' the faculty. 

19. When moulting we should take great care of canary 
birds. 

20. These tickets will be good from Saturday a.m. until 
Sunday night, and by paying a small sum in addition, will 
be good from Friday afternoon to Monday night, so that 
those who wish to accompany the nine on the whole trip, can 
use the same tickets. 

September, 1884. 

1. Mr. Miller will give $100 to any person who will do 
the above feat with their eyes wide open. 

2. He performs feats right among the audience, without 
apparatus, and repeating them an3' number of times, which 
he openly offers a reward of fifty dollars to any person who 
tells how they are done and will do them as he does. 

3. The appearance of the yacht was man-of-war like, 



124 SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 

coupled with a luxuriousness which reminded one of the 
Queen's private yacht. 

4. Please state here your exact age, name and address, 
and mail it. 

5. One of the most touching parts of " Henr\^ Esmond," 
is surely, the description, which Thackeray gives of his 
boyhood. 

6. The aspect of that boy, with his large sad eyes must 
have struck all who saw him as one who was naturally 
accustomed to look upon the dark side of affairs. 

7. In the character of Shylock we can see the best as 
well as the worst faults of Irving's acting. 

8. She tells him to be sure he takes neither more or less 
than a pound or he will forfeit his life. 

9. The icy hand of Death stalked in, and breathed upon 
her. 

10. But behold here Friendship, which Carlyle saj's exists 
no more, which last I do not believe at all. 

11. To realize how great his misfortune was in this 
respect, let us ask ourselves how we would like to be igno- 
rant of whom our parents were, and to find out at middle 
age that one was a wretch and the other a foreigner. 

12. Irving, I think tries to elevate and to make " Shy- 
lock" appear more in the light of an injured and wrouged 
man, than as the sly and grasping rogue that he is. 

13. But then, what difference did it make whether one 
more lived or died, when men killed each other, and them- 
selves, just as soon as they would an animal? 

14. He seems to have accepted bribes and bribed others 
to a great extent, to have been ambitious, also mean, and to 



SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 125 

have been very jealous of anyone under him making mihtary 
fame, as is shown by his treatment of General Webb, which 
Mr. Thackeray in the impersonation of Henry Esmond 
resents exceedingly. 

15. That affair turned out very differently than I expected 
it to. 

16. Well Portia and Bassanio were married, the time of 
payment came and went but the ships came not, the Jew 
called upon Antonio for the money and on his refusal to 
pay he (Shylock) brings Antonio before the Court of Venice 
for the purpose of enforcing the fulfillment of the bond. 

17. Blind chance, or a fortuitous concourse of atoms have 
been supposed to offer a sufficient account of the world's 
origin. 

18. Then we have a poet intent on " the best and master 
thing," and who prosecutes his journey home. 

19. Fraternal love, sometimes almost everything, is at 
others worse than nothing. 

20. This cider is made from selected fruit, warranted 
pure, and free from artificial gases. 

June, 1884. 

1. The wealth of the many make a very little show 
in statistics ; the wealth of the few make a great show in 
statistics. 

2. By " Good Use " is meant the correct use of correct 
words in their correct, places, no more than necessary, and 
to always use the simplest words. 

3. I think the style bad and that he has a good deal of 
the old woman in his way of thinking. 



126 SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 

4. If you were able to go to church tomorrow, you will 
hear an excellent sermon. 

5. One sailor said: "I never saw anything to equal it, 
and as long as I live I will never be able to forget those 
terrible and pitiful cries for help." 

6. The Commission in their report also speaks of S.'s 
Copyright. 

7. In their compartment of the train going back to Paris 
who should they see but Mr. Stuyvesant, who had been to 
Versailles, not as a pleasure trip, but on a matter of busi- 
ness. 

8. Then we honor most of all, x^erhaps, he whose anni- 
versary comes this month, the great Luther. 

9. If the person who took a black silk umbrella out of 
Sever 32 by mistake, he would much oblige the owner by 
returning the same to . 

10. It keeps in good repair, does the writing well, and 
is a real pleasure to operate it. 

11. There are points where, in my mind Wordsworth 
reaches as high if not higher, than any poet of his time. 

12. It happens, therefore, that there are active and influ- 
ential members of such conventions whom their fellow-dele- 
gates, who know them at all, know perfectl}^ well ought to 
be in " durance vile." 

13. Charles was the first to die, although out of his slen- 
der gains he had put by as much as would have provided 
comfortably for Mary after his death. 

14. He is endorsed by the citizens of Springfield, Mass., 
and also by Major General Howard, which document he will 
be happy to show at any time. 



SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 127 

15. President McCosh and Eliot each of whom was a 
member of the University crew of tlieir respective colleges 
excelled in athletics. 

16. In fact, there is no case of disease among Horses and 
Cattle where these valuable Powders are not called for, and 
by their timely administration will save the lives of many 
valuable animals. 

17. Everything Scott described he has made famous and 
none can go to the Highlands but what they must visit the 
places he describes. 

18. In these days it does not seem hardly possible that 
any man with such an education and poetic genius as 
Coleridge himself possessed would have expressed such an 
opinion. 

19. An arrangement which sandwiches a sermon or a 
biblical lecture between each chapter of the story — a great 
convenience for skippers. 

20. Accordingly as a man combines these characteristics, 
will he be an admirer of Scott or Dickens. 

September, 1883. 

1. I don't see anything so very particular in having 
a few almanacks ; other people have them I believe, as well 
as we. 

2. Neither Emily nor Valencourt were conscious how 
they reached the chateau. 

3. We should not punish a breach of the Sabbath nor 
any offence against the Mosaic law. 

4. In intellectual and moral strength Maggie Tulliver 
is what George Eliot was ; in physical beauty she is what 
George Eliot would have chosen to have been. 



128 SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 

5. Mr. Freeman may not know but little more history 
than he would if Macaulay had never written. 

[From papers written by candidates for admission to Harvard College.] 

6. But when he learned that Orlando was sou of the 
deposed Duke's friend, his brow clouded, and he bade 
Orlando to immidiately leave the city, or his life would be 
in danger. 

7. This forbearance toward every one even his enemies 
strikes us at once as we read of his forbearance toward the 
Pope although he might easily have found weapons far 
better than those of the Pope and which he certainly could 
have used with as much skill. 

8. The son of the old noble, being treated illy by his 
oldest brother, goes to the court of the userpiug Duke. 
There he wrestles with the pugilist and overcomes him, 
which feat in connection with his good looks has a very bad 
effect upon Eosalind the daughter of the true duke, in other 
words she falls in love with him. 

9. But when the king asked him : " who was his father " 
and learning him to be the sun of Sir Rowland de Bois his 
countenance changed and he said : I would you were any 
other man's son, than Sir Rowland, for he was an enemy 
to me and so you must be. 

10. Celia weds Oliver, the brother of Orlando, who has 
again kindly received the latter to his home. The deep and 
true affection of Orlando and Rosalind, the ridiculous sayings 
of Touchstone, and the artless Audre}^, are all pleasing fac- 
tors which go to make up the tale. 

11. Orlando tells Rosilind, whom he thinks is a shepherd 
boy, how he is in love with a lady who had once rewarded 
him at a wrestling match, and that if he could only find her, 
he would offer himself to her. 



SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 129 

12. After several days had transpired Rosalind told Or- 
lando that she would, on a certain day cause Rosalind to be 
present when he could have her as his wife. 

13. At last the appointed day arrived, and from far and 
near people flocked to see the sport, among whom being 
Celia, Frederic's daughter, and Rosalind, her cousin, daugh- 
ter of the banished duke. 

14. The day for the match came, and when, shortly before 
the eventful time, Orlando walked onto the field, his face 
and youthful look attracted the attention of Duke Frederic, 
and Rosalind and Celia. 

15. Everybody except his brother, tried to persuade him 
from his made intention, but he would not hear them. 

16. Orlando was urged on, by his brother, to the match, 
who wished to destroy him, and who, failing in this, at last 
caused him to flee to the forest. 

17. Hospitalit}^ was one of Addison's characteristics, and 
he rarely met a friend, but what he asked him to his lodgings 
to have a talk over a bottle of wine. 

18. In Parliament Addison never spoke but once. 

June, 1883. 
Correct : — 

1. This is what Mr. Ingram has done for an American 
poet whose verse is more justly weighed now than when he 
was living, and which is not found wanting. 

2. Nature had endowed him with considerable abilities, 
and peculiarly adapted to the scene of their displa}'. 

3. Dryden was born in 1631, and Boileau in 1636, and 
were thus contemporaries. 



130 SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 

4. In Handwriting and Orthography, a great number of 
intelligent and studious candidates are generally nearly equal 
in merit, so that it is in arithmetic that the tug of war trans- 
pires. 

5. But that the editor of such a magazine as that in which 
this effusion appeared should think it worth while to print, 
and presumably to pay for it, is a p)henomenon which sug- 
gests two interesting reflections. 

6. Nothing tickles a reader's vanity nor tends to estab- 
lish sympathy with the author so much as for him to dis- 
cover in print some truth which he has himself learned by 
observation. 

7. There was no charity so fashionable, and conse- 
quently no ball so well attended ; everybody was more or 
less interested, everybody of importance appeared at it, 
showing themselves for a few moments at least. 

8. She was the wife only of an earl, but the earl was 
a knight of the garter. 

9. Neither Johnson nor Bacon were men whom he could 
have been expected to see through with a wide and tolerant 
eye. 

10. I am creditably informed of your incapacity that way. 

11. In short, the allegory, proverbially the most head- 
strong of figures, has served its purpose as a stepping stone 
to the higher attainments of the intellect. 

12. I think it not likely, if I live, that I will be long of 
returning to Scotland. 

13. Resolved also that we will and do denounce any 
man as sycophant, who has, or shall, ask permission of 
James F. Cooper to visit the Point in question. 



SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 131 

14. We notice that Mr. A., whomsoever he may be, 
suggested that the term used in addressing the boys should 
be '•'• young gentlemen," and not " young men." 

15. Different as are their opinions, they have derived a 
mutual benefit from each other's society. 

16. Upon the whole, therefore, the Squire had very fair 
reason to be satisfied that he had rode his hobby throughout 
the day without any other molestation. 

17. In this manner he led me through the lengtli of 
the whole Mall, fretting at his absurdities, and fancyiug my- 
self laughed at as well as he by every spectator. 

18. What's the use of laying in bed when one has had 
enough of sleep? 

19. I was at first fearful of contracting any engage- 
ment with him, because being younger than me, he might be 
more apt to change. 

20. He never went to church, and had not eaten or 
drank in any house but his own since he had come to 
Belton. 

June, 1882. 

1. The vote of the trustees on the resolution sustaining 
President Bartlett, was 6 in the affirmative, 4 in the nega- 
tive, with one member of the board absent, who it is claimed 
by the opposition would have voted in the negative. 

2. "I only said I wouldn't go, without one of the ser- 
vants come up to Sir Leicester Dedlock," returns Mr. Small- 
weed. 

3. Neither Senators Dawes nor Hoar were in their seats 
to-day. 



132 SPECIMENS OF BAD ENGLISH. 

4. She was smaller in stature than either of her three 
sisters, to all of whom had been acceded the praise of being 
fine women. 

5. Happily neither she nor her mother had completely 
parted with their senses. 

6. " If I review Yirgil for instance in April, I will for- 
get much of it before July, having so much other work on 
my hands." 

7. " Lyiug off the Battery, we would be as easily ac- 
cessible as are vessels at the city piers." 

"When will you be ready for business?" asked the 
reporter. 

"By the spring of 1883 ; but not before. . . . We shall 
have a stock company, but there will be comparatively little 
stock issued. We shall place a large amount of bonds. 
This will enable us to avoid onerous taxation from the 
city." 

8. He folded it and put it in his breast pocket and 
laid down once more, and it was not referred to again. 

9. Although Mr. Jonas conducted Charity to the hotel 
and sat himself beside her at the board, it was pretty clear 
that he had an eye to ' ' the other one " also, for he often 
glanced across at Mercy, and seemed to draw comparisons 
between the personal appearance of the two, which were 
not unfavorable to the superior plumpness of the younger 
sister." 

10. " This is a phenomena common to an immense num- 
ber of diseases." 

11. "Mr. Stanley was the only one of his predecessors 
who slaughtered the natives of the region he passed through. 

12. " She was a good deal hurt, and her hand so severely 



GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 133 

injured that unless she has the forefinger amputated, she 
will entirely lose the use of it. 

13. "The farmstead was always the wooden, white- 
painted house of which all the small country towns are 
composed. 

14. If I were old enough to be married, I am old enough 
to manage my husband's house. 

15. The seventeenth century evidently had a different 
notion of books and women than that which flourishes in the 
nineteenth. 

16. "It would not suit the rules of art nor of my own 
feelings to write in that style." 



GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 
September, 1887. 

Translate into Gtreek ; — 

If you think this is so,^3'ou are free ^ to make this transac- 
tion^ instantly of -no-effect^ by ordering Seuthes to give you 
the money. For it is plain that Seuthes, if I have money 
from him, will require^ it of me, and will require it fairly if 
I do not assure^ the transaction^ for him with-a-view-to ^ 
which I took-the-bribe.^ But I consider that I fall far short ^ 
of having what is yours ; indeed, ^"^ I swear to you by all the 
gods that I have not even what Seuthes promised me indi- 
vidually.-^^ 

1 i.e. that I have been bribed by Seuthes. ^ ^^ea-ri. ^ rrpa^is. * /ndraios. 
5 d-TratTeco. ^ PefiaLow. '' iiri with dat. ^ dwpodoKew. ^ lack much. 1° y^p^ 



134 GEEEK PROSE COMPOSITION. 

June, 1887. 

Translate into Greek : — 

Xenophon, however, wished to make the march along with 
them, because he thought it safer. But he was persuaded to 
advance alone by Neon, who had heard that Clean drus, the 
harmost^ in Byzantium, was to arrive with ships. Now he 
gave this advice in order that no others might share ^ [the ^ 
opportunity^], but that they themselves and their soldiers 
might sail off on the triremes. And Cheirisophus, at once* 
discouraged^ by what had happened and * incensed ^ against ^ 
the army, allowed him to do just what he wished. Indeed, 
if Cheirisophus had not been discouraged, he would have 
done many great things which no one else was able to accom- 
plish. 

1 apfxo(XTr]S. ^ ix€t4xo}- ^ omit. * ajxa /xeu . . . a/xa Se. ^ aOvfiecc. ^ jjnaew. 

July, 1886. 

Translate into Greek : — 

When this had happened many times, Darius was at a 
loss,-^ and the barbarians on learning this sent a herald with 
presents for Darius, a bird and a mouse ^ and a frog.^ When 
the Persians asked the meaning^ of these gifts,^ he answered 
that he had been commanded to give them and to go away. 
He bade the Persians, if they were wise, to find out the 
meaning themselves. On hearing this the Persians began to 
deliberate. And the opinion of Darius was that the Scythi- 
ans offered^ themselves and earth and water to him. 

1 airopeo}. ^ /jlvs. ^ ^drpaxos. ^ vovs. ^ a part, of 5i5w/j.i. ^ SlSufii. 

September, 1885. 

The Syracusan^ general suspected^ that the Athenians 
were intending to go away, and thought it to be a dreadful^ 
thing that^ so large an army should withdraw" safely by 



GKEEK PEOSE COMPOSITION". 135 

land. He therefore urged ^ that all the Syracusans should 
go out and block-up '^ the roads. But the authorities ^ said 
this was impracticable,'^ for this reason : On that day there 
happened to be a sacrifice in the city, and the greater part of 
the citizens had fallen to drinking. ^*^ So they had no hope 
that they would take up their arms and go out again. 

^ ^vpaKoa-ios. ^ virovoeo}. ^ SeivSs. * ei. ^ uTroxcopeco. ^ KcKevco. 
"^ airoiKodo/jLew, ^ &px<>iV. ® 'diropos. ^'^ Tpeiroixai irphs TrSffiv, 

June, 1885. 

The Athenians once sailed into the Nile,^ and, getting 
possession of ^ the river, became masters of ^ the largest part 
of Egypt.* At this time Artaxerxes was king of the Per- 
sians, and to these Egypt was subject.^ The king, hearing 
what had happened, was vexed at^ the affair, and sent 
Megabazus, a Persian, to Lacedaemon, supplied with money, 
that by means of ^ this he might persuade the Lacedaemo- 
nians to invade Attica. His hope was ^ that the Athenians 
would go off home again, if they learned that their country 
was being ravaged.^ 

1 NelAoy. ^ Kparica. ^ Karix^- * KlyvirTOs. ® vTri]K005. 

^ Papiios <p€pw. "^ use diSctifAi. ^ iXiriCa}. ^ (pdelpoD. 

September, 1884. 

When Clearchus heard about the heralds, he ordered them 
to wait until he should be at leisure.^ Then after marshal- 
ling ^ his troops he sent word to admit ^ them. They said : 
' ' We come from the king to ask if the Greeks will make a 
truce * " ; and he answered : ' ' Tell the king that we must 
fight ; for no one shall talk ^ to Greeks about a truce if 
he does not first provide*^ them with food." The heralds 
departed, but returned quickly and said'' : " The king praised 
the words of Clearchus." 

1 aXO^W ^y^^v. ^ compound of rdaaca. ^ elcrdyeiv. * airevdofAai. 

s dioKeyofiai,. ^ irapex^iv. '' announcing. 



136 GEEEK. 

June, 1884. 

The soldiers, on hearing this, suspected ^ that Cyrus was 
deceiving ^ them, but said they were ready to follow ^ him, if 
he would give them more pay. For they believed that it 
would be dangerous for them to leave Cyrus and march 
homeward, and thought it best to do what Cyrus required,* 
because they hoped he would conquer. What happened^ at 
Tarsus makes it plain ^ that it was hard to use Greek merce- 
naries when they thought they had good reason to complain'' 
of injustice. 

1 vTruTTTevco. ^ i^airarda}. ^ a-vcrTparevofiai. ^ KeAeucc. ^ ylyvofiai, 
^ drjAow. "^ tr. they might justly saij they had suffered unjust things. 



GREEK. 

HEKODOTUS AT SIGHT. 

September, 1887. 

[Subject. — Capture of Croesus by Cyrus the Great, and invocation of 

Solon by Croesus.] 

Translate Herod. I. 86. 

^cayp^b}, take captive (alive), (xvvvriffas {veoo, heap). aKpodivia Karayulv 
(jcaTa, a7iCw), consecrate first-fruits. oTeca 877, indefinite. evxw, voiv. 
rod KaraKavQyjvai (KaraKaicc), genitive after pvaerai. i(reKde7v, came 
into (his mind). irpoarTjuai, Hke i<Te\6e7u above. aveveiKa/xeyov (ava- 
(pepo}) : sc. TTPev/xa, with a deep sigh. 

June, 1887. 

[Subject. — Two accounts of the foundation of oracles in Greece and 

Libya.] 

Translate Herod. II. 54, 55. 

6/c Qri^euv, from (Egyptian) Thebes. 7rpri6e7(rap : from irnrpda-Ko}, sell. 
aTp€K€oos, exactly. Trpofxavnes, prophets. ireXeids, dove. avrovs and 
(Tcp^as both refer to the Dodoneans. 



GREEK. 137 



September, 1886. 

[Subject. — The exj^iilsion of the family of Pisistratus from Athens in 
510 B.C. by the help of a Spartan army.] 

Translate Herod. Y. 64, 65. 

1 iTreSpT] (Attic i(p48pa), siege. ^ vTreKrldrj/xi, to put in a safe place. 

^ TTapecTTriaau (sc. ot HeKntTTparldai) , surrendered themselves. * cTTTjAuSes 
(of. inrikdov). 

July, 1886. 

[Subject. — The contest between Isagoras and Clisthenes at Athens after 
the expulsion of Hippias in 510 B.C. — Cylon's attempt at revolution 
about 612 B.C.] 

Translate Herod. V. 70, 71. 

airh . . . TToMopKi-ns, i.e., when Cleomenes besieged the Pisistratidae 
in the Acropolis a short time before this. ivayeas, accursed. 

<p6vov refers to the murders which led to the curse above mentioned 
(^ivayeas). avros {ipse) refers to Isagoras, who did not belong to 

the family of Alcmaeonidae as Clisthenes did. "OKvixinoviKris: Cylon 
gained a victory at Olympia in 640 b.c. (Olym. 35). e'/co^Tjo-e 

{plumed himself), with evrt, aspired to. ^yaKjua, the statue of Athena 

on the Acropolis. at TrpvTavies Tcau vavKpdpcav, the presidents ofnau- 

craries, ancient officers, of whom little is known. vireyyvous, liable 

to punishment. 

September, 1885. 

[Subject. — The story which Herodotus heard at Dodona about the foun- 
dation of the oracle there and of that in Egyptian Thebes.] 

Translate Herod. II-. 55. 

irpSfiavTis, priestess. ireXeids, dove. 

Jime, 1885. 

[Subject. — The story of Paris and Helen arriving in Egypt.] 
Translate Herod. II. 113. 

e^cocTTai, as adjective ; cf . i^aOecc, drive ashore. iaro, belongs only 
to KaTa<pvy(av. iTri^d\r}Tai, makes upon himself. air-KXTearat, escape. 
€^7?76y(U€j/ot, narrating. 



138 GEEEK. 

September, 1884. 

Translate Herod. II. 55. 

irpofidvTis, priestesses who gave out the oracles. 7reA.etas, rock 

pigeons. 

June, 1884. 
Translate Herod. I. 170. 

September, 1883. 
Translate Herod. IV. 97. 

1 aprip^jLevov from apoca. ^ a\cio/j.€voi : cf . kAtj, a 7vandering. 

June, 1883. 
[Subject. — The overthrow of Oroites by the king's emissary Bagaios.] 
Translate Herod. III. 128. 

(r(j)pr]yis, a seal. ■wcpiaipedifj.^vos, unsealing. iinXeyecrdai, to 

read aloud. vir-apxoi, governors. 

September, 1887. 
HOMER'S ILIAD. 

A. 

■ I. Translate II. XI. 122-135. 

[Subject. — Agamemnon attacks the two sons of Antimachus, who are in 

a chariot.] 

^evexapjUTjz/, fjievoo and x^^Pf^Vt battle. ovic e'laax, forbade. o/Ltov, to 
the same place, sc. where he was. aiyaAS^uTa, KajXTrpd. KVKrjOriTrjv, 
KVKOLO}, confuse. Zwypei, quarter. Kei/j.'fjXia, treasures. 

II. Translate II. XXIII. 555-565. 

[Subject. — Achilles, finding that Antiochns objects to letting Eumelos 
have the second prize, sends for a special prize.] 

Xet5;aa, rim. KaaaiTepoio, of tin* afKpidedlurjrai, has been circled. 



GREEK. 139 

B. 

I. Translate II. I. 173-181. 

Write out vv. 173 and 174, dividing them into feet, and 
marliing the caesural pause in each line. Explain the refer- 
ence of Toy' in line 178, the form of /xT/rtera in line 175, and 
of a-iOev in line 180. Who were the Myrmidons, and where 
did they dwell? 

II. Translate II. II. 379-393. 

Explain the mood of ^wayw/^ev in line 381, of Kptvw/xe^a in 
line 385. Where made and from what are OrjidcrOo} in line 
382, KafxciTai in line 389, hiaKpivUi in line 387? Give the 
composition of iravqixipioi in line 385, of aiKJaPpor-qs in line 
389, of kv^oov in line 390. 

III. Translate II. III. 298-309. 

Explain the mood of ha.ixdev in line 301. What opKia. are 
alluded to in line 299 ? 

September, 1884. 
A. 

I. Translate II. XXI. 128-143. 

Kepa't^cav, ravaging. Sivpai : cf . 5iut], eddy. SrjSo, d-fjp ij.<auvxa5- 
fr. fiouos and uvvx^s, hoofs. 

II. Translate II. XXIV. 480-492. 

TTVKivi], TTVKvos, lit. tlucJc, ir€pivat.erai : cf . vaia), dwell. 

B. 

I. Translate Iliad I. 149-157. 

Derivation of KepSaXeocfipoy, /SwrLavetpr), (TKLoevTa. Who is 

the speaker? whom does he address? Mood of TruO-qraL. 

Where are eA^e/xevat, rjXvOov, and rjXacrav made, and from 
what present inditjative ? 



140 GEEEK. 

II. Translate II. II. 90-98. 

Where are TrcTroTT^arai, SeSrjet, and rerpyx^'' made, and from 
what present indicative ? Attic equivalent for KXca-tonov, /Sa- 
6cL7j'S /3o6o)VTe<;, a-)(OLaT , and j3a(nXyo>v. 

III. Translate II. III. 284-292. 

Who is the speaker? Copy vv. 284 and 290, and divide 
into feet, marking quantities and caesura. Mood of ktuvyj, 
(xTToSoiivat, and l9iX(ii(nv* 

September, 1883. 
A. 

I. Translate II. XII. 230-243. 

[Subject. — Hector rebukes Polydamas for dissuading the battle on ac- 
count of omens.] 

In 237, TvvT], (TV. 238, ix^Tairpe-KOjxai, care for. 240, Cocpos, ivest. 

II. Translate II. X. 180-189. 

[Subject. — Nestor and others come to the captains of guard.] 
183, Zv(T(t}pT](r<ji(Tiv, keep painful watch. 189, di«, hear. 

B. 

I. Translate II. I. 193-205. 

Point out four Homeric forms, and give Attic equivalents. 
Case of KOyttTys 197, and 77? 205. Use of article in 204. State 
briefly results of wrath of Achilles. 

II. Translate II. 11. 20-28. 

Homeric forms in 25 and 26, and give Attic equivalents. 
Case of e/xe^cv 26, aiv 27. Why did Zeus send this message 
by Agamemnon? 

III. Translate II. III. 234-244. 

Derivation of eXtKOJiras 234, Koo-fxyrop 236, linroSafJiov 237, 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 141 

TrovTOTTopoia-Lv 240, 4>v(tlIoos 243. Who is speaker in this 

passage ? 

IV. Translate II. IV. 446-456. 

Four Homeric forms and Attic equivalents. Explain form 
opecrcfiL 452. Case of aLfxaTL 451, and tojv 455. 

V. Translate II. VI. 175-186. 

Homeric forms in 177 and 178 and all equivalents. Case 
of yafx/Spov 178, avBpoiTTOiv 180, Tepdea-m 183. Whose story 
is this ? how does it come to be related in the Iliad ? 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 
September, 1887. 

Translate into Latin : — 

This same year Caesar made all the preparations which 
were desirable for such an undertaking and sailed from 
Gaul to Britain. The tide and wind were favorable, so 
that the passage was accomplished in a very short time ; 
but Caesar found it difficult to land his troops, because there 
were so many shallow places along the shore where his 
large ships could not move, while the enemy, rushing a little 
way into the water, hurled their weapons so fiercely that they 
killed and wounded many of the Romans and inspired them 
all with fear. When his men had been fighting thus for 
some time in vain, Caesar ordered the long ships, which did 
not require such deep water, to draw off from the others and 
attack the enemy on the side. As the ship on which the 
tenth legion sailed approached the barbarians, the standard 
bearer cried: "Leap into the water, soldiers, unless you 
wish to betray the eagle to the enemy ; I, at least, mean to 
do my duty to the countrj' and our general." Then he leaped 



142 LATIN COMPOSITION. 

into the sea with the standard, followed by the soldiers, who 
shouted encouragement to each other as they swam against 
the enemy. 

June, 1887. 

TRANSLATlfi INTO LaTIN : — 

After Cicero had set forth to the senate and to the citizens 
of Eome what abominable crimes one of their own number 
was meditating against the state, and some of the accomplices 
of the plot had been thrown into prison, the senate took 
counsel as to what ought to be done. There were two opin- 
ions which were each favored by a large number of senators. 
Then Cicero begged the senate to remember the best inter- 
ests of the state and to decree the punishment which would 
most thoroughly crush the conspiracy. Let no thought of 
him prevent them from condemning the conspirators to 
death if that seemed the best thing to do. "But if," said 
be, "you are persuaded that the plan of Julius Caesar is 
wiser, follow his opinion. Let us not forget that the honor 
of our country and the safety of our wives and children de- 
pend upon the decision we adopt to-day." The country was 
saved ; but Cicero was himself afterwards driven into exile 
by his enemies for the part he had taken in the punishment 
of the conspirators. 

September, 1886. 

Translate into Latin : — 

Cicero was telling the Romans what the senate had decreed 
the day before in regard to the people who were accused of 
conspiracy. He said that he had been thanked in the most 
complimentary terms for having freed the state of such dan- 
gerous enemies. Other men had been thanked too, each in 
proportion to his deserts. Then Lentulus was compelled to 
resign his praetorship that he might be thrown into prison 
as a private citizen, because it was unlawful to imprison a 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 143 

magistrate. Speaking of this same matter later, Cicero re- 
minds tlie people liow much more careful the senate had 
been than the great Marius had once shown himself on a 
similar occasion. Would not the gods spare and even pro- 
tect a nation of such justice ? 

July, 1886. 

Translate into Latin : — 

Since this is so, is not my friend worthy to be called a 
Eoman citizen? Ought we to hinder him from enjoj^ing, at 
home and abroad, those blessings which fall to the lot only 
of the Romans ? Or ought we not rather to bestow the high- 
est honors upon one who had contributed so much to the 
glory of the state, especially at a time when so many illiterate 
people can be found who maintain that it is not worth while 
to spend one's efforts upon literature? We all remember 
what Sulla did. Once, when a very bad poet handed him a 
poem written in his honor, he ordered a reward to be given 
to the poet from the proceeds of the booty which he was 
then selling at auction. The verse, however, was so bad 
that Sulla could not help making a condition that the poet 
should write no more. In the case of the poet whose cause 
I plead, I have no fear that you will have to repent if you 
grant him what he asks. 

September, 1885. 

Translate into Latin : — 

They fought long and sharply, for the Sontiates, relying 
upon their earlier victories, thought that the safety of all 
Aquitania depended upon their bravery, and our men were 
eager to show what they could do under a young leader in 
the absence of the commander-in-chief and of the other le- 
gions. At length, overwhelmed by wounds, the enemy 
turned to flight. Then Crassus, having resolved to besiege 



144 LATIK COMPOSITION. 

the town, ordered the guards to take their posts as silently 
as possible and to refrain from all slaughter ; for he wished 
to get possession of as many prisoners as he could, and then 
by pardoning them to win over the neighboring states. He 
sent messengers, also, to report his victory at Rome. 

June, 1885. 

Translate into Latin : — ■ 

Now Cicero had been informed, through a certain woman 
named Fulvia, of what these conspirators were doing. There- 
fore he summoned several faithful men, whose assistance he 
had often used before in times of danger to the state, and, 
having explained the matter to them in a few words, ordered 
them to go to the Mulvian Bridge, so-called, and lie hidden 
there until the accomplices of the plot arrived and then seize 
them immediately. Thus some of the chiefs of the con- 
spiracy were taken into custody, and Cicero was persuaded 
by his friends by cogent arguments to bring these prisoners 
before the senate. In the senate the conspirators were 
shown their letters and asked whether they recognized their 
hands and seals. One of them also was questioned about 
some swords and daggers which had been found at his 
house, and at first he answered, with a laugh, that he had 
always been fond of good cutlery ; but, when all the evi- 
dence was given, turned very pale and confessed his crime. 

September, 1884. 

Translate into Latin : — 

They fought long and sharply, for the Sontiates, relying 
upon their earlier victories, thought that the safety of all 
Aquitania depended upon their bravery, and our men were 
eager to show what they could do under a young leader in 
the absence of the commander-in-chief and of the other le- 
gions. At length, overwhelmed by wounds, the enemy 



LATIN". 145 

turned to flight. Then Crassus, havhig resolv^ed to besiege 
the town, ordered the guards to take their posts as silently 
as possible and to refrain from all slaughter ; for he wished 
to get possession of as many prisoners as he could, and then 
by pardoning them to win over the neighboring states. He 
sent messages, also, to report his victory at Rome. 

June, 1884. 

Translate into Latin : — 

At about the same time Publius Crassus arrived in Aqui- 
tania, which deserves, in territory and population, to be reck- 
oned a third part of Gaul, and remembering that he had to 
carry on war in the places where a few years before the lieu- 
tenant Lucius Valerius had lost an army and been killed him- 
self, he felt that no ordinary energy was required of him. 
He therefore provided himself with as much grain and am- 
munition as possible and ordered the army to march into 
the country of the Sontiates. He found the enemy encamped 
at the foot of a high hill, and their chief, relying upon his 
numbers, thought he could frighten the Eomans from attack- 
ing him, and sent them word to consult for their safety. Cras- 
sus, however, scorned the advice, and, attacking the Gauls by 
night gained a brilliant victor3\ 



LATIN. 

CICERO. 
September, 1887. 
I. Translate Cic. Cat. IV. 6. 

Give derivation of concitari^ exitiosam, coniurationem. 
Give principal parts of censeatis^ praedicam, misceri, tran- 
scendit. 



146 LATIN. 

Explain construction of consulis, June, opinione. 

Compare the meanings of referre ad vos, and ad vos dela- 
tum sit. 

Compare the moods of (quidquid) est and (quantum fad- 
nus delatum) sit. 

II. Translate : — 

P. Lentuhis consul, simul ac de sollemni religione rettulit, 
nihil humanarum rerum sibi prius quam de me agendum 
indicavit. Atque eo die confecta res esset, nisi is tribunus 
plebis, quem ego maxirais beneficiis quaestorem consul or- 
naveram, cum et cunctus ordo et miilti eum summi viri ora- 
rent et Cn. Oppius socer, optimus vir, ad pedes eius flens 
iaceret, noctem sibi ad deliberandum postulasset : quae deli- 
beratio non in reddenda, quem ad modum non nulli arbitraban- 
tur, sed, ut patefactum est, in augenda mercede consumpta 
est. Postea res acta est in senatu alia nulla, et cum variis 
rationibus impediretur, voluntate tamen perspecta senatus 
causa ad vos mense lanuario deferebatur. 

June, 1887. 
A. 

Translate Cic. Cat. IV. 22 from " Qua re. 

bonorumque : what does que connect? memoria: con- 
struction? gentium: derivation? facile: compare, possit : 
explain mood and tense, reperietur: principal parts? id: 
construction? confrii^gere : parts and composition? ulla: 
why not aliqua f profecto : derivation ? 

B. 

Nam relatio^ ilia salutaris et diligens fuerat consulis, ani- 
madversio quidem et indicium senatus : quae cum reprehendis, 

* for the punishment of the CatiHnarian Conspirators. 



LATIN. 147 

ostendis qualis tu, si ita forte accidisset, fueris illo tempore 
consul futurus : stipendio, mehercule, et frumento Catilinam 
esse putasses iuvandum. quid enim interfuit inter Catilinam 
et eum, cui tu senatus auctoritatem, salutem civitatis, totam 
rem publicam proviuciae praemio vendidisti? quae enim L. 
Catilinam conantem consul prohibui, ea P. Clodium facientem 
consules adiuverunt. voluit ille senatum interficere ; vos sus- 
tulistis ; leges incendere : vos abrogastis ; vim inferre patriae : 
quid est vobis consulibus gestum sine armis? incendere ilia 
coniuratorum mamis voluit urbem : vos eius domum, quem 
propter urbs incensa non est. ac ne illi qnidem, si habuis- 
sent vestri similem consulem, de urbis incendio cogitassent ; 
non enim se tectis privare voluerunt, sed his stantibus nullum 
domicilium sceleri suo fore putaverunt. caedem illi civium, 
vos servitutem expetistis ; hie vos etiam crudeliores : huic 
enim populo ita fuerat ante vos consules libertas insita, ut ei 
mori potius quam servire praestaret. 

July, 1886. 

Translate Cic. Arch. 7 and 8, to " causa dicta est." 

Construction of lege^ civitatibus, and annos. 
Explain mood of ascripti fidssent. 
Explain tense of ascripti faisseyit. 
Explain mood of ferebatur. 
Explain tense of ferebatur. 

Causa dicta est: show how this is true. What is the rest 
of the oration about? 

Translate : — 

Quid tandem de ilia nocte dicit,^ cum inter falcarios ad M. 
Laecam nocte ea, quae consecuta est posterum diem nonarum 
Novembrium me consule, Catilinae denuntiatione convenit? 
quae nox omnium temporum coniurationis acerrima fuit atque 

1 Cornelius, the prosecutor of P. Sulla. 



148 LATIN. 

acerbissima : turn Catilinae dies exeundi, turn ceteris manendi 
condicio, turn discriptio totam per urbem caedis atque iiiceii- 
diorum constituta est; turn tuns pater, Cornell, id quod 
tandem aliquando eonfitetur, illam slbi officiosam provinciam 
depoposcit, ut cum prima lace consulem salutatum veniret, 
intromissus et meo more et iure amicitiae me in meo lectulo 
trucidaret. hoc tempore, cum arderet acerrime coniuratio, 
cum Catilina egrederetur ad exercitum, Lentulus in urbe 
relinquiretur, Cassius incendiis, Cethegus caedi praeponere- 
tur, Autronio ut occuparet Etruriam praescriberetur, cum 
omnia ordinarentur, iustruerentur, pararentur, ubl fuit Sulla, 
Cornell ? num Romae ? immo longe af uit : num in eis regioni- 
bus, quo se Catilina inferebat? multo etiam longius : num in 
agro Camerti, Piceno, Galileo, quas in oras maxime quasi 
morbus quidam illins furoris pervaserat? nihil vero minus, 
fuit enim, ut iam ante dixi, Neapoli ; fuit in ea parte Italiae, 
quae maxime ista suspitione caruit. — Cic. pro Sulla, 52, 53. 

September, 1885. 

I. Translate Cic. Cat. lY. 21 and 22, to "nee beneficio 
placare possis." 

Explain briefly the historical references in this passage. 
Explain the case of laude, obsicUone, omnibus^ glorias; the 
mood of habeatur^ possimus^ Jiaheant, possis; the derivation 
of nobilissimus, regionibus, obsidione, alienigenae. 

II. Translate : — 

Si medius fidius, indices, non me ipsa res publica, meis 
laboribus et periculis conservata, ad gravitatem animi et 
constautiam sua dignitate revocaret, tamen hoc natura est 
insitum, ut, quem timueris, quieum de vita fortunisque con- 
tenderis, cuius ex insidiis evaseris, hunc semper oderis. Sed 
cum agatur honos mens amplissimus, gloria rerum gestarum 
siugularis, cum quotiens quisquam est in hoc scelere convic- 



LATIN. . 149 

tus, totiens renovetur meraoria per me iiiventae salutis, ego 
sim tarn demeos, ego committam, ut ea, quae pro salute 
omnium gessi, casu magis et felicitate a me quam virtute et 
consilio gesta esse videantur? Quid ergo? hoc tibi sumis, 
dicet fortasse quispiam, ut, quia tu defeiidis, innocens iudi- 
cetur? Ego vero, iudices, nou modo milii nihil adsumo in 
quo quispiam repugnet, sed etiara, si quid ab omnibus con- 
ceditur, id reddo ac remitto. Non in ea re publica versor, 
non iis temporibus meum caput obtuli pro patria periculis 
omnibus, non aut ita sunt exstincti quos vici aut ita grati 
quos servavi, ut ego mihi plus appetere coner quam quantum 
omnes inimici inyidique patiantur. — Cic. pro Sulla, XXX. 

June, 1885. 
I. Translate : — • 

Itaque, credo, si civis Romanus Archias legibus non esset, 
ut ab aliquo imperatore civitate donaretur, perficere non 
potuit. Sulla cum Hispanos donaret et Gallos, credo huuc 
petentem repudiasset : quem nos in contione vidimus, cum el 
libellum mains poeta de populo subiecisset, quod epigramma 
in eum fecisset, tantummodo alternis versibus longiusculis, 
stotim ex eis rebus, quas tunc vendebat, inhere ei praemium 
tribui sed ea condicione, ne quid postea scriberet. Qui 
sedulitatem mali poetae duxerit aliquo tamen praemio dig- 
nam, huius ingenium et virtutem in scribendo et copiam non 
expetisset? quid? a Q. Metello Pio, familiarissimo suo, qui 
civitate multos donavit, neque per se neque per LucuUus im- 
petravisset? qui praesertim usque eo de suis rebus scribi 
cuperet, ut etiam Cordubae natis poetis, pingue quiddam 
sonantibus atque peregrinum, tamen auris suas dederet. — 
Cic. pro Archia X. 

Construction of civitate ? Formation of longiusculis f Con- 
struction of scriberet, duxerit, expetisset, qinddamf What 



150 LATIN. 

metre is meant by alternis versihus longiusculisf What is 
meant by ex eis rebus quas tunc vendehat? Who is meant by 
Jiuiusf Construction of cuperetf Mark the quantity of all 
the vowels in seduUtatem. Derivation of familiarissimo, pere- 
grinum ingenmm? Force of S2ib in subiecissetf Trace the 
derivation of donaret from its elements. 

II. Translate : — 

Nunc quoniam, T. Labiene, diligentiae meae temporis 
angustiis obstitisti meque ex comparato et constituto spatio 
defensionis in semihorae curriculum coegisti, parebitur, et 
quod iniquissimum est accusatoris condicioni et quod mi- 
serrimum inimici potestati ; quamquam in hac praescriptione 
semihorae patroni mihi partis reliquisti, consulis ademisti, 
propterea quod ad defendendum prope modum satis erit 
mihi temporis, ad conquerendura parum. Nisi forte de locis 
religiosis ac de lucis, quos ab hoc violatos esse dixisti, pluri- 
bus verbis tibi respondendum putas ; quo in crimine nihil est 
umquam abs te dictum, nisi a C. Macro obiectum esse crimen 
id C. Eabirio ; in quo ego deiniror meminisse te quid obiecerit 
C. Rabirio Macer inimicus, oblitum esse quid aequi et iurati 
indices iudicarint. An de peculatu facto aut de tabulario 
incenso longa oratio est expromenda? quo in crimine pro- 
pinquus C. Rabiri iudicio clarissimo, C. Curtius, pro virtute 
sua est honestissime liberatus, ipse vero Rabirius non mode 
in indicium horum criminum, sed ne in tenuissimam quidem 
suspitionem verbo est umquam vocatus. - — Cic. pro Rabir. 
II. 6. 

June, 1884. 

I. Translate Cat. II. 4. 12, 13 to " apud M. Laecam 
fuisset necne." 

dicant : explain mood, in exsilium, etc. : why is that a 



LATIN. 



151 



reproach? eicerem: explain mood and tense, permo- 
destus: torce of per? iussus est: explain mood and tense. 
paruit: principal parts. domi: construction, in aedem 
lovis, etc. : where did the Senate usually meet? rem detidi: 
technical meaning, ho stem : could he say inimicum? give 
your reason, partem midam: explain meaning, faisset: 
explain mood and tense. 

II. Translate : — 

Tu mihi etiam M. Atilium Eegulum commemoras, qui 
redire ipse Karthaginem sua voluntate ad supplicium quam 
sine eis captivis, a quibus ad senatum missus erat, Romae 
manere maluerit, et mihi negas optandum reditum fuisse per 
f amilias comparatas et homines armatos ? vim scilicet ego 
desideravi, qui, dum vis fuit, nihil egi, et quem, si vis non 
fuisset, nulla res labefactare potuisset. Hunc ego reditum 
repudiarem, qui ita florens fuit, ut verear ne qui me studio 
gloriae putet idcirco exisse, ut ita redirem? quem enim um- 
quam senatus civem nisi me nationibus exteris commendavit? 
cuius umquam propter salutem nisi meam senatus publice 
sociis populi Romani gratias egit? de me uno patres con- 
script! decreverunt ut, qui provincias cum imperio obtinerent, 
qui quaestores legatique essent, salutem et vitam custodirent. 

September, 1883. 

I. Translate Arch. IX. 21. 

Explain construction of terra., ojnbus, duce, manu, consilio. 
Allusions in L. Lucullum, Pontum^ regiis, apud Tened/um 
pugna. What bearing has this passage on the general argu- 
ment of the oration ? 

II. Translate : — 

[Cicero advocates legalizing the command held by Octavius against Antony 
by making him propraetor.] 

Hoc autem tempore ita censeo decernendum : Quod C. 



152 LATIN. 

Caesar, Gaiifilius, pontifex, pro praetore, snmmo rei publicae 
tempore milites veteranos ad libertatem populi Romani 
cohortatus sit eosque conscripserit, qiiodque legio Martia 
atque quarta summo studio optimoque in rem pnblicam con- 
sensu C. Caesare duce et auctore rem publicam, libertatem 
populi Romani defendant defenderint, et quod C. Caesar pro 
praetore Galliae provinciae cum exercitu subsidio profectus 
sit, equites, sagittarios, elephantos in suam populique Romani 
potestatem redegerit difficillimoque rei publicae tempore 
saluti dignitatique populi Romani subvenerit, ob eas causas 
senatui placere, C. Caesarem, Gaii filium, pontificem, pro 
praetore, senatorem esse sententiamque loco praetorio dicere : 
ej usque ration em, quemcumque magistratum petet, ita haberi, 
ut haberi per leges liceret, si anno superiore quaestor fuisset. 
Quid est enim, patres conscripti, cur eum non quam primum 
amplissimos honores capere cupiamus? Legibus enim annali- 
bus quum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, 
adolescentiae temeritatem verebantur: C. Caesar ineunte 
aetate docuit ab excellenti eximiaque virtute progressum 
aetatis exspectari non oportere. — Phil. V. 46-47. 

Provinciae : why not in provenciam ? Mood of defendant^ 
liceret^ cujnamus, constituebant. What is meant by legibus 
annalibusf si . . . ouaestor: what difference would that have 
made ? 

June, 1883. 

I. Translate Cic. Cat. III. 21. 

Explain the mood of neget, esset, videatur, statueret^ir ; 
the tense of esset^ duceretur. Give the derivation of aversus^ 
praeceps^ interiium, nefariis. What was the '•' signum''? 

II. Translate : — 

Sed tamen venenum unde fuerit, quem ad modum paratum 
sit non dicitur. Datum esse aiunt huic P. Licinio, pudenti 



LATIN. 153 

adolescenti et bono, Caelii f amiliari : constitntum factum 
esse cum servis, ut veuirent ad balneas Senias : eodem 
Licinium esse venturum atque iis veneni pyxidem traditurum. 
Hie primum illud requiro, quid attiuuerit fieri in eum locum 
constitntum, cur illi servi non ad Caelium doraum venerint. 
Si manebat tauta ilia consuetudo Caelii, tanta familiaritas 
cum Clodia, quid suspitionis esset, si apud Caelium mulieris 
servus visus esset? Sin autem iam iam suberat simultas, 
extincta erat cousuetudo, discidium exstiterat, hinc illae 
lacrimae nimirum et liaec causa est omnium liorum scelerum 
atque criminum. Immo, inquit, cum servi ad dominam rem 
istam et maleficium Caelii detulissent, mulier ingeniosa prae- 
cepit suis, omnia Caelio pollicerentur : sed ut venenum, cum 
a Licinio traderetur manifesto comprehendi posset, constitui 
locum iussit balneas Senias, ut eo mitteret amicos qui deliti- 
scerent, dein repente, cum venisset Licinius venenumque tra- 
deret, prosilirent homineraque comprehenderent. — Cic. Cael. 
XXy. 62. 

What is the construction of suspitionis? suis? Explain 
the mood and tense of attinuerit, pollicerentur^ delitiscerent. 

VIRGIL AND OVID. 
September, 1887. 

I. Translate Aen. XI. 22-33. 

' Subject. — [Aeneas orders the burial of the dead, and the return of Pallas' 
body to his father Evander.] 

Scan lines 1, 2, and 3, marking the principal caesuras. 

II. Translate : — 

Subject. — [Medea prepares for her moonlight incantations.] 

Tres aberant noctes, ut cornua tota coirent 
Efficerentque orbem. Postquam plenissima fulsit, 
Ac solida terras spectavit imagine luna, 



154 LATIN. 

Egreditur tectis vestes indnta recinctas, 
Nuda pedem, nudos humeris infusa capillos, 
Fertque vagos mediae per muta silentia noctis 
Incomitata gradus. Homines volucresque ferasque 
Solverat alta quies ; nullo cum mui-mure sepes ; 
Immotaeque silent frondes ; silet liumidus aer ; 
Sidera sola micant. Ad quae sua bracchia tendens 
Ter se convertit, ter sumptis flu mine crinem 
Inroravit aquis, ternisque ululatibus ora 
Solvit. 

June, 1887. 

I. Translate Aen. X. 821-832. 

[Subject. — Lament of Aeneas over the body of Lausus.] 
Scan lines 1,2, and 3, marking the principal caesuras. 

II. Translate : — 

Daedalus interea Creten longumque perosus 
Exilium, tactusque loci natalis amore, 
Clausus erat pelago. ' Terras licet ' inquit ' et undas 
Obstruat, at caelum certe patet. ibimus iliac. 
Omnia possideat, non possidet aera Minos.' 
Dixit, et ignotns auimum dimittit in artes, 
Naturamque novat. Nam ponit in ordine pennas, 
A minima coeptas, longam breviore sequenti, 
Ut clivo crevisse putes. Sic rustica quondam 
Fistula disparibus paulatim surgit avenis. 
Tum lino medias et ceris alligat imas, 
Atque ita compositas parvo curvamine flectit, 
Ut veras imitetur aves. 

September, 1886. 

I. Translate : — 

Planus erat lateque patens prope moenia campus, 
Assiduis pulsatus equis, ubi turba rotarum 



LATIK. 155 

Duraqne mollierat siibiectas ungula glaebas. 
Pars ibi de septem genitis Amphione fortes 
Conscendunt in equos, Tyrioque rubentia suco 
Terga premunt, auroque graves moderantur habenas. 
E quibus Ismenus, qui matri^ sarcina^ quondam 
Prima suae fuerat, dura certum flectit in orbem 
Quadrupedis cursus, spumantiaque ora coercet, 
' Ei mihi ! ' conclamat, medioque in pectore fixa 
Tela gerit, frenisque manu moriente remissis 
In latus a dextro paulatim defluit armo. 

Ovid, Met. VI. 218-229. 
iNiobe. 2]3m.(jgii 

II. Translate Aen. IX. 93-103. 

Jilius = Jupiter. Doto (-us) , a sea-nymph. 

July, 1886. 
I. Translate : — 

Est prope Cimmerios longo spelunca recussu, 
Mons eavus, ignavi domus et penetralia Sorani : 
Quo numquam radiis oriens mediusve cadensve 
Phoebus adire potest. Nebulae caligine mixtae 
Exhalantur humo dubiaeque crepuscula lucis. 
Non vigil ales ibi cristati cantibus oris 
Evocat Auroram, nee voce silentia rumpunt 
Sollicitive canes canibusve sagacior anser. 
Non fera, non pecudes, non moti flamine rami, 
Humanaeve sonura reddunt convicia linguae. 
Muta quies habitat. Saxo tamen exit ab imo 
Rivus aquae Lethes, per quem cum murmure labens 
Invitat somnos crepitantibus unda lapillas. 
Ante fores antri fecunda papavera florent 
Inuumeraeque herbae, quarum de lacte soporem 
Nox legit et spargit per opacas umida terras. 



156 LATIN. 

II. Translate Agd. X. 431-438. 
Scan the last two lines. 

June, 1885. 

I. Translate : — 

' Inmemores' que ' mei discenditis ' inquit 'Achivi? 

Obrutaque est mecum virtutis gratia nostrae ? 

Ne facite ! utque meum non sit sine honore sepulchrum, 

Placet Achilleos mactata Polyxeua manes.' 

Dixit, et inmiti sociis parentibus umbrae, 

Rapta sinu matris, quam iam prope sola fovebat, 

Fortis et infelix et plus quam femina virgo 

Ducitur ad tumulum diroque fit hostia busto. 

Quae memor ipsa sui, postquam crudelibus aris 

Admota est sensitque sibi fera sacra parari, 

Utque Neoptolemum stantem ferrumque tenentem 

In que suo vidit figentem lumina vultu, 

' Utere iamdudum generoso sanguine ! ' dixit 

' Nulla mora est. Quin tu iugalo vel pectore telum 

Conde meo ! ' iugulumque simul pectusque retexit. 

Ovid, Met. XIII. 445-459. 

II. Translate Virg. Aen. XI. 237-254. 

What is meant by "caesura"? Point out the principal 
caesura in lines 245, 248, 254. Give the rule for the quan- 
tity of every syllable in 1. 251. 

September, 1884. 

I. Translate Aen. X. 689-701. 

II. Translate : — 

Hie tamen accessit delubris advena nostris : 
Caesar in urbe sua deus est quem Marte togaque 
Praecipuum non bella magis finita triumphis 



LATLCT. 157 

Eesque domi gestae properataqiie gloria rerum 
In sidus vertere novum stellamque comantem, 
Quam sua progenies. Neque enim de Caesaris actis 
Ullum est majus opus, quam quod pater extitit hujus. 
Scilicet aequoreos pins est domuisse Britannos. 
Perque pap3riferi septemflua flumina Nili 
Victrices egisse rates, Numidasque rebelles 
Cinyphiumque Jubam Mithridateisque tumentem 
Nominibus Pontum populo adjecisse Quirini, 
Et multos meruisse, aliquos egisse triumphos, 
Quam tantum genuisse virum? quo praeside rerum 
Humano generi, superi, favistis abunde. 
ISie foret liic igitur mortali semine cretus, 
lUe deus facieudus erat. — Ovid, XV. 746-761. 

Give instances of caesura in the 2d and 4th feet, and of 
two kinds of caesura in the 3d foot, out of any lines in the 
passage from Ovid. State three important rules of prosod}', 
giving instances from either of the above passages. Who 
are the hie and ille of the last two lines from Ovid? 

June, 1884. 

I. Translate Aen. IX. 176-191. 

Divide into feet lines 179-181, and mark the principal 
caesura in each. What is unusual in the metrical structure 
of 1. 179? Account for the quantity of the e in Aeneae^ 1. 
177, and es in comeSj 1. 179. 

II. Translate : — 

Talia dicenti curarum maxima nutrix 
Nox intervenit, tenebrisque audacia crevit. 
Prima quies aderat, qua curis fessa diurnis 
Pectora somnus habet. Thalamos taciturna paternos 
Intrat, et heu facinus ! vitali nata parenteiii 



158 LATIN. 

Crine sunm spoliat, praedaque potita nefancla 
Fert secum spolium sceleris, progressaque porta 
Per medios hostes — meriti fiducia tanta est — 
Pervenit ad regem. Quern sic adfata paventem est : 
' Suasit amor facinus. Proles ego regia Nisi 
Scjdla tibi trado patriaque meosque Penates.' 

Ovid, Met. VIII. 81-91. 

What two words in the last line have sometimes a different 
measurement from that used here? 

Jane, 1883. 

I. Translate Aen. VIII. 51-65. 

[Subject. — The river-god Tiber gives directions to Aeneas.] 
Mark the scansion of the first four verses. 

II. Translate : — 

[Subject. — Description of a pestilence.] 

Semi animes errare viis, dum stare valebant, 
Adspiceres, flentes alios terraque iacentes, 
Lassaque versantes supremo lumina motu, 
Membraque pendentis teudunt ad sidera caeli, 
Hie, illic, ubi mors deprenderat, exhalantes. 

Ovid, Met. VII. 588-592. 

Scan the first and last verses, and explain the peculiarity 
of versification in the first. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 159 

SOLID GEOMETRY. 

One and a half hours allowed. 

Septemlber, 1887. 

1. Show that through any given line a plane can be drawn 
perpendicular to a given plane. 

In what case can more than one plane be so drawn ? 

2. When only one plane can be drawn through a given 
line perpendicular to a given plane, let the intersection of 
the two planes be called the projection of the given line on 
given plane. 

ProA^e that the angle made by a line with its projection on 
a plane is less than the angle it makes with any other line of 
the plane. 

3. Prove that two rectangular parallelopipeds having the 
same base are to each other as their altitudes. 

Consider the case where the altitudes are incommensurable. 

4. What is meant by the polar triangle of a given spheri- 
cal triangle? Prove that the angles of a spherical triangle 
are measured by the supplements of the opposite sides of 
its polar triangle. 

5. The sides of a spherical triangle on a sphere 14 inches 
in diameter are 20°, 40°, and 50° ; find the area of its polar 
triangle in square inches. (Take 7r= 3^.) 

6. The diameter of a sphere is 14 inches ; two planes are 
passed through its centre, making an angle of 5° with each 
other: how many cubic inches in the wedge they cut out? 
(Take7r=3f) 

June, 1887. 

1. Prove that if a plane is perpendicular to a line it is 
perpendicular to every plane containing the line. 



160 SOLID GEOMETRY. 

2. Prove that a triaDgular pyranaid is one-third of a trian- 
gular prism of the same base and altitude. 

3. Prove that the sum of the face angles of a solid angle 
is less than four right angles. What proposition concerning 
the perimeter of a spherical polygon follows immediately 
from this theorem? 

4. Prove that the sum of the areas of the lateral faces of 
a pyramid is greater than the area of the base. 

5. State and prove the proposition concerning the area of 
a spherical triangle. 

The angles of a spherical triangle are 70°, 80°, 120°, the 
radius of the sphere is 7 feet; find the area of the triangle 
in square feet. (Given tt = ^-f-.) 

6. The exterior diameter of a spherical shell is 7 inches, 
and its weight is one-tenth that of a solid ball made of the 
same material and having the same diameter. Find the 
thickness of the shell. 

July, 1886. 

[In solving problems use for tt the approximate value S}.] 

1. Prove that if a straight line is perpendicular to each 
of two straight lines at their point of intersection, it is per- 
pendicular to the plane of these lines. 

2. Prove -that the sum of any two face angles of a triedral 
angle is greater than the third. 

3. Prove that if the base of a cone is a circle, every section 
made by a plane parallel to the base is a circle. 

4. Prove that all the points in the circumference of a 
circle on the surface of a sphere are equally distant from the 
poles of the circle. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 161 

5. Prove that if A'B'C is the polar triangle of ABd 
then, reciprocally, ABC is the polar triangle of A'B'C. 

6. One hundred spherical bullets one-half of an inch in 
diameter are placed in a cylindrical tomato can 4 inches in 
diameter and 5 inclies high. How much water will the can 
hold besides the bullets? 

7. A cone of revolution whose height is 10 inches and the 
radius of whose base is 5 inches has a round hole an inch in 
diameter bored through it ; what is the volume of the wood 
removed ? 

September, 1885. 

[In solving problems use for w the approximate value 3y,] 

1. When is a straight line said to be perpendicular to a 
plane ? Prove that if a straight line is perpendicular to each 
of two straight lines at their point of intersection, it is per- 
pendicular to the plane of these lines. 

2. Find the locus of the points in space which are equally 
distant from three given straight lines which lie in a plane 
and are not all parallel. What would the locus be if the 
given lines were parallel? 

3. Prove that the sum of the four angles of any convex 
poh'edral angle is less than four right angles. 

The length of one side of the base of a regular hexagonal 
pyramid is 4 feet, and the height of the pyramid is 6 feet ; 
find the whole surface of the pyramid. 

4. The planes of the faces of a quadrangular spherical 
pyramid make with each other angles of 80°, 100°, 120°, 
and 150° ; and the length of a lateral edge of the pyramid 
is 42 feet. Find the area in square feet of the spherical 
polygon which forms the pyramid's base. 

5. Assuming the formula for the lateral area of a cone of 



162 SOLID GEOME^EY. 

revolution in terms of the radius of the base and the slant 
height ; prove that the lateral area of the frustum of a cone 
of revolution is equal to tts (r and r') when s is the slant 
height of the frustum and r and r' the radii of its bases. 

6. A cylinder of revolution and a cone of revolution are 
inscribable in the same sphere. A section of the cylinder 
through its axis is a square, and a section of the cone through 
its axis is an equilateral triangle ; prove that the volume of 
the cylinder is a mean proportional between the volume of 
the sphere and that of the cone. 

June, 1885. 

[In solving problems use for tt the approximate value Bj,"] 

1. When is a straight line said to be parallel to a plane? 
Prove that if a straight line is parallel to a plane, any plane 
perpendicular to the line is perpendicular to the plane also. 

2. What is the locus of the points in a given plane which 
are equally distant from two given points out of the plane ? 

The distances of two points P, Q, from a given plane are 
11 inches and 19 inches respectively, and the distance be- 
tween the feet of the perpendiculars dropped from P and Q 
upon the plane is 6 inches. Find the distance from P to Q. 

3. Prove that the lateral area of a regular pyramid is equal 
to the product of the perimeter of its base by one-half its 
slant height. 

Find the volume of a regular pyramid whose slant height 
is 12 feet and whose base is an equilateral triangle each of 
whose sides is 5y'3 feet long. 

4. Prove that the curve of intersection of two spheres is a 
circle. 

A sphere of radius 13 inches is cut by a plane distant 12 
inches from the centre of the sphere : find the area of the 
section. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 163 

5. The area of a certain spherical triangle is equal to one- 
tenth of the surface of the sphere on which it lies. Two 
angles of the triangle are 96° and 87° : find the third angle. 

If the radius of the sphere is 7 feet, find the length of one 
of the sides of the triangle polar to the triangle mentioned 
above. 

6. A cylindrical tin pail 7 inches in diameter contains 
water to the depth of 4 inches. An egg is then immersed 
in the water and the level of the latter rises to 4.22 inches 
above the bottom of the pail : find the volume of the egg. 

June, 1884. 

[In solving problems use for tt the approximate value 3y.] 

1. Prove that if a straight line is perpendicular to a 
plane, every plane passed through the line is also perpendic- 
ular to that plane. 

2. Prove that if a pyramid is cut by a plane parallel to 
its base, the edges and the altitude are divided proportionally 
and the section is a polygon similar to the base. 

3. A regular hexagon revolves about a line which bisects 
two opposite sides : what two kinds of surfaces are gen- 
erated? 

Prove that the total areas of similar cylinders of revolution 
are to each other as the squares of their altitudes. 

4. What is the " limit" of a variable quantity? What is 
the relation between the limits of two variables which are 
always equal? 

Show that the volume of any cone is equal to one-third the 
product of its base and its altitude. 

5. The angles of a certain spherical triangle which lies on 
a sphere of 14 inches radius are 123°, 60°, 87°, respectively : 
find the area of the triangle in square feet and prove the 



164 SOLID GEOMETRY. 

theorem on which your method of computing this area is 
based. 

6. A polyedron is circumscribed about a sphere whose 
radius is 2 inches : the vohime of the polyedron is 60 cubic 
inches ; what is the area of its surface ? 

7. Prove that the lateral surface of any pyramid is greater 
than the base. 

September, 1883. 

1. Prove that if a line is perpendicular to a plane, every 
plane containing that line is perpendicular to that plane. 

2. Prove that if a line is perpendicular to a plane, every 
line perpendicular to the line is parallel to the plane. 

3. Prove that rectangular parallelopipeds with equal bases 
are to each other as their altitudes, even when the altitudes 
are incommensurable. 

4. Prove that the angle of a spherical triangle equals 180° 
minus the opposite side of the polar triangle. 

5. Prove that the surface of a sphere equals 4 times the 
area of its great circle. 

6. The volume of a right circular cylinder, whose altitude 
equals the diameter of its base, is 9 cubic feet : what is the 
volume of the inscribed sphere? 

June, 1883. 

[Use the value 3} for tt.] 

1. Prove that if two planes are perpendicular, a line drawn 
in one of them perpendicular to the line of intersection of the 
planes is perpendicular to the other. 

2. Prove that if two planes are perpendicular to a third, 
their line of intersection is perpendicular to the third plane. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 165 

3. Prove that the vohime of a triangular prism is one-half 
the area of one of the lateral faces multiplied by its distance 
from the opposite lateral edge. 

4. Prove that a triangular pyramid is one-third of a trian- 
gular prism of the same base and altitude. 

5. How do 3^ou find the area of a spherical triangle? 
What units do you use ? 

The angles of a spherical triangle are 80°, 70°, and 75° ; 
the radius of the sphere is 7 feet. How many square feet in 
the triangle? 

6. The radius of a sphere is 7 feet: what is its volume? 
What is the volume of the circumscribed cylinder of revolu- 
tion ? 

June, 1882. 

1. If a line is perpendicular to a plane, every plane con- 
tainiug the line is also perpendicular to the plane. Prove. 

2. The sum of two face angles of a triedral angle is greater 
than the third. Prove. What property of a spherical triangle 
follows immediately from this ? 

3. The area of a spherical triangle is equal to its spherical 
excess. Prove, explaining clearly what units you use. 

4. What are the volumes of the following figures : a rect- 
angular parallelopiped whose edges are 2, 4, and 8 feet 
respectively ; a cylinder formed by the revolution of one of 
the largest faces of the parallelopiped about one of its long- 
est sides ; a sphere which the cylinder will just contain ; a 
spherical pyramid cut from the sphere by planes which make 
the centre at a triedral angle whose diedral angles are 85°, 
120°, 155°? 



166 SOLID GEOMETRY. 

June, 1881. 

1. Define the projection of a point on a plane. 

Prove that a straight line makes a less angle with its pro- 
jection on any plane than with any other line of that plane. 

2. Prove that if parallel lines are projected on any plane, 
the projections are parallel. 

3. Prove that a plane passed through two diagonally 
opposite edges of a parallelopiped divides it into two equiva- 
lent triangular prisms. 

4. Prove that when two triangles are polar to one another, 
any angle of one is measured by the supplement of the side 
opposite it in the other triangle. 

5. Prove that the volume of any triangular prism is meas- 
ured by the area of a lateral face multiplied by one-half the 
distance from that face of the opposite lateral edge. 

September, 1880. 

[Make each proof complete; give all the work of No. 6, but leave result 

in terms of t.] 

1. Prove that if a straight line is perpendicular to a plane, 
ever}^ plane containing that line is perpendicular to that 
plane. 

2. Prove that if a straight line and perpendicular are 
parallel, every plane which is perpendicular to the line is 
perpendicular to the plane also. 

3. Prove that if a pyramid be cut by plane parallel to the 
base, the edges and altitude are divided proportionately, and 
the section is a polygon similar to the base. 

4. Prove that if two pyramids have equal altitudes and 
equivalent bases, sectio.ns formed by a plane parallel to the 
bases and at equal distances from them are equivalent. 



SOLID GEOMETRY. 167 

5. Prove that symmetrical spherical triangles are equiv- 
alent. 

6. A pyramid with base of same area as a great circle of 
a given sphere, and with altitude equal to a diameter of the 
sphere, is cut by a plane which bisects all its lateral edges. 
Find the volume of the frustum of the pyramid, if the 
volume of sphere equal 288 it cubic feet, 

July, 1880. 

1. State how the angle between two planes is measured. 
Prove that the vertical angles formed by two intersecting 
planes are equal. 

2. Prove that oblique lines drawn from a point to a plane 
at equal distances from the foot of the perpendicular are 
equal ; and of two oblique lines unequally distant from the 
foot of the perpendicular, the more remote is the greater. 

3. Show how to find a point in a given plane equally dis- 
tant from three given points in space. 

4. Prove that if two semi-circumferences of great circles 
intersect on the surface of a hemisphere, the sum of the 
opposite triangles thus formed is equivalent to a lunary sur- 
face whose angle is equal to that included by the semi- 
circumferences. 

5. The area of a spherical triangle is measured by its 
spherical excess. Explain fully what is meant by this state- 
ment, and prove the proposition. 

6. Prove that the volumes of a right circular cone, a 
sphere, and a right circular cylinder are proportional to the 
numbers 1, 2, 3, if the bases of the cone and cylinder are 
each equal to a great circle of the sphere, and their altitudes 
are each equal to a diameter of the sphere. 

7. Find the volume of the spherical pyramid whose lateral 
edges are 9 feet each, and whose adjacent faces make angles 
of 150°, 130°, 100°, and 70°. 



168 LOGAEITHMS AND TKIGONOMETEY. 

LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 
September, 1886. 



3I14 69 X (--) 

1. Find, by losjarithms, the value of -xl — '- ^±JJ-. 

' ^ ° ' \ 0.0002 

2. Prove that 

sin ^7(1 + tan x) + cos a;(l + ctn x) = esc x -j- sec x. 

3. Find a formula for finding cos ^ (7, in the triangle 
ABC ; given the three sides. 

4. Given cos (90° + cf>) = m ; find ctn (270° + </,) . 

5. Find all values of x, under 360°, which satisfy the 

equation 

sin a; + 2 cos x = 0. 

6. Solve the right-angled triangle whose hypotenuse is 5, 
the perpendicular from the right angle to the hypotenuse 
being 2. 

7. Two angles of a triangle are 47° and 71°, and the in- 
cluded side is 6. Find the area of the triangle. 

September, 1885. 

1. Bo or do not negative numbers have logarithms ? Prove. 

" ^. -, ^ 1 .^, ,, 1 . lO.Olx (0.2938/ 

2. Fmd, by logarithms, the value of -yA ^^j^ ^-' 

3. Given sin x=-y^\ ; in what quadrants may x lie? Find, 
by formulas, cos cc, etna;, for each value of a?, giving to each 
function its proper sign. 

4. Given 10 sin^aj + ctn^cc = 10 ; find all values of x be- 
tween 180° and 270°. 

5. Prove sin {x + y) sin {x — y) = cos^y — cos^a;. 



LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 169 

6. One angle of a triangle is 50°, and one of the two in- 
cluding sides is 15. What is the smallest value the side 
opposite the angle can have? Supposing this side to in- 
crease, for what values will there be two solutions to the 
triangle ? 

7. Beginning with expressions for sin (x -\- y) and cos 
(x-\-y), find an expression for tan (2 x) in terms of tan x. 

8. Prove tan lx = — ~ 

sinic 

June, 1885. 

1. In any sj^stem of logarithms, prove the relation that 
exists between the logarithm of a number and the logarithm 
of the reciprocal of this number. 

2. Find, by logarithms, the value of (0.01209)^. 

3. Show by a figure what change takes place, in magni- 
tude and in sign, in the tangent of an angle as the angle in- 
creases from 0° to 270°. 

4. Given sin x cos a? = | ; find all the values of x under 
360°. 

5. Prove cos2a7= 2cos^fl? — 1. 

6. Given sin 10° = m ; find sec 250°. 

7. The sides of a triangle are 2, 3, and 4. Find the 
largest angle. 

8. Prove tan 50° + ctn 50° = 2 sec 10°. 

June, 1884. 

1. Why is log i equal to —log 2? Show why 251, 0.251, 
and 0.00251 have logarithms differing only in the value of the 
characteristic. 

2. Given 16-''= 25 ; find by the aid of your table of log- 
arithms the value of x. 



170 LOGAEITHMS AND TRIGONOMETEY. 

3. Solve the trigonometric equation 

cosa^ctn x=l. 

[Find the value of some function of x by solving the equation, and then 
the value of x by help of the tables.] 

4. Show by the aid of a figure that 

CSC (180° + (/)) = - CSC (/). 

5. Given cos^a — sin^a= cos 2a ; obtain formulas for 

sin - , cos -, and tan ^ in terms of cos d>. 

2 2,2 ^ 

CC S '7* 

6. Prove the formula since (2 cos x—l) = '2 sin- cos — 

^ ^22 

7. A pine-tree, 120 feet high, standing on the side of a 
mountain which is inclined to the horizontal at an angle of 
25°, is broken by the wind and not severed, at a distance 
of 40 feet from the ground. The top falls toward the foot 
of the mountain. How far from the base of the tree does it 
strike the ground? 

8. Two sides of a triangle are 6.4 feet and 8.3 feet long 
and make with each other an angle of 42°. Find the other 
angles and the area. 

September, 1883. 

[In numericLl examples find answers to one more figure than those given 

in the table.] 

1 . What is logarithm of 1 in any system ? Of the base ? 
Of its reciprocal? For what numbers is the logarithm posi- 
tive, and for what negative? Give reasons for your answers. 

2. How many values of D between 0° and 360° satisfy 
the equation sec i) = — |-, and in what quadrants do they 
lie? Draw a figure representing them. 

Calculate the sin, cos, tan, cot, and cosec of both these 
values of D : distinguish them as D' and D". 



LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 171 

3. Prove the geaeral formulas 

sin a + sin ^8 = 2 sin i (a + ^) cos J (a - /?) , 
sin a - sin /? = 2 cos^ (a + /3) sin^ (a - ^), 

and prove that in any triangles 

a + b __ tan ^(A-^B) 
a-b Un^iA-B) 

4. Two straight roads cross a third at the points A and B, 
and meet each other at C. 

J.a= 715.8 ft., 50=1132.4 ft., the angle which road 
AG makes with AB = 34° 27'. Find the distance AB. 

Show by figure that this question has two solutions, and 
find both. 

5. Wishing to find the relative position of two objects, A 
and JB, which stand in a level plain and are separated by an 
intervening house, 1 find point C from which both are visible 
and directly accessible. Then I find OJ. = 413 ft., CB = 
521 ft. A is just northeast of 0, while the direction of B 
from C is south 65° east. Find distance and direction of 
A from B. 

June, 1883. 

1. In a system of logarithms of which the base is a«, 
find the logarithms of the following numbers : — 

a 

2. Find by logarithms the value of a/(0.0002)^ 

3. A man wishes to find the height of a spire which he 
sees on the other side of an impassable stream. He observes 
that the direction of the spire from the spot where he stands 
is due north; and that a surveyor's telescope, pointed at 
the apex of the spire, makes an angle of 17° 38' with the 



172 LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 

plane of the horizon. He then walks due east until he sees 
the spire in a precisely northwesterly direction ; and he finds 
that the distance between the two points of observation is 
432.6 feet. 

Compute the height of the spire. 

4. The following parts of a triangle are given : — 

5 = 0.03287, c = 0.02702, (7=48° 12'. 

Find the remaining sides and angles and the areas of the two 
triangles that satisfy these conditions, and represent the 
triangles in a figure. 

5. Given the formula 

cos 26 — cos^ 6 — sin^ 6 ; 

prove the formulas 

sin |- a = V-2-(l — cos d) , 

cos |- a = V-g- ( 1 + COS a) , 
tan (45° -\-^a) — sec a + tan a. 

6. Find all the trigonometric functions of 45°, without 
the use of the tables, by general reasoning. 

September, 1882. 

1. Prove that the logarithm of a product is equal to the 
sum of the logarithms of the factors. 

2. In a system of logarithms of which the base is 9, what 
are the logarithms of 3, 27, 9, 1, 2V5 ^^ 

3. Compute by logarithms 

3 



(134.9)^ X -^16 
10190.04 X 46.49* 



4. Prove the formula for the cosine of the sum of two 
angles. 



LOGARITHMS AND TEIGONOMETKY. 173 

5. Find, by the tables, the logarithms of the trigonometric 
functions of 207° 17' (marking the signs). 

6. Prove the formulas 

HE_^ = sin (a + 2/3) CSC (3 -2 cos (a-\-B), 
sinjS 

^ ,, . sec (45° - 0) 

2 sec 2 6 = ^^ -. 

cos (45° -f 0) 

7. Given two sides of a triangle equal to 1.0121 and 1.5421, 
and the included angle equal to 41° 02' ; to solve the triangle. 

June, 1882. 

1. Explain the reason of the rule for finding the charac- 
teristic (or integral part) of the logarithm of a number. 

Show that (according to this rule) the mantissa (or frac- 
tional part) is always positive. 

In what cases is the logarithm, as a whole, positive, and 
in what cases negative ? 

Thus, state clearly the value of the logarithm of 36270 ; 
of 0.003627. What decimal must be added to the latter 
logarithm to produce the logarithm of 0.01 ? 

2. Find the time required to increase a sum of money a 
hundred-fold, at ten per cent per annum compound interest, 
payable yearly. 

3. Find the formulas for the trigonometric functions of 
90° -f a. 

4. Find, by the tables, the logarithms of the trigonometric 
functions of 290° 38' (marking the signs). 

5. An observer from a ship saw two headlands. The fii'st 
bore E.N.E. {i.e. 67° 30' from N. towards E.), and the 
second N.W. by N. {i.e. 33° 45' from N. towards W.). 
After he had sailed 16.25 miles N. by W. {i.e. 11° 15' from 
N. towards W.), the first headland bore due E., and the 



174 LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 

second N.W. by W. (i.e. 56° 15' from N. towards W.). 
Find the direction and distance of the second headland from 
the first. 

6. Prove the formulas 

cos a - COS ^ = - tan 1 (a + /5) tan J (a - P) , 

cos a + COS /? 

. /I 2 tan ^ 
sm ^ = — 

l+tan2i(9 

June, 1881. 

1. Define a logarithm. What is the logarithm of -J in the 
system of which 1 6 is the base ? Find the logarithm of 25 
in the same system. 

^1(0 012Y X 27 

2. Compute the value of \ P ' „ ^ '- — by lo2:arithms. 

^ \ (64)2 X 0.00651 J i^ 

3. Find the functions of 127° 10' from your trigonometric 
tables. 

4. Prove the formula 

(cos ^ - cos 5)2 4- (sin A - sin By= 4 sin^ ^—M. 

ij 

5. Two sides of a triangle are 243 feet and 188 feet, and 
the angle opposite the second side is 42° 20'. Solve the tri- 
angle completely. 

6. A pine-tree growing on the side of a mountain, which 
is inclined to the horizontal at an angle of 20°, is broken b}^ 
the wind, but not severed, at a distance of 40 feet from the 
ground. The top falls toward the foot of the mountain and 
strikes the ground 50 feet from the base of the tree ; find the 
height of the tree. 

Septeiiilber, 1880. 

1 . Find logarithm of 50 in the system of which 2 is the base. 

2. Sec (180°+ (^) =a. Find all other functions of </>. 



LOGARITHMS AND TRIGONOMETRY. 175 

3. Prove that cos (a -|- ^) . cos (a — ^) = cos^ a — sin^ ^. 



4. Prove formula smiA= ^ItlM^II^ 

\ he 



6. Given 2 sides of triangle equal 251.2 feet and 146.1, 
and that angle opposite second side equals 12° 20'. Find 
other angles. 

6. Sides of angle equal 5 feet, 12 feet, and 13 feet. Find 
the angle opposite the longest s'ide. 

7. From two corners (A and B) of the triangular field in 
which Memorial Hall stands, lines, which make angles of 
19° 52' and 57° 52' respectively with the side AB, meet 
directly under the tower of the hall. AB equals 345.1 feet. 
At A the angle of elevation of the tower is 32° 26'. Find 
the height of the tower. 

8. Compute f(M07)lx^l40y 

\ VO.4 X 67 / 



June, 1880 

1. Define a logarithm. Prove the rule for finding the 
characteristic of a logarithm. 

2. How do you obtain the functions of an obtuse angle 
from an ordinary table of Trigonometric Functions ? why ? 

3. Prove that tan (45° — |-a) = sec a — tan a. 

4. Deduce the formulas required for solving a triangle 
when two sides and the included angle are given. 

5. Given that two sides of a triangle are 10|- ft. and 16|- 
ft., and that the angle opposite the first side is 15°; solve 
the triangle. 



176 PHYSICAL AND NATURAL SCIENCE. 

6. Given that the sides of the Delta on which Memorial 
Hall stands are 265 and 241 3^ards, and the included angle is 
26° 40' ; required the length of the end of the Delta. 

7. Given 2"' = |f ; find the value of x by logarithms. 



PHYSICAL AND NATURAL SCIENCE. 

PHYSICS. 
September, 1887. 

1. How much work will gravity do upon a kilogram mass 
during the first quarter-second of its fall from rest? during 
the second quarter-second? State the unit in which 3'ou ex- 
press the work. 

2. Two equal inelastic masses moving in opposite direc- 
tions, one at the rate of 10 meters a second, the other at the 
rate of 6 meters per second, collide centrally. What fraction 
of their original kinetic energy disappears in the collision ? 

3. If the pressure of the atmosphere were 15 lbs. per 
square inch, how great a force would be required to separate 
two Magdeburg hemispheres of 5 inches' diameter, the space 
within the sphere being a vacuum? 

4. A certain quantity of air has a volume of 200 cu. cm. 
at 40° C. under a pressure of 600 mm. of mercury. What 
would be its volume at 100° C. under a pressure of 900 mm. 
of mercury ? 

5. Write a short discourse upon the law. Bodies ivJien cold 
absorb the same kinds of rays that they give out luhen heated^ 
showing how the law has been proved by experiment and 
how its application has led to important discoveries. 



PHYSICAL AND NATUEAL SCIENCE. 177 

6. Give an exact quantitative definition of the conductiv- 
ity of a substance for heat. 

7. What is electric inductive capacity f What furnishes 
the light of the electric spark at the discharge of a Leyden 
jar? Show to what extent the potential energy of a Leyden 
jar is affected by doubling the quantity of electricity con- 
tained in its charge. 

July, 1886. 

[In problems 1, 2, and 3 adopt any units you please, but tell what ones you 

adopt,] 

1. A body whose mass is 7?i, originally at rest on a smooth 
horizontal plane, is acted upon b}^ a horizontal force of / 
units during t seconds. What is its final velocity? How 
far does it move during the t seconds? Show how much 
work is done upon it during this time. 

2. Let the mass, m, of a body and its velocity, -y, be such 
that the product my is 600. How long would this body move 
against a constant resistance equal to the force of gravity 
upon a body whose mass is 5 ? Can you tell how far the 
body would move against this resistance? 

3. If the kinetic energy of such a body were 600, and its 
momentum unknown, how far would it move against the 
given resistance? Can you tell how Zon^ it would move in 
this case? 

4. Show in what respect the air-thermometer is superior 
to any liquid thermometer as a scientific instrument. Show 
in what respects it is less convenient than the mercury ther- 
mometer. 

5. A certain quantity of air has a volume of 200 cu. cm. 
at 40° C, under a pressure of 700 mm. of mercurj'. What 
would be its volume at 100° C. under a pressure of 800 mm. 
of mercury? 



178 PHYSICAL AND NATURAL SCIENCE. 

6. Describe, as fully as you can, two methods which have 
been used for determining the velocity of light. Explain 
how the motion of a body may affect the position of the 
lines in its spectrum. In what cases has such an effect been 
observed ? 

7. Give a careful account of Volta's theory of the action 
in his electric pile and of the criticisms which this theory has 
encountered. 

September, 1885. 

1. Give your idea of "mass" and a careful account of 
the experiments and reasoning by means of which Newton 
proved that bodies of the same weight are of the same mass. 

2. Give as full and accurate an account as you can of the 
way in which Newton established the law of universal gravi- 
tation. 

3. A cord passing over a frictionless pulley has a mass of 
20 grm. at one end, and 15 grm. at the other end. How long 
will it take these masses, starting from rest under the influ- 
ence of gravity, to acquire a velocity of 2 meters per second ? 

4. Two equal inelastic masses moving in opposite direc- 
tions, one at the rate of 10 meters a second, the other at the 
rate of 5 meters a second, collide centrally. What fraction 
of their original kinetic energy is converted into heat by the 
collision ? 

5. Define a " horse-power." 

If the temperature in the boiler of an engine is 150° C. 
and the temperature in the condenser 50° C, what is the 
largest possible fraction of the heat entering the cylinder 
that can be utilized in doing; work? 



» 



6. Write a short discourse upon the law. Bodies when 
cold absorb the same kmd of rays that they give out ivhen 



PHYSICAL AND NATURAL SCIENCE. 179 

heated^ showing how the law has been established by ex- 
periment and how its application has led to important dis- 
coveries. 

7. Give a careful account of Yolta's theory of the action 
in his electric pile and the criticisms that have been made 
upon this theory. 

June, 1885. 

1 . Give your idea of ' ' mass " and a careful account of 
the experiments and reasoning by means of which Newton 
proved that bodies of the same weight are also of the same 
mass. 

2. Let the mass of a body in kilograms be ?7i, and let 
its velocity in meters per second be v. Prove that in virtue 

of its motion it can do T^ kilogrameters of work. 

3. Define energy and give an account of the doctrine of 
conservation of energy, with illustrations involving as many 
varieties of energy as possible. 

4. Show why a sound-wave moving with the wind tends 
to keep close to the earth, while moving against the wind it 
tends to rise from the earth. 

5. Define a " horse-power." 

Why could we not, even with a perfect engine, utilize in 
work all the heat supplied to the cylinder ? 

6. Define specific heat. 

"What is Dulong and Petit's law in regard to the connec- 
tion between specific heat and atomic weight? 

7. Explain, as if for a person unacquainted with ph^^sics, 
how the presence of certain substances has been detected in 
the sun. 



180 PHYSICAL AND NATURAL SCIENCE. 

8. It being admitted that light is propagated by means of 
vibrations, what reason have we for believing these to be 
transverse vibrations? 

9. Prove that in the case of any given Leyden jar the 
potential energy is proportional to the square of the quantity 
of electricity constituting the charge. 

June, 1884. 

1. What is the ordinary method of comparing the masses 
of bodies? What possible method does Stewart describe as 
applicable where the ordinary method would fail? 

2. Give the best account you can of the method by which 
Newton established the law of universal gravitation. 

3. If the pressure of the atmosphere were 15 lbs. per 
square inch, what force would be required to separate two 
Magdeburg hemispheres of 4 inches diameter, the space 
within the sphere being a vacuum? 

4. Show how Stewart, by means of the supposed collision 
of two railway trains, illustrates the law that the kinetic 
energy of a body is proportional to the square of its velocity. 

5. Suppose a body to be vibrating in a straight line back- 
ward and forward on either side of its position of rest, 
toward which it is attracted by a force proportional to its 
distance from that point : give such proof as you can of the 
fact that the time of vibration will be independent of the 
range of vibration. 

6. Give an exact numerical definition of the conductivity 
of a substance for heat. 

7. Describe Watt's three main improvements in the steam* 
engine. 



PHYSICAL AND NATURAL SCIENCE. 181 

8. Give a brief description of the apparatus by means of 
which 3^ou would compare the intensity of radiation in differ- 
ent parts of the spectrum. 

9. State Ohm's law for an electric current, and show that, 
if the "external" resistance of a circuit is small, the cur- 
rent may be only slightly increased by increasing the number 
of cells in the battery. 

10. From a mechanical point of view, from what depth 
could coal be raised with profit ? Mechanical equivalent of 
heat is 772 foot pounds. One pound coal gives out 11,000 
units of heat in burning. 

CHEMISTRY. 
Eliot and Stoker. 

1. Describe experiments by which the composition of 
water may be determined both analytically and synthetically. 
What are the grounds for writing the symbol of water HgO? 

2. Describe the preparation of hydrochloric acid gas, and 
write the reaction by which the process is represented. How 
many liters of hydrochloric acid gas can be made from ten 
grams of salt? What is the liquid hydrochloric acid used in 
the laboratory ? What is the action of hydrochloric acid on 
zinc, and on sodic carbonate? Write the reaction in both 
cases. 

3. What is the common ore of lead? How is the metal 
obtained from the ore? What is the best solvent for this 
metal, and what is the substance formed by the solution? 
How is silver in a lead ore separated from the lead ? 

4. What is the chief source of alcohol, and what is the 
nature of the process by which it is formed? Describe the 
preparation of vinegar and the nature of the chemical process 
involved. 



182 PHYSICAL AND NATURAL SCIENCE. 

BOTANY. 

[Omit one question.] 

1. Name and describe the parts of a typical flower. 
Which of them are essential ? 

2. Describe the mode of life of an annual, a biennial, and 
a perennial plant. Mention two plants of each type. 

3. Define the following terms relating to (a) the root and 
(6) the stem. 

(a) Aerial, fibrous, parasitic. 

(5) Herbaceous, stolon, endogenous, heart-wood. 

4. Name the parts of a complete leaf. What are equitant 
leaves ? 

5. Show clearly how you would distinguish a cyme from 
a corymb. What is an umbel, a raceme, a spadix? 

6. Describe the various ways in which the parts of a 
flower may be united and the ways in which the ovules may 
be placed in the ovary. 

7. Describe the structure of the seed. Tell how the seeds 
of the morning-glory, the bean, the pine, and Indian corn 
differ from one another. 

8. What is a natural system of classification? What are 
the principal differences between exogens and endogens? 

9. What are the principal uses of plants? 



/ 



PAPEES 



OF 



YALE UNIVERSITY; SHEFFIELD SCIEN- 
TIFIC SCHOOL; COLLEGE OF NEW 
JERSEY (PRINCETON); COLUMBIA 
SCHOOL OF MINES. 



YALE UNIVERSITY. 



June, 1887. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 

[Time allowed, 45 minutes.] 

1. Compare malus, nequam, pulcher, similis. Decline 
senex, filia, duo^ scribens. Give the Latin expression for 
May lOth. 

2. Give the perfect and supine of rapio^ crepo, meto, 
tundo. What are denominative verbs? Give examples. 
Inflect volo and eo in the present and future indicative, and 
the present and imperfect subjunctive. 

3. State what rules are violated in the following sentences 
and make the necessary corrections : — 

(a) hmiG vitam sine libris frui non possumus. 

(b) a qui in Capua capiebantur, ignoscendi sunt, 

(c) me ipsum nunquam satisfacio. 

(d) quid tibi hoc interest. 

4. Put the following indirect discourse into the direct: 
Ei [Caesari] Ariovistus respondit, si quid ipsi a Caesare 
opus esset sese ad eum ventariim fuisse ; sibi mirum videri, 
quid in sua Gallia, quam bello vicisset, Caesari negotii esset. 



186 CAESAR. — CICERO. 

CAESAR. 
[Time allowed, 30 minutes.] 

I. Translate Bell. Gal. I. 41. 

II. Translate Bell. Gal. III. 18. 

III. (a) When and by what authority was Caesar in 
Gaul? (5) Describe the Roman legion as it was in Caesar's 
time, — its size, divisions, officers, and weapons. 



CICERO. 

[Time allowed, 1 hour.] 

I. Explain the meaning of novus homo. In what year 
was Cicero consul? What offices had he previously held? 
What became of Catiline ? How was the punishment of the 
conspirators the cause of Cicero's banishment? Where was 
Cicero born? What other distinguished man was born at 
the same place? 

II. Translate Cat. II. 21. 

What kind of a numeral is quart us f Give the force of 
the derivative endings mturhulentus^ inertia^ &xi^ proscription 
What does ita modify ? 

III. Translate Cat. IV. 9. 

Explain the subjunctives. Give the construction of mea 
(1), cognitore, alteram. To what classes do the genitives 
Ca£saris, sententiae, and negotii belong? 

IV. Translate Arch. I. 

What were the provisions of the law under which Archias 
claimed Roman citizenship? With which requirement was 
it difficult to show that he had complied ? What is the con- 



VERGIL. 187 

elusion of si quid . . . ingenii ? What is the construction 
of q^iod (1)? Why is sit subjunctive? Give the principal 
parts of injitior and conjiteor. 



VERGIL, INCLUDING LATIN PROSODY. 

[Time allowed, 70 minutes.] 

I. Copy and divide into feet the following four verses, 
marking the caesurae (Aen. IV. 60-64). 

Give rules for the quantity of the ultima in ipsa (60), 
dextra (60), Dido (60), donis (63) ; and of the penult in 
ora (62), spatiatur (62), and pecudum (63). What rule for 
the quantity of an ultima is not observed in 64 ? What is 
hiatus ? 

VERGIL. 

II. Translate Eel. III. 32-39. 

III. Mode and tense of ausim (32) ? What is the con- 
struction of id (35) ? Why are the vitis and the hedera ap- 
propriate decorations for the pocula f What poet did Vergil 
chiefly imitate in the Eclogues ? 

IV. Translate Aen. I. 565-574. 

V. (a) What is the construction of vestra (573) ? Give 
the i.ncontracted form for Aeneadum (565). Account for 
the mode of nesciat (565). (b) Explain the meaning of 
verse 4. What is meant by Saturnia arva (569) and what 
by Erycis fines (570) ? 

VL Translate Aen. IV. 416-428. 

VII. (a) Remark upon the use of the voice in proper 
rari (416) and of the mode in colere (422). (5) Give the 
meaning of the last four verses and explain the references. 



188 OVID AT SIGHT. 

OVID AT SIGHT. 

[Time allowed, 40 minutes.] 

Translate : — 

Aesacon iimbrosa fnrtim peperisse sub Ida 
Fertur Alexirhoe, Granico nata bicorDi. 
Oderat hie urbes, nitidaqne remotus ab aula 
Secretes montes et inambitiosa colebat 
Rura, nee Iliaeos coetus nisi rarus adibat. 
Non agreste tamen nee incxpugnabile amori 
Pectus habens, silvas captatam saepe per omnes. 
Aspicit Hesperieu patria Cebrenida^ ripa, 
Iniectos umeris siccantem sole capillos. 
Visa fugit nymphe, veluti perterrita fulvum 
Cerva lupum, longeqiie lacu deprensa relicto 
Accipitrem fluvialis anas, quain Troius heros 
Insequitur, celeremque nietu celer urguet amore. 
Ecce latens herba coluber fugientis adunco 
Dente pedem strinxit, virusque in corpore liquit. 
Cum vita subpressa fuga est. amplectitur amens 
Exanimem, clamatque " piget, piget esse secutum ! 
Sed non hoc timui, nee erat mihi vincere tanti. 
Perdidimus miser ani nos te duo : vulnus ab angue, 
A me causa data est. ego sum sceleratior illo : 
Qui tibi morte mea mortis solacia mittam." 
Dixit, et e scopulo, quern rauca subederat unda, 
Se dedit in pontum. Tethys miserata cadentem 
Molliter excepit, nantemque per aequora penuis 
Texit, et optatae non est data copia mortis. 

1 Cebren, a river in the Troad. 



PEOSE LATIN AT SIGHT. 189 

PROSE LATIN AT SIGHT. 

[Time allowed, 45 minutes.] 

Translate : — 

Pr. Idus Oct. Athenas venimus, cum sane adversis ventis 
iisi essemus tardeque et incommode navigassemus. De nave 
exeuntibus nobis Acastus cum litteris praesto fuit uno et 
vicensimo die, sane strenue. Accepi tuas litteras, quibus 
intellexi te vereri ne superiores mihi redditae non essent : 
omnes sunt redditae diligentissimeque a te perscripta sunt 
omnia ; idque mihi gratissimum fuit. Neque sum admiratus 
hauc epistolam, quam Acastus attulit, brevem fuisse ; iam 
enim me ipsum exspectas sive nos ipsos, qui quidem quam 
primum ad vos venire cupimus, etsi, in quam rem publicam 
veniamus, intellego : cognovi enim ex multorum amicorum 
litteris, quas attulit Acastus, ad arma rem spectare, ut mihi, 
cum venero, dissimulare non liceat, quid sentiam. Sed, 
quoniam subeunda fortuna est, eo citius dabimus operam, ut 
veniamus, quo facilius de tota re deliberemus. Tu velim, 
quam longissime poteris obviam nobis prodeas. De heredi- 
tate Preciana, quae quidem mihi magno dolori est — valde 
enim ilium amavi — , sed hoc velim cures : si auctio ante 
meum adventum fiet, ut Pomponius aut, si is minus poterit, 
Camillus nostrum negotium curet. Nos cum salvi venerimus, 
reliqua per nos agemus ; sin tu iam Roma profecta eris, 
tamen curabis, ut hoc ita fiat. Nos, si di adiuvabant, cir- 
citer Idus Novembres in Italia speramus fore. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 

[Time allowed, 45 minutes.] 

Many advised Hannibal to take the remainder of that day 
and the following night for rest ; but IVIaharbal thought that 



190 



ROMAN HISTORY. 



there should be no delay. " That you may know," he said, 
"how great is our victory, within five days you shall feast 
in the Capitol. Pursue the enemy ; I will go ahead with the 
cavalry that the Romans may kuow that 3'ou have come 
before they know that you are coming." As Hannibal said 
that he must take time to deliberate, Maharbal replied : 
"Hannibal, you know how to conquer: you do not know 
how to use your conquest." It is believed that that day's 
delay was the salvation of Rome. 



EOMAN HISTORY. 

[Time allowed, 30 minutes.] 

1. What powers did Octavianus Augustus take to himself? 
What change did he make in the government of Rome? 
What changes did Constantine make? 

2. The gradual extension of the rio;ht of Roman citizen- 
ship, the causes of each extension and dates. 

3. What were the possessions of Rome at the beginning 
of the Christian Era? How were they acquired and when? 

4. Explain : praetorian guards; provincia; colonia; tri- 
hunus plehis; comitia centuriata. 

5. AlUa, Bsneventum, Saguntum, Metaurus, Pharsalia; 
where were they? what happened there, and when? 



GREEK GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. 

'[Time allowed, I2 hours. All Greek words to be written with accents.] 

I. Translate into G reek : — 

Orontes told Cyrus that if he would give him one thousand 
cavalry he would utterly destroy the hostile force before 



XENOPHON. 191 

them. This seemed a good plan to Cyrus, and he bade 
Orontes take a company from each leader. When the traitor 
believed that all was in readiness, he wrote a letter to the 
kins to tell him that he would come with as many horsemen 
as possible. But the man who received the letter, gave it 
not to the king, but to Cyrus, who read it and at once 
arrested Orontes. 

II. TMV Be M6V0)V0<; arpartcorMV ^vka a^l^cav tl^; w? 
elhe Tov KXeap^ov SteXavvovra, ltjo-l rrj a^tvy • Kal ovTO<i 
fiev avTov rjfJbapTev ' aXXo? Se XlOw Kal a\Xo<;, etra ttoX- 
XoL, KpavjT]^ y€VOfX€vr)(i. 6 8e KaTa(f>evj€L eh to iavrov 
aTpdrevfJia, Kal €v6v<; TrapayyeWet et? ra bifka. 

a. Give the principal parts of the verbs in the passage. 
h. The synopsis (first form in each mode) of the first four 
verbs (in the tense used here), c. Construction of each 
nominative, genitive, and dative, d. Force of each preposi- 
tion in the passage, e. Inflect rt?, ovros, aviy/a, -qhv^i, voXv's, 
(in sing.) . /. Inflect the imperfect active of ipoirdu). g. What 
are the different forms of conditional sentences ? ' 7i. Give 
examples of hiatus, elision, apocope, assimilation of con- 
sonants, i. Compare voXm, aocjios, SiKatos, /xeXas- j' What 
different ways of expressing purpose are used in Greek ? 



XBNOPHON. 

[Time allowed, 1 hour.] 

I. Translate Anabasis I. ii. 25 f . as far as Trplv rj ywr] 
avTov eTreicre Kal TrtO'Tets eXa^e. 

What is the force of rwv after o/jwv, eha ? Construction of 
Tt, VTToXacfiOivTa?, tov<; Tapcrovs, ovSevt, Kupw. 

II. Translate Anabasis II. iii. 5-7. 

Give the construction of jw-ax^?? o ToXpi^a-wv, w, eUora, SoKotcv, 



192 HOMER. 

ySao-tAet, aTracTLv, hiayy eXOrj. Force of avrots. Why is /x>j (not 
ov) used with jropiaas ? 

III. Translate Anabasis III. ii. 11-13. 

Give the construction of klv8vvov<s, ayaOo2<s, a-ToXio, ttoXc/xiW. 
Force of the preposition in avafxv^a-o), KaraBva-ew, aTrodvovcnv, 
Force of ws (before d^ano-wrav) , re (after ayaOoh), koL (be- 
fore ck). To what events does the speaker refer? 

[The following may be substituted for any one of the foregoing passages.] 

IV. Translate Hellenica II. iii. 52 f. 

Give the construction of Ivvoiioirara dvai, e|aXei<^etv, v/aiv, 
v/Awv, ravTa. Who were ol iv KaraAoyo)? Explain €7rt t^v 



HOMER. 
[Time allowed, 1 hour.] 

I. Translate Iliad A 436-450. 

Give a metrical scheme for vs. 439, 444, 448, 449, com- 
menting on any peculiarities. Define caesura. Where is the 
most frequent caesura in Homeric verse? Construction of 
Kara (436), 'AttoXXwvl (438), rolaLv, fx-eyaXa (450). What 
is the tense of (Syja-av (438), TtOa (441), IXaa-ofxeaOa (444), 
€(TTr)(Tav (448) ? Comment on the order of words in v. 449, 
on the derivation of x^pvixpavTo, oi^Xoxvras (449) , on the atti- 
tude of xdpas ava(rX(x)v (450). 

II. Translate Iliad B 149-165. 

Enumerate the dialectic peculiarities found in this passage. 
Explain the use of viro (154), kcV (155), KaB (160). Con- 
struction of vr]o)v (152), U/xevoiv (154), evxaXi^v (158). What 
were the ovpot (153), epixara (154) ? 

HI. Translate Iliad B 657-666. 
Comment on (3trj 'llpaKXrjeLrj* 



GREEK AT SIGHT. 193 

[The following may be substituted for any one of the foregoing passages.] 

IV. Translate Iliad Z 441-455. 

Give a metrical scheme of vs. 443,. 447, commenting on any 
peculiarities. Explain the accent of ws (443). Construc- 
tion of TToXiixoio (443) , avTov (446), 'EKay^T?? (451) , TroXec? (452) . 
Explain the form ivfificXcoi (449). Comment on iXcvdepov 

^fiap (455). 

- — •<>• 

GREEK AT SIGHT. 
[Time allowed, 45 minutes.] 

Tc3 8' eTTLovTi €T€i, Avaavhpo^ d(f>LK6/jL6Vo<; 6t9'E^e<roz/ 
fjb€T€7r€fiyjraro '^tcovlkov iic ^lov avv rah vavai, kol ra<^ 
dWa<i irdaa'^ crvvrjdpoLcrev, el irov tl<; rjVj kol ravTa<; r* 
CTreaKeija^e kol aXXa<; iv ^AvrdvBpfp ivavTnjyetro, iXdcov 
Se irapa K.vpov '^prj/nara yret • o S' avr^ elirev on ra fiev 
irapa ^acriXeco^; dvrjXco/LLeva €07], koI ere irXelo) ttoXXS, Sec- 
Kvvcov oora e/cacrro? twv vavdp^cov e')(OL, 0/1,0)9 3' eScoKe. 
Xaficbv Be 6 AvaavSpo^; rdpyvpcov eirl rd^ TpLrjpei<; rpcr)- 
pdp')(ov^ eTrearrjae kol tol<^ vavrai^ tov o(j)eiXofjLevov fitcr- 
60V direhcoKe. irapeaKevd^ovTO Be koI ol rcov ^ A.67]vaLcov 
(TTparrjyol tt/oo? to vavriKOV iv rrj ZidjJiw. 

K.vpo<; 8* eVl TovroL<; fiereTrejJL'^aTo AvaavSpov, eirel 
avTo) irapd rod Trarpo^ rJKev dyyeXo<i Xeycov on dppcoarcov 
eKelvov KoXoLT], mv ev Safjivr]pL0t<; r?}? M.r)SLa<i iyyv(; Ka- 
BovaicoVj e(^' ov<; earpdrevaev d(f>ecrT(bTa(;. 7]KovTa Be 
A'vaavBpov ovk ela vav/jLa)(^elv 7rpo9 'A0r]vaLov<;, edv jjltj 
7. oXXq) 7rX6tof9 vav<s e'^jj • elvac yap '^pijfjLara iroXXd koX 
^aaiXel kol eavro), axrre rovrov eveKev iroXXd irXripovv, 
irapeBet^e B* avrtp 7rdvTa<; roix; (f)6pov<; tol'9 e/c rcov 
iroXecoVf ot avrw lBloi rjaav, kol rd irepirrd y^prjixara 
eB(OKe • KOL dva/jLV}]a-a<; 0)9 el^e <j6tXiW 7rp6<; re rrjv rwv 



194 GREEK HISTORY. — ARITHMETIC. 

AaKeSaLfJiovLcov iroKiv kol tt/do? AtxravSpov IBta, avejSatve 
IT a pa Tov irarepa. 

eiricr/f euct^oj ; repair. vavirrjyeoixai : build ships. ava\i(XKca: expend. 
appoi}<TTeot} : to be weak, ill. wXr^poco: to Jill, man. 



GREEK HISTORY. 
[Time allowed, 30 minutes.] 

1. Enumerate the steps by which the islands of the Aegean 
Sea become subject to Athens in the fifth century b.c. 

State what you know of the Confederacy of Delos. 

2. Arrange in chronological order Ao'isticles, Cleon, Isoc- 
rates, Lysias, Nicias, Plsistratus, Solon: and state the most 
important facts concerning each. 

3. State what you know of the mountains and rivers of 
Greece, describing the location or course of the most im- 
portant. 

4. Locate Aegospotami, Amyclae, Artemisium, Chaeronea, 
Plataea, Spliacteria ; and state the event or events for which 
each is best known (with exact or approximate dates) . 



ARITHMETIC. 

[Time allowed, 1 hour.] 

1. Add i, I of t, and ||. 

2. Reduce 1 furlong 25 rods 12 feet and 11 inches to 
the decimal of a mile. 

3. What is the interest on $25 from Nov. 10, 1884, to 
July 1, 1887, at 5 per cent per annum? 



ALGEBRA. — GEOMETRY. 195 

4. Compute the value of -y/3 — l-\-^Q to four decimal 
places. 

5. A cubical block contains 12695.24 cubic inches. Re- 
quired the length of one side. 

6. Reduce 305 milligrams, 218 dekagrams and 7 metric 
tons to kilograms. 

7. How many square rods in a field 300 meters long and 
■^^ of a kilometer wide ? 



ALGEBRA. 

[Time allowed, 1 hour.] 

1. Resolve each of the following expressions into three 

factors : 

a*& + 8 a&hm^^ 4 cV + 4 c^xy + cy"", 

2. Divide by 



a — h a-\-h a — b a -\-b 

..M.,.,„(,-l^»)(.->-i#)(. + J,). 

4. Solve -^x-^4.0 = 10-^x. 

6. Solve mx^ + onn = 2 m-y^'nx + nx^- 

6. Given — : — : : 3 : 7, and a;^- 2/^ = 9, to find a; and 2/. 

X y 

7. Expand by the Binomial Theorem, 3b(2x — y)'^. 



GEOMETRY. 
[Time allowed, 1 hour. The candidate may omit any two propositions.] 

1. To inscribe a circle in a given triangle, — 

2. If a perpendicular is drawn from the vertex of the 
right angle to the hypotenuse of a right triangle. 



196 GERMAN. 

(1) The two triangles thus formed are similar to each 
other, and to the whole triangle ; 

(2) The perpendicular is a mean proportional between 
the segments of the hypotenuse ; 

(3) Each side about the right angle is a mean propor- 
tional between the hypotenuse and the adjacent segment. 

3. The area of a circle is equal to half the product of its 
circumference by its radius. 

4. Given the radius of a circle as 8 inches ; find the cir- 
cumference of the circle, also the area of a sector of 40° 
of the circle. 

5. If BC is the base of an isosceles triangle, ABO, and 
BD is drawn perpendicular to AC, the angle DBC is equal 
to one-half the angle A. 

6. AB is any chord, and AO is tangent to a circle at A, 
CDE a line cutting the circumference in D aud E and par- 
allel to AB ; show that the triangle ACD is similar to the 
trianole EAB. 



GERMAN. 

(gg ttjar t)or l^ier Sa^rett, am XaQt ber ^irrfjiuei^. 3)u it)tvft btc^ 
geirt^ nod) ertnnern, tnie tuftig wix bamal^ in bent ©arten tan.^ten, 
einen SJJenuett urn ben anbern. 3)te fdpnfte 3;;an^evtn wax hmxt 
©d)n)efter Sifette. ®od) at^ wix eben gum Satger antraten, wax 
fie Derfd)n3unben, nlemanb luu^te n)o{)tn. ®ie biteb faft etne ©tunbc 
fort, e§ erregte 5luffef)en. (Sie be^auptete nad)l)er, Don betnem 
^ater bcfragt, gu §anfe ^orbereitungen fiiuS 5lbenbeffen getroffen 
gu Ijaben. 5lfletn ha^ luar etne 9^ot(itge. 6ie gtng gang mo 
anber^ ^tn, nnb id) wdf,, n^o fie gemefen ift, benn tc^ bin i^r nac^^ 
gefd)ltd)en ; fte )uar mcf)t git ^anfe, ttjte fie fpater angab,fonbern fie 
elite t)or bie ©tabt unb tjerfc^maitb bort in bem §trten§au^d)en, wo 



FRENCH. 



197 



ber edjcifer ^ai^tx m{)nt, ber fid) eineS fef)r getrubten ^eumunbeg 
eifi-eut unb fitr einen §mibebie6 gilt, h)ei( er mtt §unbefett ^anbelt 
2Bte lonnte ehie ^mtmaun^tod)ter, luib obeubietu tin 33at(!(eibe, ben 
^ataer befiid)en? 2)a§ biinfte mir fe()u uerbad)tig. ^(fo hJartete 
id) eine 2Bei(e, bi^ Sifette iuieber f)eraiie!dme, urn fie giir S^tebe ^u 
fteUen. Iber fie fam nic^t. 5SoU Ungebulb umging i^ ba^ §au«- 
d)cit. 3)te genfter finb gan^ niebrig^unb man !ann bequem (jinein* 
fd)auen, o()ne bon innen bemerft ^u luerben. -3d) fpa()te ()inein, unb 
\^t\\h bir, luag id) ba faf) ! ^nf einem ®ti-ol)fad tag bie giuo(fja()rige 
^od)ter be§ ®d)dfei\^ unb neben bem f)i(f(ofen 2Befen faf3 Sifette im 
iuetj^en ^Icibe mit ben roten Q3anbern, unb ^flegte unb bevu[)igte 
ha^ avme ^inb. @^ ^tte tag§ t)or()er ben ^rm gebvodjen unb fid) 
ben ^opf arg gerfatten, tnbem e^ Don ber $?eiter ftuv^te. !Dic rot)en 
©(tern n)aren tro^oem ()eute guv mn\it gegangen, unbefnmmert urn 
bie geiben ber Dertaffenen ^(einen. Sifette aber i:)atte ben ©d)afer 
unb fein 2Beib auf bent STan^pta^ gaffenb ge]e()en unb beibe (ange 
beoba^tet ; fie Uiugte ton bem Unfatte be^ ^inbe§, fie fteUte fid) tor, 
mie e§ ungepftegt baf)eim (iegc, fie fonnte nid)t meiter tangen unb 
eitte f)inan^, gu fjetfen unb gn troften. Unb fo fal) id) fie burd)§ 
genfter unb !onnte mid) nid)t fatt iet)en an bem 33ilbe. 35on ^in^ 
be^beinen ^tten mir gufammen getebt, unb bod) mar eg mir, ai^ 
f)atte id) ^eute Stfette pm erften Mai erblidt. ©ott id) ba^ 2Bort 
fpred)en ? 2Sir ()atten un^ bi§()er fo na()e geftanben, ha^ id) fie nur 
gern ()aben, nid)t lieben !onnte ; je^t ftanb fie mir fo fjod), fo fcrn^ 
la^ id) fie tiebte, — feit biefcr ©tunbe ! 9)^an lebt fid) nid)t lang^ 
fam ein in bie Siebe ; bie Siebe aitnbet mie ber 33U^, ober fie gitnbet 
iiberfiaupt md)t. -3d) eraa^le ieljt nid)t meiter ; id) l)abe nid)t ^tem 
baau. 



FRENCH. 

[Time allowed, 1 hour.] 
Je suis depiiis hier aux P^tuvages : c'est le nom de la 
ferme, et je ne m'etonue pas qu'on le lui ait donne en voyant 



198 FKENCH. 

les beaux pres qui I'entourent et les troupeaux qui y pais- 
sent. La maison est tout ce qu'il y a de plus simple. Elle 
est basse et tout entouree des granges et des etables. Ou y 
eutre par une cour rustique, au centre de laquelle un magni- 
fique saule pleureur abrite une fontaine. J'ai 6te toute sur- 
prise en voyant de I'autre c6te un vaste jardin rempli de 
roses de toutes les nuances et de toutes les espeees. Au dela 
s'etendent de grandes prairies en pente douce semees d'arbres 
fruitiers. On ne se douterait pas qu'on est si pr^s d'un vil- 
lage, car on n'apercoit pas une maison. Sur la gauche, a 
une lieue environ de la ferme, on voit une grande for^t qu'ou 
me promet de me faire visiter. De I'autre c6t^, un ravin 
profond la separe d'une colline oh s'eleve une tour en mines. 
On dit que c'est le plus beau point de vue du pays. 

Hier, madame Simon est venue me chercher elle-m^me. 
Mademoiselle Barbe avait fait ma malle avec tant de peines, 
de soupirs, d'allees et venues, que, lorsqu'elle eut fini, j'etais 
plus fatiguee que si j'avais fait dix malles moi-m^me. Ma 
tante Corn^lie m'a donne mysterieusement une petite bourse 
antique et fanee contenant cinq francs pour le cas oi^i j'aurais 
quelque depense a faire. Ma tante Angelique ne m'a fait ni 
cadeau ni recommandation ; ses adieux out ete f roids. Gene- 
vieve m'a grondee de ce que je m'en allais ainsi courir le 
monde ; puis elle m'a embrassee et m'a dit : "Amusez-vous 
et faites-vous du bien." 

Madame Simon m'a fait monter dans la voiture decouverte 
et s'est mise pr^s de moi. On a place ma petite caisse 
derriere nous, et nous sommes partis au trot de deux lourds 
chevaux que conduisait un paysan en blouse bleue. Je me 
sentais intimidee. Madame Simon ne disait rien. Une fois 
seulement elle a remonte mon ch^e qui avait glisse, et m'a 
demande si j'etais bien fatiguee. Sa voix est douce et cares- 
sante ; j'aime a I'entendre. 



CLASSIFIED PAPERS, 

LATIN GRAMMAR. 
July, 1886. 

[In writing Latin words mark the quantity of the penult.] 

1. Decline ihxon^owt Jilia^ fructus, vis, and vir. 

2. Compare acer, frzigi, and malus. Decline acer. 

3. Give the mode and tense of each of the following 
forms, and state to which conjugation each verb belongs : 
edcwi, currebatis, partiar^ ameris, quaesierat, rueritis, scistis, 
tribuamus, sedebitis ? 

4. Inflect in the present and future indicative malo, eo, 
morior. 

5. 7s tanti eget quanta opus est — give rules for the ob- 
lique cases. Explain why ignoscor is not to be written for 
"I am pardoned." Hostibus victis Caesar Italiam profectus 
est — what principle of syntax is violated here? Illustrate 
with sentences how present and past conditions contrary to 
fact are expressed in Latin. 

6. Explain the subjunctives in the following passage: 

Cum quaereret Caesar, quam ob rem Ariovistus bello non 
decertaret, hanc reperiebat causam, quod apud Germanos ea 
consuetudo esset, ut matresfamiliae eorum sortibus dedararent, 
utrum proelium committi ex usu esset necne. 

June, 1885. 

[In writing Latin words of more than two syllables mark the quantity of 

the penult.] 

1. Decline in full dea^frater, liber (book), os (bone). 



200 LATIN GRAMMARo 

2. Form the adverbs from l%bei\ acer, melior. Compare 
svmilis, neqiiam, multus. Decline melior. 

3. Give the synopsis in the third person singular, indica- 
tive and subjunctive, of sto^jiibeo, venio. 

4. Give the present and imperfect subjunctive of nvlo^ 
eo^fio. 

5. In the following sentences give the construction of 
italicized words ; the nominative and genitive, singular, and 
the gender of all the nouns ; the nominative and genitive, 
singular, in full, of all the adjectives and pronouns ; the 
principal parts of all the verbs, and the reason for the sub- 
junctive mode in each instance : 

(a) In his locis navium parandarum causa moratur. 

(b) Caesar intelligebat qua de causa ea dicerentur. 

(c) Id oppidum, ne cni esset usui Homanis^ incenderunt. 

(d) Quaesivi quid dubitaret proficisci domum. 

What other expressions might be used instead of navium 
parandarum causa ? 

June, 1884. 

[In writing Latin words, mark the quantity of the penult in those of more 

than two syllables.] 

1. Decline dies, vis, maior. 

2. Decline each of the personal pronouns. 

3. Give the synopsis of the third person plural, indica- 
tive, active and passive, of a verb of each of the four regu- 
lar conjugations. 

4. Synopsis of the third person singular, indicative and 
subjunctive, of possum, volo. 

5. Rules for accusative and ablative of time. 
Use of the modes in indirect discourse. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 201 

In the following sentences tell where each word is made, 
with its construction or agreement; give the nominative and 
genitive singular and gender of each noun ; the nominative 
and genitive singular in full of each adjective or pronoun ; 
the comparison of each word in the comparative or superla- 
tive degree ; the principal parts of each verb ; and the reason 
for each instance of the subjunctive mode. 

(a) Non cognovi quid fieri possit. 

(b) Hoc in aliis minus mirabar. 

(c) Si quis domum relinquere velit, poscat. 

(d) Cum maxima pars hostium fusa erat, rediit exercitus 
in castra. 

What change of meaning would be made in tlie last sen- 
tence by the substitution of esset for erat? 

June, 1883. 

[In writing Latin words, mark the quantity of tlie penult in those of more 

than two syllables.] 

1. 'Decline pars, corpus, domus. 

2. Decline idem, qui. 

3. Grive the synopsis of the third person singular, indica- 
tive and subjunctive active, of a verb of each of the four 
regular conjugations. 

4. What are the tenses in common use of the verbs me- 
mini and aio respectively ? 

5. Under what circumstances can the dative be used to 
express the agent? When can relative clauses take the sub- 
junctive ? 

In the following sentences tell where each word is made, 
with its construction or agreement ; give the nominative and 
genitive singular and gender of each noun ; the nominative 



202 LATIN GRAMMAR. 

and genitive singular in full of each adjective or pronoun ; 
the comparison of any word which is in the comparative 
degree ; the principal parts of each verb ; and the reason 
for each instance of the subjunctive mode. 

(a) Senex ille plus quam voluit perdidit. 

(b) In fines eorum mittebantur, ut auxilium ferrent. 

(c) Odi profanum vulgus et arceo. 

(d) Non vidi quid perfecisset. 

What difference of meaning would be made by the sub- 
stitution of perfecerit in the last sentence ? By the substitu- 
tion of perjiceretf 

September, 1882. 

[In writing Latin words of more than one syllable, mark the quantity of 

the penult.] 

1. Give the synopsis in the third plural indicative of a 
verb of each of the four regular conjugations. 

2. Decline a noun of the third declension having the 
nominative plural ending in -ia. What is the stem of such 
a noun ? 

3. Give the nominative and genitive singular and the gen- 
der of the substantives in the following sentences ; the nom- 
inative and genitive singular of all genders of the adjectives 
and pronouns ; and the principal parts of the verbs and 
participles. If a noun or verb is defective, or has different 
meanings in different forms, call attention to the fact. 

(a) Eodem tempore interfecti sunt hostium duces. 
(5) Castra in locis iniquis posita. 

(c) Quis mortuus erat? 

(d) Abiit, excessit, evasit, erupit. 

4. Name, and illustrate by short Latin sentences, the 
different uses of the genitive case. 



CAESAH. 203 

5. In what ways does the Latin express the Agent? 

6. Use of the modes in indirect discourse. 

7. Give some of the circumstances under which a relative 
clause will take the subjunctive. 



CAESAR. 
September, 1886. 

I. Translate Bell. Gall. I. 36. 

II. Translate Bell. Gall. II. 11. 

III. Give a brief sketch of Caesar's life. 

July, 1886. 

I. Translate Bell. Gall. II. 31. 

II. Change the speech to the direct form. 

III. Translate Bell. Gall. III. 19. 

IV. (a) When, how long, and by what authority was 
Caesar in Gaul? (b) Mention the leading events of the 
first three books, (c) Name the size, divisions, and officers 
of the Roman legion. 

September, 1885. 

I. Translate Bell. Gall. II. 6. 

II. Translate Bell. Gall. III. 22. 

III. (a) Describe passus, teshido, legio, vigilia, Tiora. 
(b) Give the time, cause, and results of Caesar's campaigns 
in Gaul. 



204 CICERO. 

June, 1885. 

I. Translate Bell. Gall. I. 50. 

II. Translate Bell. Gall. III. 24. 

III. (a) Give a brief outline of Caesar's life, (b) When 
and by what authority was he in Gaul ? (c) State what you 
know about the ancient Gauls. 

June, 1884. 

[Translate any two of the passages.] 
I. Bell. Gall. I. 25. III. Bell. Civ. I. 14. 

II. Bell.Gall.iy.il. TV. Bell. Civ. II. 4. 

September, 1883. 
[Translate any two of the passages.] 
I. Bell. Gall. I. 50. III. Bell. Civ. I. 42. 

II. Bell. Gall. III. 19. IV. Bell. Civ. II. 42. 

July, 1883. 

[Write a brief life of Julius Caesar. Translate any two of the following 

passages.] 

I. Bell. Gall. I. 46. III. Bell. Civ. I. 14. 

II. Bell. Gall. III. 28. IV. Bell. Civ. II. 19. 



CICERO. 
July, 1886. 

I. Translate Cat. I. 13. 

II. (a) Give the etymology of Stator. Why was Ju- 
piter at first so called ? Why does Cicero say vere nomina- 



CICERO. 205 

mus? (6) To what classes do the genitive urbis, urbis, 
civium, and patriae belong? (c) Give the construction of 
urb s 2iVidi Romulo. (d) arcebis — what use of the tense ? 

III. Translate Cat. IV. 5. 

IV. (a) What business was before the senate when this 
oration was delivered? What was the lex Sempronia^ and 
why was it so called? Who was the latorf (b) What was 
a suppUcatiof 

V. Translate Arch. 10. 

VI. (a) Explain the mode of inveneris, and the mode 
and tense of obruisset. (5) Locate Sigeum. How came 
Alexander to be there? Supply the verb with et vere. (c) 
Name some of the teachers of Cicero. Give some account 
of his banishment. When did he write his philosophical 
works ? 

June, 1885. 

I. (a) Give the principal verb in the first sentence (cum 
summis . . . integram deferrem) of the following passage. 
After this write the successive dependent verbs in the order 
of their dependence, in each case giving the connecting 
word, whether conjunction or relative, and the verbs which 
it connects. What name is given to a sentence composed 
thus of a principal clause and dependent clauses? How 
does the Latin language differ from the English in regard to 
the emplo^'ment of such sentences ? 

(b) Translate In Catilinam III. 3. 

II. (a) Translate In Catilinam IV. 1. 

(b) What was the forum (line 5), and in what part of 
the city was it? What place is meant by campus (line 6), 
and what popular assembly was held there as implied by the 
words consularibus auspiciisf What is the subject discussed 



206 CICEEO. 

by the orator in this oration, and what course does he advo- 
cate? What other Latin writer besides Cicero has treated 
in detail of the Catilinarian conspiracy ? 

III. (a) Translate In Catilinam I. 7. 

(6) Give the etymology of meliercule. Explain the mode 
of metuerent. Explain the case of aspectu. Where is mal- 
lem made, and what is its derivation? 

June, 1884. 
I. Translate Pro Archia, VI. 

II. (a) State brie% what you know on the following 
points about the life and times of Cicero : The time and 
place of Cicero's birth. His education and his career in 
politics until he reached the consulship. The nominal and 
the real reason for his exile. The manner of his death. 
How he bore the sorrows and disappointments which fell to 
his lot. Whether we have any specimens of his extempo- 
raneous oratory. The nature of his literary works other 
than his speeches. His date compared with that of the 
other great Latin writers, like Caesar, Vergil, Livy, Ovid, 
and Horace. 

(b) Account for the subjunctives suasissem, obiecissem, 
and iacerent. What is the genitive plural of mortis, of voces, 
of mentemf State the general principle which applies to 
each case. What is the ablative singular of omnia, and 
what of proponens? State the general principle which ap- 
plies to each case. The genitive singular of words like 
exsilium is in some texts written exsilii, and in others exsili; 
which was probably Cicero's method ? What is the construc- 
tion of parvif What kind of a pronoun is mihif Form the 
following words, giving in each case the stem word and the 
termination with its meaning : adulescentia, dimicatio, vetus- 
tas, scriptor. 



CICEEO. 207 

[Translate any one of the following passages.] 

III. Ill Catilinam II. 11. 

IV. Pro Lege Manilla, XIII. 
V. Pro M. Marcello, IX. 

June, 1883. 
[Any two passages may be omitted.] 

I. (a) Translate In L. Catilinam Prima, XI. 

(b) Give a brief sketcli of Cicero's life up to the time of 
the delivery of this oration. What political offices had he 
successively held, as suggested bj^ the words per om7iis 
honorum gracilis f What in general were the duties of these 
officers, and at what age did he reach the consulship, as sug- 
gested by the words tarn mature ad summum imperium ? 

II. (a) Translate Pro Archia, III. 

(b) Mario consule et Catulo — about what time was this? 
Res ad scribendum maximas — mention some of them. 

(c) Explain the expression cum praetextatus . . . A^^- 
chias esset. What does it imply as to the age of Archias at 
the time when he came to Rome ? Why is Quintus Metellus 
called ille Numidicus ? Give the present of nactus est. Ex- 
plain the subjunctives in the passage. 

III. (a) Translate Pro M. Marcello, YI. 

(b) What part of speech is nostri, and how is this deter- 
mined? From what kind of a verb does the so show ex- 
timescentem to be? What figure of speech in Martis vis? 
Why is quin employed here rather, for example, than quomi- 
nusf What does ut connect, quin, si, and quoniam? Ex- 
plain the uses of the subjunctive mode in the passage. 

IV. (a) Translate Pro Lege Manilla, XXIII. 



208 CICERO. 

(6) Explain the uses of subjunctive mode in the passage. 
What other ways of expressing a prohibition than the one 
employed in nolite duhitare f What other constructions after 
verbs of rejoicing than the accusative with the infinitive, as 
in quern . . . venisse gaudeantf 

(c) State briefly the subject of this oration and the cir- 
cumstances under which it was delivered. 

September, 1882. 

I. Translate Pro Archia, III. 

(a) Mario consule et Gatulo — about what time was this ? 
Kes ad scribendum maximas — meution some of them. 

(b) Explain the expression cum jjraetextatus . . . ArcJiias 
esset. What does it imply as to the age of Archias at the 
time when he came to Rome? Why is Quintus Metellus 
called ille Numidicus? 

(c) Give the present of nactus est. Explain the subjunc- 
tives posset, and esset, and the genitive ingenii. 

II. Translate In Catilinam Tertia, IX. 

(a) Give the derivation of the words caedes, incendia, 
interitum, liodierno, and conjurati. 

(b) Explain the subjunctives neget and esset responsura. 
What answer is implied b}^ the interrogative particle nonne? 
What other particles does the Latin use to introduce simple 
direct questions, and what answers do they respectively 
imply ? 

[Any two of the following passages may be omitted.] 

III. Translate In Catilinam Qiiarta, VII. 

(a) Give the origin of the expression Patres conscripti. 
What is the difference in use between libertinus and libertusf 
What is meant hy fortunam civitatisf 



LATIN PEOSODY, VEEGIL, AND OVID. 209 

(b) Explain the ablatives loco and conditione and the sub- 
junctives sit and cupiat. What part of speech is defenden- 
dam ? Could the gerund be substituted and how would the 
Latin differ if it were employed? 

IV. Translate Pro Ligario, VII. 

(a) Give the construction of utrum, of the clause Liga- 
rium . . . venire, and of senatui. 

(b) State briefly the circumstances under which the ora- 
tion was delivered. 

V. Translate Pro Marcello, V. 

(o) Who is meant by ille ? What is the construction of 
pacts f What is the derivation of prudensf 

(6) Describe the toga. With whom did Cicero side in 
the civil war ? 



B LATIN PROSODY, VERGIL, AND OVID. 

July, 1886. 

LATIN PROSODY. 

Copy and divide into feet the following verses, marking 
the caesurae : 

Aen. I. 697-700. 

Give rules for the quantity of the ultima in venit, aurea, 
Aeneas, strato, and of the ptenult in Aeneas. 

What is the most common verse caesura in this kind of 
metre ? 

VERGIL. 

I. Translate Aen. II. 776-784. 

II. (a) Give the construction of qicid (776), tantum 
(776), dolori (776), tibi (780), Hesperiam (781). Why 



210 LATIN FKOSODY, VERGIL, AND OVID. 

the plural in exsilia (780) ? (5) Who is the dulds conjunx 
(777)? — the regia conjunx (783)? Why is Thyhris called 
Lydiusf (c) How is the definite prophecy given to Aeneas 
in 781 inconsistent with the story of his subsequent attempts 
at settlement? 

III. Translate Aen. V. 799-811. 

IV. (a) Why is the adjective Saturnius (799) applied to 
domitor maris? Cytherea (800) — who is addressed? Ex- 
plain the reference in unde genus duds (801). (&) What 
kind of a derivative is Pelides (808) ? What endings are 
employed to form such derivatives? 

V. Translate Eel. I. 64-72. 

VI. (a) What is the construction of Afros (64) ? What 
do the four localities of verses 64-66 represent? How long 
had the Romans possessed any definite knowledge of Brit- 
ain? (5) What was Vergil's birthplace? To what personal 
experience is reference made in 70 ? 

OVID. 

[Euiydice has died from the bite of a snake, and Orpheus in the lower 
world is begging that she may be restored to him,] 

" O positi sub terra mumina nundi, 
in quem recidimus, quicquid mortale creamur ; 
si licet, et falsi positis ambagibus oris 
vera loqui sinitis, non hue, ut opaca viderem 
Tartara, descendi, nee uti villosa colubris 
terna Medusaei vincirem guttura monstri. 
causa viae conjunx, in quam calcata venenum 
vipera diffudit, crescentesque abstulit annos. 
posse pati volui, nee me temptasse negabo : 
vicit Amor. Supera deus hie bene notus in ora est : 10 

an sit et hie, dubito, sed et hie tamen auguror esse. 
famaque si veteris non est mentita rapinae, 



LATIN PROSODY, VERGIL, AND OVID. 211 

vos quoque junxit Amor. Per ego haec loca plena timoris, 
per Chaos hoc ingeos, vastique silentia regoi, 
Eurydices, oro, properata retexite fata, 
quod si fata negant veniam pro conjuge, certum est 
nolle redh'e mihi : leto gaudete duorum." 

Talia dicentem nervosque ad verba moventem 
exsangues flebant animae ; nee Tantalus undam 
captavit refugam stupuitque Ixionis orbis, 20 

nee carpsere jecur volucres, urnisque vacarunt 
Eelides,^ inque tuo sedisti, Sisyphe, saxo. 
tunc primum lacrimis victarum carmine fama est 
Eumenidum maduisse genas. Nee regia conjunx 
sustinet oranti, nee qui regit ima, negare. 

Explain briefly verse 12. What was the offence of 
Tantalus? The reference in nee carpsere jecur volucres (v. 
21), How does Vergil describe this (Aen. vi.) ? 

June, 1885. 
LATIN PROSODY. 

I. Copy and divide into feet Aen. 752-756, marking the 
caesurae. 

Give rules for the length of is in navigiis^ i final in exigui, 
a in interea, and the second syllable in robora and Aeneas, 
Define (a) masculine caesura, (6) feminine caesura. Illus- 
trate the use of one or both of these, if possible, from the 
preceding passage. 

VERGIL. 

II. Translate Aen. II. 657-668. 

Genitor (657) refers to whom? Explain the case of 
animo (660), ore (658), Jioc (664). What is the subject of 
erat (664), and Juvat (661) ? By what clause is hoc (664) 

1 Belides = Danaides. 



212 LATIN PROSODY, VERGIL, AND OVID. 

explained? "What is the usual construction with sperare? 
What part of speech is quod (664) ? Give the circumstan- 
ces connecting this passage with the main thread of the 
story. At what point in his wanderings is Aeneas first 
introduced to the reader of the Aeneid ? 

III. Translate Aen. Y. 724-735. 

To whom do 7iate and mihi (724) refer? Locate Avernus. 
Explain the reference in qui classlbus ignem depuUt, 726-7. 
What is the subject of Book V. of the Aeneid? 

3. Translate Eel. YI. 1-12. 

Who is symbolized by Tityrus ? Comment upon Syraco- 
sio (1), Cynthius (3). Explain briefly in your own language 
the first eight lines. Who was Varus (10), and how was 
he connected with Vergil f 

OVID. 
lY. Translate : — 

1. Yiribus inferior — quis enim par esset Atlanti 
viribus ? — 'At quoniam parvi tibi gratia nostra est, 
accipe munus,' ait ; laevaque a parte Medusae 
ipse retroversus squalentia prodidit ora. 
quantus erat, mons factus Atlas : nam barba comaeque 
in silvas abeunt, juga sunt humerique manusque ; 
quod caput ante fuit, summo est in monte cacumen ; 
ossa lapis fiunt. Tum partes auctus in omnes 
crevit in immensum — sic di statuistis — et omne 
cum tot sideribus caelum requievit in illo. 

2. Dis tribus ille focos totidem de cespite ponit, 
laevum Mercurio, dextrum tibi, bellica Yirgo ; 
ara Jovis media est : mactatur vacca Minervae, 
alipedi vitulus, taurus tibi, summe deorum. 
protinus Andromedan et tanti praemia facti 



LATIN PROSODY, VEBGIL, AND OVID. 213 

indotata rapit. Taedas Hymenaens Amorque 
praecutiunt ; largis satiantur odoribus ignes, 
sertaque dependent tectis, et ubiqne lyraeque 
tibiaque et cantus, animi felicia laeti 
argumenta, sonant. Reseratis aurea valvis 
atria tota patent, pulchroque instructa paratu 
Ceplieni proceres ineunt convivia regis. 

Postquam epulis functi generosi munere BaccM 
diffudere animos, cultusque geniisque locorum 
quaerit Lyncides, moresque animumque virorum ; 
qui simul edocuit, ' Nunc, O fortissime,' dixit 
' fare precor, Perseu, quanta virtute, quibusque 
artibus abstuleris crinita draconibus ora.' 

reserare = unclose. Cephenus = Ethiopian. 

diffundere = relax. crinita draconibus = with snaky locks. ] 



June, 1884. 
LATIN PROSODY. 

I. Copy Aen. 446-449, and divide them into feet, marking 
the caesurae. 

What figures of prosody in the 447-448 ? 
Rules for the quantity of o in lunoni, o in cardo, is in 
donis, 

VERGIL. 

II. Translate Aen. I. 483-493. 

Why the change of tense in raptaverat — vendebatf Ac- 
count for the form Hectora. Comment upon tendentem 
manus — Eoas acies — lunatis peltis. What kind of an abla- 
tive is peltis? Se (488) — refers to whom? Principibus 
Achivis — name some of them. Who was Memnon? and on 
which side was he at Troy ? 



214 LATIN PROSODY, VERGIL, AND OVID. 

III. Translate Eel. IV. 50-59. 

Give the myth of Orpheus. How is Orpheus declined? 
What do bucolic and eclogue mean etymologically ? 

[Omit any two of the following passages.] 

IV. Translate Geor. II. 449-457. 

Nee tiliae leves aut torno rasile buxum 
non formam aeeipiant ferroque eavantur acuto ; 
nee non et torreutem undam levis innatat alnus, 
missa Pado ; nee non et apes examina eondunt 
eortieibusque eavis vitiosaeque ilieis alveo. 
quid memorandum aeque Baeeheia dona tulerunt? 
Bacehus et ad eulpam eausas dedit : ille fnrentis 
Centauros leto domuit, Rhoetumque Pholumque 
et magno Hylaeum Lapithis eratere minantem. 
To what do verses 8 and 9 refer? What subjects are 
treated in the first two books of the Georgies ? 

V. Translate Aen. VIII. 184-192. 

Explain the reference in tanti nmninis. Relate the story 
of Cacus and of his encounter with Hercules. 

OVID. 

VI. Translate Met. VII. 29-36. 

' At nisi opem tulero, taurorum adflabitur ore, 
concurretque suae segetis telkire ereatis 
hostibus, aut avido dabitur fera praeda draconi. 
hoe ego si patiar, tum me de tigride natam, 
turn ferrum et scopulos gestare in corde fatebor. 
cur non et speeto pereuntem, oculosque videndo 
conscelero? cur non tauros exhortor in ilium, 
terrigenasque feros, insopitumque draconem? 

Give briefly the story of the Argonauts. When, where, 
and at what age did Ovid die ? 



LATIN PROSODY, YEEGIL, AND OVID. 215 

June, 1883. 

PROSODY. 

I. Describe the following verse by giving its full metrical 
name : 

Quippe etiam festis quaedam, exercere diebus. 

Divide it into feet, marking the quantity of each syllable 
and the place of the caesura. What figure of prosody does 
this verse illustrate? Show wherein. Mark the quantity of 
the final syllables mpossis^ audi, bonus, dummodo, bos, illuc. 

VERGIL. 

II. Translate Aen. VI. 56-65. 

Explain the reference in 57. What were the Syrtes? 
How had Aeneas made this voyage ' ' duce te " ? 

III. Translate Eel. VI. 64-73. 

How is Aonas declined? Who is meant by Ascraeo senif 
The construction of crines. 

[Omit any two of the following passages.] 

lY. Translate Aen. VII. 523-530. 

AVhat had Alecto done to brhig on this conflict between 
the Trojans and the Latins ? 

V. Translate Geor. II. 61-68. 

Scilicet omnibus est labor impendendus, et omnes 
Cogendae in sulcum ac multa mercede domandae. 
Sede truncis oleae melius, propagine vites 
Respondent, solido Paphiae de robore myrtus ; 
Plantis et durae coryli nascuntur et ingens 
Fraxinus Herculeaeque arbos umbrosa coronae 
Chaoniique patris glandes ; etiam ardua palma 
Nascitur et casus abies visura marinos. 

At whose request did Vergil write the Georgics? The 
main subject to Book II. 



216 LATIN AT SIGHT. 

OVID. 

VI. Translate Met. I. 244-252. 

Dicta Jovis pars voce probant stimulosque frementi 
Adiciunt, alii partes assensibus implent. 
Est tamen humani geaeris jactura dolori 
Omnibus, et, quae sit terrae mortalibus orbae 
Forma futura, rogant ; quis sit laturus in aras 
Tura ? f erisne paret populandas tradere terras ? 
Talia quaerentes, sibi enim fore cetera curae, 
Rex superum trepidare vetat, subolemque priori 
Dissimileni populo promittit origine mira. 

Explain the meaning of the first two verses. How, ac- 
cording to this myth, was the earth repeopled? 



LATIN AT SIGHT. 
July, 1886. 

Translate : — 

Hie ait se ille, indices, regnum meum ferre non posse, 
quod tandem, Torquate, regnum? consulatus, credo, mei ; 
in quo ego imperavi nihil et contra patribus conscriptis et 
bonis omnibus parui ; quo in magistratu non institutum est 
videlicet a me regnum, sed repressum. an tum in tanto 
imperio tantaque potestate non dicis me fuisse regem, nunc 
privatum regnare dicis ? quo tandem nomine ? ' quod in quos 
testimonia dixisti,' inquit ' damnati sunt ; quem defendis, 
sperat se absolutum iri.' hie tibi ego de testimoniis meis 
hoc respondeo : si falsum dixerim, te in eosdem dixisse ; sin 
verum, non esse hoc regnare, cum verum iuratus dicas, 
probare. de huius spe tan tum dico, nullas a me opes 
P. Sullam, nullam potentiam, nihil denique praeter fidem 



LATIN AT SIGHT. 217 

defensionis exspectare. ' nisi tu ' inquit ' caiisam re-cepis- 
ses, numquam mihi restitisset, sed indicta cansa profugisset.' 
si iam hoc tibi concedam, Q. Hortensium, tanta gravitate 
hominem, si, hos talis viros non suo stare iudicio, sed meo ; 
si hoc tibi dem, quod credi non potest, nisi ego huic ades- 
sem, hos adfuturos non fuisse, uter tandem rex est, isne, 
cui innocentes homines non resistant, an is, qui calamitosos 
non deserit? at hie etiam, id quod tibi necesse minime fuit, 
facetus esse voluisti, cum Tarquinium et Numam et me 
tertium peregrinum regem esse dixisti. mitto iam de rege 
quaerere ; illud quaero, peregrinum cur me esse dixeris : 
nam si ita sum, non tam est admirandum regem esse me, 
quoniam, ut tu ais, etiam peregrini reges Romae fuerunt, 
quam consulem Romae fuisse peregrinum. ' hoc dico,' 
inquit ' te esse ex municipio.' fateor, et addo etiam ex eo 
municipio, unde iterum iam salus huic urbi imperioque missa 
est. sed scire ex te pervelim quam ob rem qui ex municipiis 
veniant peregrina tibi esse videantur. 

quo nomine, on what account. 

cum verum iuratus dicas, probare, when you speak the truth under 
oath, to prove it. 

indicta causa, without pleading his cause. 

June, 1885. 

Translate : — 

I. Deorum immortalium indicia solent in scholis proferre 
de morte, nee vero ea fingere ipsi, sed Herodoto auctore 
aliisque pluribus. primum Argivae sacerdotis Cleobis et 
Biton filii praedicantur. nota fabula est : cum enim illam 
ad soUemne et statum sacrificium curru vehi ius esset, satis 
longe ab oppido ad fanum, morarenturque iumenta, tum 
iuvenes ii, quos modo nominavi, veste posita corpora oleo 
perimxerunt, ad iugum accesserunt. ita sacerdos advecta in 
fanum, cum currus esset ductus a filiis, precata a dea dicitur, 



218 LATIK AT SIGHT. 

ut illis praemium daret pro pietate quod maximum homini 
dari posset a deo ; post epulatos cum matre adulescentis 
somuo se dedisse, mane inventos esse mortuos. adtertur 
etiam de Sileno fabella quaedam, qui cum a Mida captus 
esset, hoc ei muneris pro sua missione dedisse scribitur : 
docuisse regem non nasci homini longe optimum esse, 
proximum autem quam primum mori. 

II. Caesar nulla ratione ad pugnam elici posse Pompeium 
existimans hanc sibi commodissiman belli rationem iudicavit, 
uti castra ex eo loco moveret semperque esset in itineribus, 
haec spectans, ut movendis castris pluribusque adeundis 
locis commodiore re frumentaria uteretur, simulque in itinere 
ut aliquam occasionem dimicandi nancisceretur et insolitum 
ad laborem Pompei exercitum cotidianis itineribus defati- 
garet. his constitutis rebus signo iam profectiouis date 
tabernaculisque detensis animadversum est paulo ante extra 
cotidianam consuetudinem longius a vallo esse aciem Pompei 
progressam, ut non iniquo loco posse dimicari videretur. 

June, 1884. 

Num te, quum haec pro salute rei publicae tanta gessisses, 
fortunae tuae, num amplitudinis, num claritatis, num gloriae 
poenitebat? Unde igitur subito tanta ista mutatio? Non 
possum adduci ut suspicer te pecunia captum. Licet quod 
cuique libet loquatur. Credere non est necesse. Nihil enim 
umquam in te sordidum, nihil humile cognovi. Illud magis 
vereor, ne ignorans verum iter gloriae gloriosum putes plus 
te unum posse quam omnes et metni a civibus tuis. Quod 
si ita putas, totara ignoras viam gloriae. Carum esse civem, 
bene de re publica mereri, laudari, coli, diligi gloriosum est: 
metui vero et in odio esse invidiosum, detestabile, imbecil- 
lum. Quod videmus etiam in fabula ille ipsi, qui Oderint, 
dmn metuant, dixerit, perniciosum fuisse. Utinam, M. An- 



LATIN AT SIGHT. 219 

toni, avum tuum meminisses ! cle quo taraen audisti multa 
ex me eaqiie saepissime. Putasne ilium immortalitatem 
mereri voluisse, ut propter armorum habendorum licentiam 
metueretur ! Ilia erat vita, ilia secunda fortuna libertate 
esse parem ceteris, principem dignitate. Itaque, ut omittam 
res avi tui prosperas, acerbissimum eius supremum diem 
malim quam L. Cinnae dominatum, a quo ille crudelissime 
est interfectus. 

Sed quid oratione te flectam? Si enim exitus C. Caesaris 
efficere non potest ut malis carus esse quam metui, nihil 
cuiusquam proficiet nee valebit oratio. Quem qui beatum 
fuisse putant, miseri ipsi sunt. Beatus est nemo, qui ea 
lege vivit, ut non modo impune, sed etiam cum summa inter- 
fectoris gloria interfici possit. Qua re flecte te, quaeso, et 
maiores tuos respice atque ita guberna rem publicam, ut 
natnm esse te cives tui gaudeant : sine quo nee beatus neo 
clarus nee tutus quisquam esse omnino potest. 

June, 1883. 

Translate : — 

Haec interposui, patres conscripti, non tam ut pro me 
dicerem, quam ut quosdam nimis ieiuno animo et angusto 
monerem, id quod semper ipse fecissem, uti excellentium 
civium virtutem imitatione dignam, non invidia putarent. 
utinara quidem illi principes viverent, qui me post meum 
consulatum, cum eis ipse cederera, principem non inviti vide- 
bant ! hoc vero tempore in tanta iuopia constantium et for- 
tium consularium quo me dolore adfici creditis, cum alios 
male sentire, alios nihil omnino curare videam, alios parum 
constanter in suscepta causa permanere sententiamque suam 
non semper utilitate rei publicae, sed turn spe tum timore 
moderari? quod si quis de contentione principatus laborat, 
quae nulla esse debet, stultissime facit, si vitiis cum virtute 
contendit ; ut enim cursu cursus, sic in viris fortibus virtus 



220 LATIN COMPOSITION". 

virtute superatnr. tu, si ego de re publica optime sentiam, 
ut me vincas, ipse pessime senties? aut, si ad me bonorum 
concursum fieri videbis, ad te improbos invitabis? nollem, 
primum rei publicae causa, deinde etiam dignitatis tuae. 
sed si prineipatus ageretur, quem numquam expetivi, quid 
tandem mihi esset optatius ? ego enim malis sententiis vinci 
noo possum, bonis forsitan possim et libenter. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 

September, 1886. 
Translate : — 

I. When Epaminondas had conquered the Lacedsemoni- 
ans and saw that he was dying of a wound, he asked whether 
his shield was safe. When his weeping friends answered 
that it was safe, he asked if the enemy were routed. After 
hearing that question also answered as he wished, he ordered 
the spear, with which he was transfixed, to be drawn out. 
And so, after shedding much blood, he died in joy and 
victory. 

II. (a) If he returns from the countrj^ to-morrow, I hope 
that all of you will see him at my house Sept. 30tli, at about 
9 o'clock P.M. (6) Though she is not yet fifteen years old, 
it is said that she is a foot taller than her mother, (c) Cato 
the elder said he had so lived that he thought he had not 
been born in vain.^ 

July, 1886. 
Translate : — 

The general spoke thus : — " The enemy that you have so 
long been seeking is now only two miles away : prepare then 
to conquer or to die. I will send messengers to inform me 

1 Translate both directly and indirectly. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 221 

of their numbers and the position of their camp. After I 
have done this, I must entrust the rest to you. Kemember 
that your country depends upon you. If you conquer, you 
will enjoy peace, freedom, and glory ; if you are defeated, 
you will be treated as slaves. Ask yourselves whether you 
prefer a glorious death, or a shameful flight." At these 
words the soldiers cast aside fear, forgot theu' complaints, 
and promised one another to conquer or to die. 

September, 1885. 

Translate : — 

After this King Porsena made war against the Latins, and 
his army was beaten, and fled to Rome ; and the Romans 
received them kindly, and took care of those who were 
wounded, and sent them back safe to Porsena. For this 
the king gave back to the Romans all the rest of their hos- 
tages whom he had still with him, and also certain lands. 
And so Tarquinius, seeing that there was no more hope of 
aid from King Porsena, left Clusium and went to Tusculum ; 
for Octavius, the chief of the Tusculans, had married his 
daughter, and he hoped that the Latins would restore him to 
Rome, for their cities were many, and when he had been 
king he had favored them rather than the Romans. 

June, 1885. 
Translate : — 

When the ambassadors of the Samnites had brought to 
Curius a great weight of gold and asked him to be willing to 
use it, he laughed, and said : " Tell the Samnites that I 
would rather rule the rich than myself be rich ; carry home 
that gift, and remember that I can neither be conquered in 
battle nor corrupted by money." 

Do you not see how, in Homer, Nestor very often speaks 
of his own virtues ? It was not necessary for him to fear 



222 LATIN COMPOSITION. 

that, while telling the truth about himself, he might seem 
proud or to talk too much ; for, as Homer says, from his 
tongue flowed speech sweeter than honey. The famous 
leader of the Greeks prayed that he might have ten men, not 
like Ajax, but like Nestor, and if that should happen he did 
not doubt that Troy would soon fall. 

June, 1884. 

Translate : — 

When all was ready, Lucius went to the forum with armed 
men, and seated himself on the throne where the king was 
wont to judge the people. And when the king was told 
that Lucius was sitting on his throne, he hastened to the 
forum, and when he saw Lucius he asked him why he dared 
sit in the royal seat. Lucius replied that it was his father's 
throne and that he had more right there than Servius. Then 
he seized the old man and threw him to the ground, and 
called the senators together as if he was already king. Soon 
Servius arose and began to go home, but he was seized and 
slain by friends of Lucius, who left him covered with blood 
in the middle of the street. 

September, 1883. 
Translate : — 

Who has not heard the story of King Canute ? One day 
he was sitting on the sea-shore, surrounded by his courtiers 
{optimates) , and watching the rising tide (ciestus) . One of 
the courtiers said that nothing could resist the king's com- 
mands. At first he seemed not to hear, and only com- 
manded the waves not to rise beyond a certain mark. Still 
the water rose higher and higher, and at last touched the 
king's feet. Then he turned to his courtiers, who were won- 
dering why he sat so unmoved, and made them see that the 
waves would not obey him, and asked them to confess that 
God alone is omnipotent. 



EOMAN HISTORY. 223 

June, 1883. 
Translate : — 

Labienus, one of Caesar's lieutenants, desiring to fight 
against the Gauls before the arrival of the Germans, who 
he knew would come to aid them, pretended want-of-confi- 
dence (diffidentia) , and, placing his camp on the other bank, 
proclaimed (edico) a departure for the next day. The 
Gauls, believing that he was flying, began to cross the river 
which was between ; but Labienus, leading his army around, 
cut them to pieces in the midst of the difficulties of crossing 
the river. 



ROMAN HISTORY. 
July, 1886. 

1 . Describe the circumstances under which the tribunate 
was established. 

2. When and where did the principal military events in 
the war between the Caesarians and Pompeians occur? 

3. Sketch briefly the career of Pompeius. 

4. What persons composed the Second Triumvirate? In 
what essential points did the Second Triumvirate differ from 
the First? 

5. When and for what reasons was the right of citizen- 
ship given to the provinces ? 

6. What radical changes in the government were made by 
Diocletian? 

June, 1885. 

1. Give an account of the second Punic war (with dates). 

2. Explain tribunus plebis, censor, dictator, imperator. 



224 ROMAN HISTORY. 

3. How M^ere the provinces governed under the Republic, 
and how under the Empire ? 

4. What were the causes of the social war, and what the 
results ? 

5. When and where did the following events take place : 
the defeat of Varus ; the first Eoman naval victory ; the de- 
cisive victory over Pyrrhus ; the death of Brutus and Cas- 
sius ; the conquest of the first Roman province ? 

June, 1883. 

1 . What evils did the Gracchi attempt to reform ? What 
was the difference between the plans of T. Gracchus and C. 
Gracchus ? Why did they fail ? 

2. What were the limits of the Roman Empire at the 
death of Augustus ? 

3. Where were Actium^ 3Ietaurus, Zama, Pharsalia, 
Cynoscephalae? What happened at those places, and when? 

4. Explain Tribunus, Provincia, Censor, Decemvir, Dic- 
tator. 

5. Name in order of time the foreign enemies that Rome 
fought on Italian soil. 

June, 1884. 

1. How did Rome subdue the rest of Italy? Name the 
conquests in their chronological order and, where you can, 
give dates. 

2. How and by whom were Consuls elected? For how 
long a term? Were they re-eligible? What employment 
was usually given them when their term was ended ? 

3. The first Triumvirate: When was it formed? Who 
were the members of it? What became of each? 



GREEK GEAMMAR. 225 

4. Where were Actiitm, Cannae, CynoscepJialae, Pliar- 
solas, the AlUa? When were battles fought at these places? 
Who were the victors, and who the vanquished in each case? 

5. When did Constantine the Great live? What impor- 
tant changes did he make in the Empire ? 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 
July, 1886. 

[All Greek words to be written with accents.] 

1. Decline throughout Ilepa-'*/?, aAs, rts, and, in the singu- 
lar, the comparative of ra^us. 

2. Give the principal parts of (SaXXo), fxevoi, rpitfxx), </>ei;yw. 

3. Inflect the first aorist middle indicative of Troiew. 

4. Analyze the forms (jiavwaL, a^olev, yeyaixrjKivai, stating 
where each is found. 

5. What two meanings may 6 avOpoiiros have, and what is 
the article called in each case ? 

6. What two meanings may 6 <^6^o^ rwv TroXe/AiW have, and 
what is the genitive called in each case ? 

7. What two meanings may oT8a aKovwv have, and what is 
the participle called in each case? 

June, 1885. 

[All Greek words to be written with accents.] 

1. Give the construction (telling where each word is made 
and why) of every underscored word in the following : — 

*AXX' axj^eXe fiev KOjoo? ^7]v * irrel Be TereXevrrjKeVf 
aTrayyeWere ^Kptaifp on r)[jL€l^ vnconiev re /SaoriXea koI 



226 GREEK GRAMMAR. 

ft)9 opdre ovSet^; en r/fjilv /Jbd'^^erai, kol el fir] v/x€l<; yjXdere, 
iiropevo/jueda av eirl jSaatXea. e7rayyeW6/uLe6a Se ^Apiaiw 
iav evOdhe eXOrj, el^ rov Opovov tov ^acrlXetov Kadielv 
auTov ' TOdv yap P'ci)(7] vt/cd)VT(JOV /cat to dp^eiv iari. 

2. Inflect in the singular av and oiuSets, in the plural os. 

3. Give the principal parts of Tret'^w, tlOtjixl, XetVo), ^atVo), 

4. Give a synopsis (first form in each mode) of the future 
active and second aorist passive of a-TeXXo). 

5. What aire the principal uses of the optative mode? 

6. Give examples of crasis, apocope, elision. 

June, 1884. 

[All Greek words to be written with accents.] 

1. Define and give examples of metathesis, synizesis, 
hiatus. 

2. What consonants may end a Greek word? What 
becomes of the other consonants which at the end of a stem 
would naturally end a word ? 

3. When is a syllable long by position? 

4. Inflect throughout TroXtTT;?, /Sao-iAeus, r/Sv^, XeXvKws. 

5. Give the rules for the comparison of adjectives? 

6. Inflect the simple relative pronoun in the singular. 

7. Inflect TLixdo) in the present and imperfect indicative 
active, giving the contract forms. 

8. Give the principal parts of Xvo), tlixolo), ^atVco, Xafi/^dvo), 
heLKw/JLL, AetVco. 

9. State the principles of augment. 

10. What construction corresponds to the Latin ablative 
absolute, with what differences? 

11. State the principles of indirect discourse. 



GEEEK COMPOSITION. 227 

June, 1883. 

[All Greek words to be written with accents.] 

1. Decline throughout opyi/, x^^Pi ''■eixos? 8wa/xis ; also 
otrrts. 

2. Analyze XvOwfxev. 

3. What uses of the geyiitim are illustrated in the follow- 
ing examples : iroXXol tCjv 'A^r^vaiwi/, — vo/xto-/xa dpyvpov, — 6 

<f>0^0^ TOiV TToXe/AtW, TpiCiV '^fxepuiv 686<s. 

4. Explain, with Greek examples, the terms proclitic, 
potential optative, verbal adjective. 

5. Give the comparative and superlative of jneXa?, jneya?, 

6. Write the synopsis (i.e. first form of every mode) of 
the perfect middle of Xvo), the first aorist active of o-reAAw, 
the second aorist passive of <^aij/<o. 

7. Where found and from what presents are elXov, yXXdx- 
Otjv, iyprjyopa? 

8. State the difference in meaning between fiyj tovto ttoltj- 
(rr)<s and p.r] tovto Troti^cretas, between io-TTjV and Icrriycra. 

9. Name the classes into which verbs are divided accord- 
ing to the form of the present stem, with an example under 
each. 



GREEK COMPOSITION. 
July, 1886. 
Translate : — 

When urged ^ to join the expedition against the king, Xen- 
ophon asked Socrates what he ought to do. And Socrates 
answered, If you should go to the oracle ^ at Delphi, Apollo 



228 GREEK COMPOSITION. 

would advise^ you. So Xenophon went and asked, To what 
god ought I to sacrifice, in order that I may make the 
journey most successfully? But when he had returned, 
Socrates blamed^ him because he had not first asked whether 
it was better to go or stay at home. 

Would that I were not poor.^ I know that he is not a 
bad man. Let us go, that he may not see us. 

June, 1885. 

[All Greek words to be written with accents.] 

Translate : — 

The old priest came to the camp of the Greeks with many 
gifts, in order that he might persuade the king to restore to 
him his beloved daughter. The soldiers, indeed, honored 
the old man, but the king was angry and sent him home, 
saying : " If I see thee here a second time I shall put thee 
to death." This frightened him and he went away in silence, 
but prayed to the gods, who heard him and sent calamities 
upon the camp. 

June, 1884. 
[All Greek words to be written with accents.] 

1. The Greeks fought bravely at Salamis. They sank 
many of the Persian ships and put the rest to flight. Xerxes 
and his arm}' marched away in haste by land. 

2. It is evident that both Greeks and barbarians believe 
that the gods know all things which are said and done and 
thought. 

3. When Diogenes was asked where in Greece he had 
seen good men, he said that he had seen boys in Lacedae- 
mon, but men nowhere. 

4. Prometheus stole fire from heaven in order to give it 
to men. 



ANABASIS. 229 

June, 1883. 

[All Greek words to be written with accents.] 
Translate : — 

1. The citizens cliose Kyros (to be) general out of many 
(candidates), (one) of whom was the brother of Kyros. 
After not many days this brother, commanding in-the-ab- 
sence-of-Kyros,i won a great victory, but the praise for 
the 'victory was given to Kyros as being general. The 
brother therefore said, " One (man) sows,^ another reaps- 
the-harvest." ^ 

2. But if any one sees a better (plan), let him speak. 

3. Whenever any one wished to make-war with the king, 
he used-to-praise them. 

4. I fear that he may take (me) and inflict punishment 
on me. 

1 genitive absolute with participle. ^ (Tireipa). ^ KapirovfMai. 



ANABASIS. 
July, 1886. 

I. Translate An. I. 3. 1-3. 

Give the construction (saying where each word is made 
and why it is in this case) of (a) T^/xepa?, (6) rov tt/ooo-co, 
(c) ToiaSe, {d) TT/oay/xao-tv, (e) aAAa, (/) l/xot. (g) Distin- 
guish CTTt (SacTiXea, irpb^ /3a(nXia, iraph. ^aatXea. (Jl) What is 
the force of the tense of ilSaXXov? {i) Comment on the 
use of fjL-j. (j) What is the technical meaning of cjicvyovTa. 
Explain the etymology of SapeiKov<s. 

II. Translate An. 11. 4. 2, 3. 

(a) What is the difference between the English and Greek 
idioms in IvSy^Xot rjaav? Explain the uses of the modes in 



230 ANABASIS. 

(6) aTToXeo-ai, (c) TrotrycratTO, (d) ij, (e) o-Tparcvetv, (/) ScetTTrap- 
^at, (^) akLo-Ofj. What is the subject of (Ji) lAeyov, (i) 
ecrrtv r 

III. Translate An. III. 4. 1, 2. 

Give the construction of {a) Sia/Satvovcnv, (b) avrots, (c) 
Too-ourovs, (d) Ti(T(ra4>epvr]v. What is the force of the tenses 
of (e) iTTtOoivTO, SLa/3aLV0V(nv, TroLrjaaL. 

[The following passage may be substituted for any one of the preceding.] 

IV. Translate Xen. Hell. II. 3. 48. 

" iyco B\ ft) J^pcTLa, iK€iVoi<; [lev aei irore TroXe/jua) TOt<^ 
ov irpoaOev olofievotf; Kokrjv av Brj/noKpariav elvai, irplv 
KoX 01 hovXoi, Kol ol hi aiTopiav Spa^fMrji^ av airo^ofJuevoL 
rr)v itoXlv, Spa^firj<; fiere^otev • kol rolahe y av del 
5 6vavTio<i el/jil, o'i ov/c o'lovrai KaXrjv av eyyeveaOai o\t- 
yapyiav irplv eh to iiir oXlycov rvpavvelcrOai rrjv ttoXlv 
Karaarrjaeiav. to fievTOi avv rot? SuvafievoL<;, fcal jxeO 
'lttttcov Kal [leT dcnrihwv w^eXelv hia tovtcov ttjv ttoXi- 
Telav, irpoaOev apiaTov rjyoviJLTjv elvai, Kal vvv ov fxeTa- 
10 ^dWofiao. el 3' e^6t? elirelv, m KptTca, oirov eyco ^vv 
Toi<; S7]jiJL0Tt,K0L<; Tj TvpavvcKo2<; Tov<; KaXov^ re Kd\a6ov<; 
diroaTepelv iroXiTeia^; eire'^eLprjaa, Xeye. 

(a) Tell what you know about Kritias. Give the con- 
struction of (5) oioixivoL<s (2), (c) Spa^/x^S (3), (d) Spaxi^rj'i 
3, 4, (e) KaraaTrjaeLav (6), (/) TroAtTeia? (10). (g) What is 
the force of av (2) ? (h) Write kol ol . . . ttoXlv (3) as a 
relative clause. 

June, 1885. 

I. Translate Xen. An. I. 5. 17 f. 

What river is mentioned here ? — Construction of avrw, 
jtxao-Tcov, TrAotoi?, Buov. Explain the tense of v-jrox^pw"-'" 
Force of to? with /SaaiXcva-ovrL. 



ANABASIS. 231 

II. Translate Xen. An. II. 2. 1 f. 

Who was Ariaeus? Why had messengers been sent to 
him? Construction of <^at?7, avrov, wkto's. Force of aV 
before avaax^cOac. What is the conclusion of et povXeaOe 
a-vvaTTuvai ? What is supplied with d 8e ix-rj ? 

III. Translate Xen. An. III. 2. 7 f . 

On what occasion was this speech made? Construction 
of viKav, KaXXiCTTOiv, \6yov. Force of Kat before crr/oarvyyows. 
Subject of TreTTOvOaaiv. 

IV. Translate Herod. VI. 112. 

[The following may be substituted for either of the preceding passages.] 

«9 Be a(f)C SiereTafCTO fcal ra crcfydjca iylvero /ca\d, 
ivdavra ft)9 aTreiOrjcrav ol ^A^Orjvaloc, Spojiirp levro e? 
ToiJf; ^apfidpov;, ol Se Tlepcrac opiovre^ hpop^cp iiriovraf;, 
7rapeaK€vd^ovTO co? Be^ojJievoi • fiavlriv hi rolac ^AOrj- 

5 VOLOiCTL €TT€(^epOV Kai ITCL'^^V oXeOpLTjV, opeovTE^ aVTOV<i 

o\iyov<;, Kol tovtov<^ hp6jjb(p iiretyopbevov^, ovre lttttov 
v']Tap^ov(T7]<; <j(f>L ovre To^ev/adrcov. ravra fiev vvv ol 
fidp^apoi Karelfca^ov • ^AOrjvaloc Be eVet re dOpoot 
TrpocrefjbL^av rolat ^apffdpoLcrc, ifid'^ovro d^L(o<; \6yov, 
10 irpoiTOL fiev yap ^Wrjvcov Trdvrcov tmv rj/juel'^ iS/jiev 
Bpofio) e? 7roXe/jbL0V<; e')(^prjaavT0^ irpMTOL Be dvea^ovTo 
e(jQr\Td re MijBLfcrjv 6peovTe<i Kai tov<; dvBpa<; Tavrrjv 
ia07]ixevov<^. 

Give the corresponding Attic forms for ivOavra, dTreidrja-av 
(2), o/oeovres (8), tw (9), iBfxcv (9). Construction of Spofxw 
(2), Toiev/xaTdDv (6), rcov (9), ravrrjv (H). How many gen- 
erals did the Athenians have at Marathon? Who com- 
manded at the battle? Why was not the battle fought 
earlier ? 



232 ANABASIS. 

June, 1884. 

I. Translate Xen. An. I. 3. 15 f. 

Construction of e/xe, o-rparryyiai/, avS/ot', etry, w. What other 
case might have been used for Kvpov TroLovfxevov ? What was 
the occasion of this discussion? 

II. Translate Xen. An. II. 6. 1 f. 

Who were the a-Tpar-qyoC here mentioned? How does the 
use of ws differ from that of ets ? What other prepositions 
might have been used with similar meaning? Why is the 
article not used with (SaaiXea? What was the war mentioned 
in the fourth line ? From what state did Clearchus come ? 

III. Translate Xen. An. III. 2. 9. 

Why is the article used with Oeov? Construction of -^fiGtv. 
Explain the transferred meaning of oiWos. Force of the 
prepositions in aweireviaaOai. What was a Tratav (eTratw- 
VKTav) ? 

IV. Translate Xen. An. IV. 3. 3 f . 

Construction of yjixipa, tTTTreW, 'OpovTov, ravrrj. Describe 
the yeppa. What does the preposition in 8ia/?atVetv imply as 
to the depth of Greek rivers ? 

[Either of the following may be substituted for either of 
the preceding passages.] 

V. Translate Xen. Hell. II. 3. 52. 

aKovaa<^ ravra o @r}paix€vrj^ aveirrjhricrev ettI Tr)v 
^l^cTTLav, Kol elirev • " 'E^yco h\ eiprj, w avhpe<;, 1/c€T€vco 
TO, TrdvTcov ivvo/jLcorara^ fir) eirl J^pLrla etvat 6^aXei(^eiV 
fJbrjTe ifxe /jl7]T6 v/ulmv ov av ^ovXrjraL, aXX" ovirep vofjuov 
5 ovTOi eypa-xjrav irepl tmv iv tm fcaraXoyo), Kara tovtov 
KOI vjjblv Kol ifjbol Tr)v KpiCTLv elvai. Kol TovTO jmev, e<p7], 
fia TOv<; Ogov^ ovk ayvoco on ouBev jmol apKecrei oBe o 



ANABASIS. 233 

^cD/iof; ' aWa ^ovXofjLai koI tovto iinSei^at on ovroi 
ov fJLOvov elal irepl dv6pci)7rov<; dSiKcoraToc, dWa /cat 
10 irepl Oeov^i dae^eararoi. v/jlcov [xevroi, €<pr}, m dvhpe^; 
KaXol KdyaOol, dav/jbd^o) el /llt} ^orjOrjaeTe vfuv avTol<=;, 
KOI ravra yLyvaxr/covTe'^ ore ovSev ro €/jLov ovofjua eve^a- 
XeiTTTorepov rj to v/jlmv eKaarovJ^ 

Give a brief account of the scene from which this passage 
is taken. Give a sketch of the history of Theramenes. 
Construction of iwofiMrara (2), eti/at, e|aA.et^£tv (2), vofjiov (3), 
TOVTO (4), VfXO)V (7), TavTa (8). 

VI. Translate Plato, Phaedo 105 c. 

*' TavTa fjL€V tolvvv TrpoOv/jLrjdrjG-o/jieOa, e^rj, ovtcd 
iTOielv' OaTTTayjuev Se ere Tiva Tpoirov ; " '^Otto)? dv, €(f)i], 
fiovXTjaOe, edvirep ye \d^7]Te jie, koI jitj eKipvyo) v/iid<i.^^ 
yeXdaa^ ^e afia 'r](TV^fi fcal tt/jo? ^//-a? aTTo/^Xei/ra?, 
5 elirev • " Ov ireiOay, e<^ri, c5 dvSpe^, ILpiTWva, co? eyw 
elfiL ovTo<i Xoy/cpaTT]'; 6 vvvl hiaXeyofxevo^ koI BtaTdT- 
Tcov €/caaTov tmv Xeyo/nivcov, dXX' oteTai fie e/cetvov 
elvaiy ov o-xfreTaL oXlyov vcTTepov ve/cpov fcal epcoTa 8y 
TTW? fie OdiTTr). OTL he eyco irdXai iroXvv Xoyov TreTTOir]- 
10 fiaif ft)9, eweiSdv ttlcj to cf)dpfia/cov, ov/ceTi vfilv irapa- 
fievco dXX* OL'^7](rof/>aL dTncov ei? fia/cdpcov B)] TLva<i evSac- 
fiovLa<^, TavTa fioi Bokm avTw> dXX(d<; Xeyeiv, irapafivOov- 
Xez/09 afia fiev vfjid'^, d/ia S' ifiavTov." 

What is the apodosis to idv irep XdfBrjTe (2) ? Construc- 
tion of vcKpov (5), viuv (7), avT<2 (8), i/xavTov (9). Explain 
the mode of OdTrrr) (6). What is known of Crito? 

VII. Translate Herod. VII. 219. 

Total Be ev %epfioirvXricri eovcn ^^XXtjvcov irpMTOV fjuev 
o fidvTC^; M.eyL(TTL7]<; eaiBa^v e? Ta ipd, e(f)pacre tov fieX- 
XovTa eaecrOac dfia rjol crc^t OdvaTov, eirl Be fcal avTO- 



234 ANABASIS. 

fjioki rjaav ol i^ayyelXavTe^; rcov Hepaeayv t7]V irepiohov, 
5 ovroi jj-ev en vvKTOfj €cr7]fjbr]vav, rpiroi Se ol rj/jbepocr/co'TTOL 
KarahpafJbovre'^ airo tmv aKpav, ijSr} 8La(f)aLvov(rr]<; 77/X6- 
pr)(;. ivdavra i/SovXevovro ol '^^EXX^^z^e?, kol (T(f)6cov 
icT'X^L^ovTO al yvwyuai • ol fjuev yap ov/c ecov Tr]v rd^tv 
itcKiirelv, ol he avrereivov. fiera Be tovto hiafcpi6evTe<^y 
10 ol fiev aTraXkdcraovTO koI hiaaKehacrOevTe'^ Kara iroXi'^ 
etcaarot irpdirovro, ol Be avrcov dfia AecoviSr] fieveLV 
avTOV TrapecTKeudBaro. 

Give the Attic forms for eoOo-t (1), IvOavra (5), ttoXis, erpa- 
TTovro (7), Trajoeo-KemSaro (8). Construction of liTL (2), vvKTO'i 
(3) . What was the ireptoSos of 3 ? 

June, 1883. 

[Any two of the passages may be omitted.] 

I. Translate Xen. An. I. 7. 3. 

Construction of dv^pwTrwv, o-u/x/xaxov?, (ov. To what does 
Towo refer? Meaning of the preposition in TrpocreAa^ov. 
Explain the difference between the two uses of ottcus in the 
passage. 

II. Translate Xen. An. II. 5. 32 f. 

Construction of ttoAXo), avrCjv. Peculiarity of form in 
yfxcfizyvoovv. Use of the mode in ivTvyxdvoiev. What would 
eTTOLovv be in indirect discourse? What is referred to in 
TTOMTa TO. yeyevT^/xeva ? 

III. Translate Xen. An. III. 2. 2 f . 

Construction of avSpas, rov? ixOpov<;. What part of speech 
is TT/oos here? Point out the attributive and circumstantial 
participles. With what does av belong? 

IV. Translate Xen. An. IV. 7. 15 f. 

Construction of ivrjXrjv, 7nijx^o)v. With what does av be- 



ANABASIS. 235 

loDg? In what respects did the Greek spear differ from 
this one? How long, in time and distance, was the return 
march from Kunaxa to the sea? 

V. Translate Xen. Hell. II. 3. 

a 8' av eliTev, 009 iyui el/JLL olo<; aei irore fieTal3dWecr6aLy 
Karavorjaare kol ravra rrjv fiev yap tmv rerpaKocriMV 
iroXireiav kol avro^ hrjirov o Si}//-o? i'\lri](f)i(TaTO, ^LSaaKO- 
fi€VO<i ft)? ol AaKeSatfJLovLOL Trdory TroXtreia fiaWov av rj 
Brj/jiOKparia irio-revo-eiav. eVel Be ye e/cetvot jxev ovhev 
dvleaav, ol he dficj)! ^ ApicrToreXrjv Kal M.e\dv0iov Kal 
^Apiarap^ov, crTpaT7jyovvTe<^, (f)avepol eyevovro eirl ro) 
'^cofiaTL epvfia Tet^/foz^re?, e? o i^ovXovro rov^; 7ro\efiiou<; 
Se^d/iievoL ixf avTol<; Kal tol<; erepoL^; rrjv ttoXiv iroirj- 
craadai, — el ravr al(766fievo<; iyo) BieKcoKvcra, tovt eart 
TrpohoTTjv elvai tmv (j^lXcov ; 

Explain the reference in twi/ rerpaKoo-tW. When did the 
event occur? Where was this x^/^a? What form of con- 
ditional sentence is seen in the last clause? What nick- 
name was given to the speaker, expressing the idea otos 

fJi€Taf3dXX£cr0aL ? 

VI. Translate Xen. Mem. I. 1. 

^ovXev<ja<i ydp irore Kal tov ^ovXevriKov bpKov opbocra^;, 
iv S rjv Kara to 1)9 v6/jLov<; jBovXevo-eiv, eino-rdTTjs; ev rco 
Sijfjiq) yevojJLevo^, eiriOviXTja-avTO^ tov Btj/jlov irapd TOV<i 
v6/jlov<; evvea orTpaTrjyov^; jJLta yfrij^q) tov<; dfjL(f)l SpdcrvX- 
Xov Kal ^l^paaiViBrjv aTroKTetvat irdvTa';, ovk rjdiX7]aev 
eTTL'y^rj(^iGai, opyt^ofjutvov /jlev avT(p tov Btj/jLOV, ttoXXcov 8e 
Kal BvvaTOiv aireCXovvTCxiV • aXXa irepi irXeiovo^ eTrocrjcraTO 
evopKelv 7) yapLcraaOaL tw Brj/no) irapa to BcKatov Kal 
(f)vXd^aa'6aL tov<; d7reiXovvTa<;. 



236 HOMER. 

What sort of accusative is opKov? In what year and 
after what battle did this event take place? What was the 
illegality in the proposed vote? From what officers was 
the cTrtcTTaTTys selected and how often? 



HOMER. 
July, 1886. 

I. Translate II. A 135-151. 

(a) Turn 137 into an Attic sentence. Give the Attic 
forms for (b) tcov^ (c) 'OSuo^os, (fZ) dyetpo/xev, (e) Oetofjicv, 
(/) tXao-creai, (g) eX(9e/xevat. (h) What is the conclusion 
to the condition of 135 ? Explain the mode of (^) eA-w/^at 
137, (j) IXda-aeai 147, (k) TretOrjTaL, V. 16. (l) To what 
does ravTa 149 refer? Give the construction (telling where 
each noun is made and why it is in that case) of (m) dV 
143, {n) d/oxo? 144, (o) irpocfypwv 150, {x>) oSoV 151. (q) 
What is the force of avr-^v 143? State what 3'ou know 
of (r) 'iSofxevevg and (s) Alas. (t) Who is iKaepyov 147? 
What similar epithets are applied to him ? 

II. Translate II. B 295-309. 

(a) Give a metrical scheme (maiking the long and short 
syllables and the csesural pauses) for vs. 299-301. Give 
the construction of (b) yjplv 295, (c) to? 296. Explain the 
forms (d) /jLLixvovreaa-L 296, (e) aaxaXdav 297. (/) Where 
was Aulis? (g) How did the Homeric hpaKuiv differ from a 
snake .^ {li) What vowels are not elided in Homer? 

June, 1885. 
I. Translate II. A 415-427. 

Give the correspondmg Attic forms for o<^eXes, vrjva-tv, at 
K€, AWioirrjasr ttotl, 8(3. Construction of Srjv 416, t<S 418,^ 



HOMER. ?37 

xOilo^ 424, SoiBeKarr) 425. With what is vvv 417 contrasted? 
What is elided from ix-nvL 422? Why has OvXvfx-n-ovSc 425 
two accents? 

II. Translate II. B 235-249. 

Give a scheme to show the scansion of vs. 237-239, ex- 
plaining all metrical irregularities. Construction of 61 238, 
eo, /xeya 239, 'Ax^X^t, <^peo-iV 241. Explain the accent of KaK 
235. What is elided from x' 238? How is this shown? 
Force of Kat 239. What is the antecedent of 6Wot 249? 
Explain the use of the preposition in vTrb^lXiov 249. 

[The following passage may be substituted for either of the preceding.] 

III. Translate II. Z 390-403. 

^H pa yvvY] ra/jbir}, 6 S' aireaavro ScofjLaTO<; ' Yifcrcop 
T7]V avTrjv ohov avrt<; ivKTifJueva'^ Kar ayvLa<i. 
evre irvka^ Xicave hiepyo}JLevo<^ yukya a<JTV, 
^KaLa^ — rf} yap e/neWe hu^ijJievai irehiovhe — 
5 €v6^ aXo^of; iroXvScopo'^ ivavriT) rjXOe Oeovaa 
^AvSpofid')(r}, Ovydrrjp /jLeya\i]Topo<i 'Hertcoz^o?, 
'Herlcov 09 evaiev vrro TiXaKW vXTjeacn], 
Stj^tj ^TTTOTrXaKLT], KLXlfceaa av^peacnv dvao-o-cov • 
TOVTrep Sr] dvydrrjp e^e^' '^^KTopt '^aXKOKOpvarfj. 
10 7] ol eTreiT ijVTTja, dfia S' d[Ji^i7roKo<^ Kiev avrfj 
iralK eirl KoXircp e^ova dTa\d<^pova^ vTJirtov avT(o<;, 
'l^KToplSrjv dyaTTTjTov, aXlyfciov dcrrepo KaXo), 
rov p '^l^KTCop /caXeea/ce ^Kapbdvhpiov, avrdp ol dXXot 
^ A^cFTvdvaKT ' 6lo<^ yap ipvero ' iXiov' YiKTwp. 

Give a scheme to show the scansion of vs. 1-3. Con- 
struction of 68di/ (2), 7n;Xa5 (3), TYJ (4), ivavTLT} (5), 'HertW 
(7), avSpeo-a-Lv (8). Is rrjv avrrjv oSov (2) exactly equivalent 
to the same Attic expression? What other cities named 
Thebes were known to the ancients. Analyze Ste^t/xevai (4). 



238 HOMER, 

Explain why Hector's son receives the names mentioned 
in 14 f. 

June, 1884. 

I. Translate 11. A 240-249. 

Make a list of the forms peculiar to the Homeric dialect 
in this passage, adding in each case the Attic prose form. 
Construction of vks 240. What is elided in Sr 244? Why 
is (OS 245 accented ? Construction of roto-t 247 and /xeAio-ros 
249. 

II. Translate II. B 179-187. 

Mark on your writing-paper the metrical feet of 181 and 
185, giving the rule in every case of variation from natural 
quantity. Construction of Sltto 183, 'ArpeiSew 185, 61 186. 
With what is awos 185 contrasted? 

III. Translate II. r 276-286. 

What is the Latin equivalent of Zet Trdrep kvSlo-tc fxiyia-re 
276? Explain the number of tlwctOov and of ori<i 279. With 
what is et ixiv 281 contrasted? What other name is used for 
'AAe^avSpo; 281 ? Which of the two seems to be the Greek 
name ? Why should the single combat be between Menelaus 
and Alexander? What effect did it have on the course of 
the war? Construction of airohovvai 285. 

[The following -may be substituted for either of the preceding passages.] 

IV. Translate II. Z 304-313. 

" TioTVL ^KOrfvaiT], ipva-LTTToXL, Bla Oedcov, 
a^ov or) e<y')(o^ llLo/jLr}060<^, rjoe Kai avrov 
Trprjvea Bo<i ireaeetv %Kaio)V irpoTrdpoLSe TrvXdojv, 
5 6(f)pa TOL avTiKa vvv hvoKaiheica l3ov<; evL vyS, 
7]VL<i r)ictaTa<^ iepeoao/JL6V, at k iXer](Tr}<; 
acTTV T6 fcal Tpcocov aXo^ovf; koI vr/Tria re/cva. 
"^Xl? ecpar evxofJ'tP'rj, dvCveve Be IlaWd<i ^KOtjvtj. 



• . HOMER. 239 

ft)9 al fjuev p ev'^ovTO Ato? Kovprj /xeyaXoio, 
lO'^Fi/CTcop Be TTjOo? Sco/iar ^AXe^dvSpoco ^e/S/j/cei. 

Construction of Oedcov (2), Trprjvia (4). Give the Attic 
forms for lepevo-ofjicv, at Kc (6). What is the force of the 
preposition in aveveve (8) ? What preposition has the oppo- 
site force? Illustrate from the first book of the Iliad. Who 
are at /xeV (9) ? 

June, 1883. 

I. Translate II. I. 320-330. 

Make a list of the forms peculiar to the Homeric dialect 
in this passage, adding in each case the Attic prose form. 
What different uses of rw are seen in lines 321 and 327? 
Construction of x^'-P^'^ ^23. Use of the mode in dye/xev 323 
and eA.o)/x,at 324. Explain the use of 8s after eyw in 324. 

II. Translate II. II. 455-458, 469-473. 

Mark on your writing-paper the metrical feet of 471 and 
472, giving the rule in every case of variation from natural 
quantity. Construction of twv 457, ovpavov 458. What 
Latin words show the same stem with vXrjv 455, elapivfj 471, 
yXayos 471 ? What words contain the point of comparison 
in 469-473? 

III. Translate II. III. 428-436. 

Give the full forms without elision of avroO' 428, €%' 430, 
rax 436. Where are irpoKoXeao-ai 432 and 8ap.yr}<; 436 found? 
What two constructions are possible for Sovpt 436 ? Give the 
general rule for the accent of verbs, and point out the excep- 
tions in this passage. 



240 GEEEK AT SIGHT. 

GREEK AT SIGHT. 

July, 1886. 
Translate : — 

oi Be arpaTtcoraL rore jxev B6t7rvi]aavT6<; kol <^v\aKa<i 
KaracrrTjcrd/JLevoi, /cat avaKevaadiJbevoL iravTa a eSet iKotfjuj- 
Orjcrav. 7)viKa K rjv iv fieao) vuktcov, icnjfirjve roS Keparl. 
K.vpo<; S' eiTTcov rw ^pvadvra ore eirl ry 68(p VTro/nevoli] 
iv TM irpoaOev rod crTparevfiaTO'^ ^^?7^t \a(3(ov rov^ d/jucf)* 
avrov virrjpera^^ • ^pa^el Be ')(p6v(p varepov ^pvadvraf; 
iraprjv d<ycov tov'^ 6copaKO(f)6pov<i. tovtq) fiev 6 KOpo? Soh<i 
'r]'y6[Ji6va<i Tr]<^ oBov iropeveaOai i/ceXevev r)crv^(o<i ' ov ydp 
TTCO iv oSo) Traz^re? rjaav • avTO<^ Be eorTrjKO}<; iv rfj 6Ba> rov 
/juev irpoaLovra TrpovTrtfjUTrero iv rd^et, iirl Be rov vcrrepc- 
^ovra eirejJbiTe koXmv. iirel Be 7rdvTe<; iv oB(p rjaav, Trpo? 
fiev Upvcrdvrav tTTTrta? hirefji'^ev ipovvra<^ on iv oBS yBrj 
TrdvTe^ ' dye ovv rjBri Odrrov. avTo<^ Be TrapeXavvtov rov 
LTTTTOV ei? TO irpoaOev rjav^o'^ KareOedro to.? rd^eif;. Kal 
ou? fiev IBot 6vrdKrco<; Kal aiwirfi lovTa<^, TrpocreXavvcov 
avTOL<i rlve'^ re elev rjpayra Kal eVel irvOoiro iirrjvei ' el Be 
Tiva<^ Oopv^ovfjutvovi a'taOoiro, to acTiov tovtov ctkottcov 
KaTaa ^evvvvai ttjv Tapa-^rjv iireipaTO. 

iirel Be rj/j^tpa iyeveTo, tov<^ fiev J^aBovcncov /TTTrea?, otc 
avTcov Kal ol Tre^ol iiropevovTO eo")(^aT0L, irapd tovtol^ 
KaTeKinrev, to? fJurjB^ ovtol 'xjrLXol lirirewv coLev ' toij<; S' 
dXkovf; eh to irpoaOev irapeXavveiv iKeXeuaev, otl Kal ol 
TroXefiiOL iv tco irpoaOev rjaav, oir(i)<i el tL ttov ivavTLOLTO 
avT(p, diravTcpT) eyj^v Tr\v layyv iv Td^ei Kal ixdyoiTO e\ 
Te TL TTOV (pevyov (x^Oeir], go? i^ eTOifioTaTOV Blcokoi. 
\_<T^evpvijLi : quench, put an end to.J 



GREEK AT SIGHT. 241 

June, 1885. 
Translate : — 

'ETTctS^ Se rjfiepa iyevero, evdv<i iirl %dpB€i<; rj^e K.vpo<i. 
fW9 3' ijtvero irpof; rat Tei')(eL tm iv ^dpSeac Td<^ re firj^a- 
va9 dvLarrj w? irpocr/SaXoov Trpo? to ret')(^o<; koX fcXifjuaKa^; ^ 
irapecrKevd^ero. ravra Se iroicov Kara ra dTroroficoTara^ 
hoKovvra elvai rod ^apBtavMV ipviJbaTO<^, Trj<; iTnovar]^ 
vvKTO<i dva^c/3d^€C XaXSatou? re Kal Jl€p(7a<;. r/yrjaaro 
8' avroi<; dvr)p T[epcrr}<^, SovXo<; yeyevrjjjievo^; rwv iv rfj 
CLKpoTToXec TLVo<; (ppovpMV Kal KaTafji€fjLa6r]K(o<i Kara^aaiv 
eh TOP irorafiov Kal dvd^acnv rrjv aurtjv. tw? 3' iyevero 
TOVTO SrjXov on el')(eTO ra aKpa, 7rdvT€<i Srj 6(f>6uyov ol 
Avhol aiTO Tcov rei'x^oiv oiroi iSvvaro €KaaT0<; t^? iroXeco^. 
KOpo? Se dfia T7J rjfiepa elarjei eU Tr]v ttoXlv* 
1 scaling-ladders. ^ most precipitous. 

June, 1884. 

Translate : — 

Ol fiev Br) ev^dfjbevoi toI<; Oeoi^ dir^crav irpo^ Ta<; rd^€L<; • 
To5 Se i^vpo) Kal Toh d/uLcj)^ avrov irpocrrjveyKav ol Oepd- 
7rovT€<; i/jL7ri6LV Kal cfyayetv en ovatv afi^l ra lepa, 6 he 
JLvpo^ odairep el^ev ecrrr)KOd<=; rjplcrra Kal /xereSbSov del roS 
fidXicrra heofxtvw • Kal cnreicra^ Kal ev^d[Mevo<i eirte, Kal ol 
aXkoi Be ol Trepl avrov ovra)<^ eiroiovv, ixerd he ravra 
alr7]crdfievo<; Ala rrarpcpov rjyefjLova elvai Kal (TviJb[ia')(0Vj 
dve(3aLvev eirl rov Xmrov Kal rov<; d/jL<p^ avrov eKeXevaev, 
d>7r\c<T/JL€vot Be irdvre^; ol Trepl rov K.vpov roh avroh KvjOO) 
oir\oi<^, '^iroxTi (^olvlkoI'^, Ocopa^i, ')(^a\Kol<;, Kpdveai %aX- 
Koh, /jLa^^aipat<;, iraXrw evl eKaaro<; • ol Be 'lttitoi irpo^ 
fiercoTTiBLOL^i Kal TrpocrrepviBLOL^ Kal TrapafiypiBiot^; %aX- 
jcoh • ra Be avrd ravra TrapafiTjplBLa rjv toS dvBpL 



242 GREEK HISTORY. 

June, 1883. 

Translate : — 

Mera Se raura avaara^i etTre "Btevo^MV • "^D, dvBpef; 
G-rparccoTai, rrjv jiev iropeiav, &>? eoiKe, hrfkov otl 'Tre^fj 
7roL7]T60v ' ov yap ecrrt irXola • avdyicr] he. iropeveaOao rjhr) • 
ov yap ecTTL fjuevovai to, eTrtrrjBeLa. 97/^6^9 ovv, €<pr], dvao- 
fieda ' viJba<^ he hel 7rapacrfC€va^€cr6aL co? iJba')(^ov fitvov^ eo 
irore Kal dXkore • 01 yap iroXepbiot avaredappij/cacrtv. iic 

TOVTOV eOvOVTG 01 (TTpaTTjyOL ' 6vO/jL€VOI^ Be iirl T7J a^oSft) ^ 

ovK iylyvero ra lepd. ravrrjv fjuev ovv rrjv rj/nepav eirav- 
(Tavro. Kai rive<i eroXjJLwv Xeyeiv co? o t^evo(f)Ci)V /3ov\6- 
fievo<i TO ')((DpLov oiKLcrai^ ireireiKe^ rov jiavriv XeyeiV &)<? 
ra lepd ov ylyverai eVl d(f)oB(p. evrevOev /<;7]pv^a<; rfj 
avptov irapeZvaL eVt Tr]v Ovcriav rov ^ovXofievov, eOve • /cat 
ivravOa iraprjaav ttoXXol. Ovojxevcp Be nrakiv et? Tp\<; eirX 
rfj d(j)6Bw OVK iyiyvero ra lepd. eic rovrov p^aXeTrw? et'^ov 
ol (TTpaTiOiTaL ' Kal yap ra eiTLTrjBeia aTreXiTrev d e^oz/re? 
rjXdov, Kal dyopd ovBe/uLia Traprjv. 

1 departure. ^ to settle in. ^ Treidw. 



GREEK HISTORY. 
July, 1886. 

1. Locate the following places, and mention for what each 
was famous (adding the date, if the case admits) : Chae- 
ronea, Delphi, Leuctra, Sybaris, Thermopylae. 

2. Sketch the history of the Confederacy of Delos, with 
dates. 

3. Sketch the relations between Persia and Greece during 
the fifth and fourth centuries b.c. 



GREEK HISTORY. 243 

June, 1885. 

1. State what you know of the governments of Athens 
and of Sparta at the time of the outbreak of the Pelopon- 
nesian war. What changes of government took place in 
Greece between the Homeric and the historic periods? 

2. Where were Artemisium, Delphi, Euripus, Mycenae? 
How far was Athens from the sea? How far was Thebes 
from the sea? 

3. What bonds of national unity existed in Greece? 
What were the most marked differences in character and 
tastes between the Athenians and the Spartans? 

4. Arrange in chronological order: Alexander the Great, 
Aristotle, Miltiades, Pericles, Plato, Socrates. 

5. By how many years did Cyrus the Great precede the 
younger Cyrus? What was the relationship between them? 
What claim had the younger Cyrus to the throne ? 

June, 1884. 

1. Form a chronological table of the principal events in 
the history of Athens. 

2. What were the chief Greek colonies west of Greece? 
How were any of them concerned in the history of Greece 
proper ? 

3. Give the dates, opposed parties, and immediate conse- 
qnences of the battles of Chaeronea, Leuctra, and Salamis. 

4. What were the principal causes and consequences of 
the Peloponnesian war ? When and under whose leadership 
was it begun ? When and from what cause was it ended ? 

June, 1883. 

1. Give some account of Kleisthenes ; of Xenophon. 

2. Tell what you know about Greek colonies : e.g. what 



244 AEITHMETIC. 

was their relation to the mother city? to what countries 
were the earlier ones sent? why were most of them on 
insular or seaboard sites ? how were they generally distrib- 
uted according to tribe-connection? what great advantages 
resulted to Greece from them? how did they affect the 
peoples about them? name some of the most important. 

3. Tell the story of the Athenian expedition against 
Syrakuse. 



ARITHMETIC. 
September, 1886. 

1. Divide3f-l|by|of ("^ + 1 

\ 3 

2. If I sell coffee at 2 s. Sd. per pound, and gain 35 per 
cent, what did I give per pound ? 

3. What is the difference between the true discount and 
that taken by banks on $1500 due one year hence without 
grace ? The rate of discount in both cases is 5 per cent. 

4. If 8 oz. of bread can be bought for 10 cents when corn 
is $1.00 per bushel, what weight of it may be bought for 18 
cents when the price is $1.12 per bushel? 

5. The area of a circle is 5 square rods. What is the 
length in feet of one side of a square which contains the same 
area ? 

6. The volume of a sphere is 0.056 cubic yards. What 
is the length in inches of the side of a cube containing the 
same volume ? 

METRIC SYSTEM. 

7. What fractional part of -^-^ of the avoirdupois ton is 12 
kilograms, the ounce being equal to 28.35 grams? 



ARITHMETIC. 245 

8. The stere contains 1.308 cubic yards. How many 
meters in the side of the cube in example 6 ? 

June, 1886. 

1. Add 2 of ^ to I of (41 - 2|) 

"8 

2. A square field contains 0.8346 of an acre. What is the 
length of one side in feet ? 

3. If 8 horses consume 3^ tons of hay in 30 days, how 
long will 4:^-^ tons last 10 horses and 15 cows, each cow 
consuming J as much as a horse ? 

4. A merchant bought flour for $1000 cash and sold the 
same immediately for $1200 on 6 months' credit, for which 
he received a note. If he should get the note discounted at a 
bank at 5 per cent, what will be the gain on the flour ? 

5. A block in the form of a perfect cube contains 12,516 
cubic inches. How many square yards of paper are required 
to cover it? 

METRIC SYSTEM. 

6. In problem 2 find the length of one side of the field in 
meters, the hectar being equal to 2.4711 acres. 

7. In problem 5 find the weight of the block in kilograms, 
assuming the weight of a cubic inch of the material to be 2 
ounces, and that a tonneau weighs 2204.6 lbs. 

September, 1885. 

^+21 



1 . Subtract J of -f^ from 



'3 



H 



2. By selling potatoes at 62^ cents per bushel, 10 per cent 
was lost ; at how much should they be sold to gain 25 per 
cent? 



246 AEITHMETIO. 

3. There is a rectangular lot of ground 64.8 rods long and 
36.05 rods wide, and a square lot of the same area; which 
will require the more feet of fencing, and how much ? 

4. Sold a hundred bushels of wheat, which cost $150, at 
50 cents a peck, taking in payment a six months' note, which 
was discounted immediately at the bank, at 6 per cent. What 
was the profit? 

5. Find the fourth term : a/4.913 : 0.0016 :: 48,000 : 

6. A vessel is three decimeters long, 20 centimeters wide, 
and 100 millimeters deep ; how many liters of water will it 
contain? How many grams? How man}^ cubic inches? 
How many pounds ? 

June, 1885 

4 Qf 3. 

1. Reduce — ? ^ to the simplest form. 

2. Divide 0.0144 by 4800 ; multiply the quotient by 6.004, 
and extract the square root of the product. 

3. AYhat annual income would a man receive from $9850 
invested in railroad stocks costing 109 and paying 5 per cent 
dividend? 

4. If a six-cent loaf weighs 8 ounces when wheat is $1.25 
per bushel, how much bread may be bought for 50 cents 
when wOieat is $1.00 per bushel? 

5. Extract the cube root of 8365.427. 

6. The water contained in a vessel 2 decimeters long, 30 
centimeters wide, and 300 millimeters deep, would weigh 
how many kilograms ? would measure how many cubic inches ? 
how man}' gallons? 

June, 1884. 

1. How many hektars in a strip of land 62 decimeters 
broad and 1.7 hektometers long? 



AHITHMETIC. 247 

2. A cubical cistern is 6 meters in each dimension. If 
1.725 hektoliters of water can flow out per minute, how much 
must flow in per minute to fill it in an hour ? 

3. What is the present worth of $1609.30 due in 10 
months and 24 days, when mone^^ is worth 5 per cent? 

4. A rectangular field contains 110 acres; 37^ per cent 
of the length is 381.183 yards. What is the breadth in rods? 

62 9 of a/Q4 3. q , 

5. Divide ^^ ^^ ^^-^^ by V67419143. 

215 -^ 



Pi3 



September, 1883. 



1. Divide the difference between 25|- and 7^^ by -^ of the 
square root of 2756J. 

2. Find the greatest common divisor and the least com- 
mon multiple of 128, 148, and 168. 

3. What is the value of a piece of ground 16^^ rods long 
and 27|^ j^ards wide at Is. 4cZ. per square foot? 

4. If 4|- per cent Government bonds sell at 116, what 
sum of money invested in them will yield an interest of $1.00 
per day? 

5. If 1 meter = 39f inches, and 1 gallon contains 277,274 
cubic inches, what part of a liter is f of a quart? 

June, 1883. 

1. Divide 82.1 by 41 ; 8.21 by 0.41 ; and 0.821 by 410. 
Carry the result in each case to four decimal places. 

2. Find the value to three decimal places of 

V(0.146)2+ (0.063)2. 

3. Divide itiiti X i by i|5. 

|of5J i ' 141 



248 ALGEBRA, 

4. Some sugar is adulterated as follows : 

-^Q is worth 8 cents per pound, 
1^ is worth 10 cents per pound, 

-j^g- is worth 12 cents per pound, 
and the remainder, 33 lbs., is sand. What is the mixture 
worth per pound ? 

5. Bank stock which sells at 170 pays an annual dividend 
of 121 per cent. What rate of interest does a buyer receive? 

6. Find the depth in meters of a cubical cistern which has 
a capacity of 30,000 liters. Give the result to three decimal 
places. 



ALGEBRA. 
September, 1886. 

1. Divide— by — ■ — ^• 

XT —2xy -\-y^ x — y 

2. Multiply o;' — a^b^ + ah^ — ab -\- ah^ - b'^ by a* + 1^, 

1 — a~^ — y^ 
1 — x~^y~^ + X 



1 (X~ ti 

3. Free the fraction :; zf^ii — '^~2 ^^^"^ negative expo 



nents. 

. T.- ^ * 7aj + 9 f 2a^ — 1\ „ 

4. I* ind X from ' [x ]=■*• 

4 V 9 y 

ra = y + z, 

5. Find x^ y^ and z from lb = x + z^ 

\^c = x-\-y. 

6. Multiply 05 — 5 + 2 V^^ by 07-5-2 V-"l. 

7. Make the denominator of the following fraction 
rational : 

■\/x — ^x -\- y 

■y/x 4- -\/x + y 



8. Solve the equation 



ALGEBRA. 249 

1 ^ ^^. 

x—1 x-2 3 



9. If a:5 = c:d, prove by the principles of proportion 
that 

a-\-b -{-c-{- d _a — b -\- c — d 
a-\-b — G — d a — b—c-i-d 

10. In a geometrical progression haAdng given, first term, 
ratio, and sum of series, write formula for last term. 

11. Expand to four terms (a + x)~^* 

June, 1886. 

1. Divide '-^-t^zl^bj 1±]> + 1±^. 

c + b d'+b" ^ c-b &-V 

2 4 11 11 

2. Divide x^y ^ _ 2 -}- x~'^y^ by x'^y~^ — x~^y'^. 

3. Multiply V^a + c -^6 by V^^-c-^5. 

4. In — zz= make the denominator rational, and com- 

V3-1 

pute the value of the expression to thi-ee places of decimals. 



5. Given a-\- x= v a^ -{- x-y/W -\- x^ to find x. 

6. Solve the equations^ "i~2/ — 5 

C x^ + y^ = 74. 

7. If A : B = C : D, prove by the principles of proportion 
that A^ - B2 : B^ = C^ - D2 : D^. 

8. Find the sum of the infinite series i + 2V + xir + ^^c. 

-J 

9. Expand to four terms by the binomial theorem — 

Vi + i«2 



250 ALGEBRA. 

September, 1885. 

1. Reduce to a simple fraction. 

a_ 1 , 1 

b b a 

2. Find the greatest common divisor ofa;^— 6a^ — 80? — 3 
and Ax^ —l'2x— 8. 



3. Given VlS -\- x-\- Vlo — x= Q to find x. 

4. Given x'*' — 21 x^ = 100 to find four values for x. 

6. Find the value of a^-{-a^b^-\-b^ when a = 8 and 6=64. 

6. Given \ ^^ ^ ~ ^\ \ to find x and y. 

(. ar — 2/ = 6" 3 

7. Given {q(? — ax) : -^/x : : ^x : x to find values of x. 

8. Expand into a series. 

(2 a -3)^ 

9. Compute the value of the continued fraction 

1 

12 -h — ^ 



1+-^ 



3 



June, 188S. 

1. Given ^^ (^3 _J = ^_-(^^ + 3 

to find cc. 

2. Multiply -^7-^, ,., . -^ 7^-P-o ^nd -. 

a^-r]f b^ — by ¥-\-y^ c 

3. Multiply a;~i(l-V^) by a;-i(14-V^^). 



ALGEBRA. 251 

4. Divide x^y~^ —2 + x~'^y'^ by x^y~^^ — x~^y^ , 

5. Given 91 a;^ — 2 a? = 45 to find both values of x. 

6. Given 1 =4, 



1 to find X and ?/. 



7. Expand by the Binomial Theorem to five terms (1 +0)^^. 

8. In Arithmetical Progression, given d = the common 
difference, a = the first term, and s = the sum of series ; 
derive the formula for I = the last term. 

q Tf Vo — 6a7+Vc — mo^ Va — bx—-\/c — mx 

^' ^^ / = = — prove 

-Va — bx-\-A/nx — d -Va — bx—Vnx — d 

by using the principles of proportion that ^~^^ =1. 

7ix-^ d 

June, 1884. 

1. Reduce the following fractions to their lowest terms : 

g'c -f- abc + b^c . 5^ + 4?/ 
a'^-j-a'b'-i-^ ' 6^ + 64/ 

2. Reduce '^^-t- -<y I^J^ to its simplest form. 

3. Solve the equations 



_2_(aMi&3_. 
a^ - 6^ ' 

4a5 



^ + y= 2 



^ a2 - 62 

4. Multiply 

a;-V5 + l-V-10-2V5 by oj- V5 + 1 + V-10-2V5. 

5. Find the number whose cube root is one-fifth of its 
square root. 



252 ALGEBRA. 

6. Find x from the equation 



Vl + a^ - ic2 - 2(1 -f- 07 - a2) = 1. 

7. A and B can do a piece of work together in 8 days. 
A works alone 4 days, and then both finish it in 5 days more. 
In what time could each have done it alone? 

8. A traveller has a journe}^ of 132 miles to perform. He 
goes 27 miles the first day, 24 the second, and so on, travel- 
ling 3 miles less each day than the day before. In how many 
days will he complete the journey ? 

9. The ratio of the circumference of a circle to its diam- 
eter is 3.141592. Find by continued fractions three approx- 
imate values. 

10. Expand by the method of undetermined coefficients to 
four terms Vet — x^. 

September, 1883. 

1 . Divide -„ by — ' \- -— ^ — - . 

c + b 0^ + 6' -^ c-b c'-b' 

2. Find the value of — =: • to three decimal places. 

V3 + 1 

3. Given -^x'^ = 2 y'2 to find x. 

2 _4 

4. Find the — fth power of 256 x^y ^' 

5. A grocer has two sorts of tea, one worth a cents per 
pound, the other b cents per pound. How many pounds of 
each sort must be taken to make a mixture of m pounds 
worth G cents a pound ? 

(^m — I Qin + I 

6. Reduce ; ■ to the simplest form. 

7. Solve the equation 

4v'o; + ■\/x = 21. 



ALGEBEA. 253 

8. Find the cube root of 

x^ - 6x' + 3x* + 28a^3 - ^x^ - Mx - 27. 

9 . In the proportion — = — prove that - = — . 

10. Insert three aritlimetical means between — 9 and 18. 

11. Write down the eighth term of (a — by^. 

June, 1883. 
1. Reduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
1.1.1 



x{x — a){x — b) a(a — x){a — b) b{b — x){b — a) 

2. Resolve 2/^ — 6^ into three factors. 

3. Change xy~'^ — ^x^y'^z"^ -\-z~'^ to an expression which 
will contain no negative exponents. 

. -^n a-\-b -\-c-\-d a — b-}-c — d , ,, . . 

4. It ; 1 = — -■ , prove by the prmci- 

a-}-b — c — d a — b — c-\-d 

pies of proportion that - = — 

b d 



5. Find the value of 2a V(l +i»^) 

6. Given (7 - 4V3)i»'+ (2 - V3)aJ = 2 to find oj. 

7. The sum of two numbers is 16, and the sum of their 
reciprocals is \ ; what are the numbers ? 

8. Compute the value of the continued fraction 

1 



4 + 1. 

5 



254 GEOMETRY. 

1 ^ 

9. Convert into an infinite series by the Method 

of Intermediate Coefficients, or by the Binomial Theorem. 

10. Insert three geometrical means between ^ and 128. 



GEOMETRY 
September, 1886. 

1. If two triangles have two angles of the one eqnal to 
two angles of the other, each to each, and one side equal to 
one side, namely, either tlie sides adjacent to the equal 
angles, or sides which are opposite to equal angles in each, 
then shall the other sides be equal, each to each, and also 
the third angle of the one equal to the third angle of 
the other. 

2. To draw a straight line at right angles to a given 
straight line, from a given point in the same. 

(Show clearly in the figure the method of construction.) 

3. An inscribed angle is measured by one-half of the arc 
intercepted between its sides. 

4. The sides, AB, AD^ of a quadrilateral ABCD are 
eq':al, and the diagonal AC bisects the angle BAD: show 
that the sides CB and CD are equal, and that the diagonal 
AC bisects the angle BCD. 

5. Construct a triangle, having given the base, one of the 
angles at the base, and the sum of the sides. 

July, 1886. 

1. If a side of any triangle be produced, the exterior 
angle is equal to the two interior and opposite angles; 



GEOMETRY. 255 

and the three interior angles of every triangle are together 
equal to two right angles. 

2. (Problem.) To describe a square on a given straight 

line. 

(Show clearly in the figure the methods by which the constructions 
are made.) 

3. An angle formed by a tangent and a chord is measured 
by one-half the intercepted arc. 

4. If the angle (7 of a triangle is equal to the sum of the 
angles A and B, the side AB is equal to twice the straight 
line joining C to the middle point of AB. 

5. Find a point in a given straight line such that its dis- 
tances from two given points may be equal. 

PEELIMINARY. 

[Candidates offering the whole of Plane Geometry, may take three out of 
five of the regular paper, one of the three being either 4 or 5, with the 
following :] 

(A) Two triangles are similar when they are mutually 
equiangular, 

(B) The circumferences of two circles are to each other 
as their radii, and their areas are as the squares of their radii. 

September, 1885. 

1. If two triangles have two sides of the one equal to two 
sides of the other, but their bases unequal, the angle con- 
tained by the sides of the one which has the greater base 
shall be greater than the angle contained by the sides equal 
to them of the other. 

2. The straight lines which join the extremities of two 
equal and parallel straight lines toward the same parts are 
themselves equal and parallel. 



256 ' 'geometey. 

3. Find a point in a given straight line which shall be 
equally distant from two given points. (Bisect the line 
joining the given points.) Show clearly by auxiliary lines 
the methods by which the figure is constructed. 

4. If one angle of a triangle is equal to the sum of the 
other two, the triangle can be divided into two isosceles 
triangles. 

5. The three bisectors of the three anoles of a triano-le 
meet in the same point. 

6. An angle inscribed in a semicircle is a right angle. 

June, 1885. 

1. If two triangles have two sides, and the angle included 
by them of the one respectively equal to two sides and the 
angle included by them of the other, the triangles shall be 
equal. 

2. Describe a parallelogram that shall be equal to a given 
triangle, and have one of its angles equal to a given recti- 
lineal angle. Show clearly in the figure the methods by 
which the parts are constructed. 

3. If a straight line be draw through A, one of the angu- 
lar points of a square cutting one of the opposite sides, and 
meeting the other produced at F, show that AF is greater 
than the diagonal of the square. 

4. Construct a triangle, having given the base AB, one 
of the angles at the base A, and the sum of the sides AO. 
(Join B and (7, and through B draw a line parallel to AO.) 

5. Two parallel straight lines cutting a circle intercept 
equal arcs on the circumference. 

6. Two similar polygons may be decomposed into the 
same number of triangles similar each to each. 



GEOMETRY. 257 

June, 1884. 

1. To bisect a given rectilineal angle ; that is, to divide it 
into two equal angles. 

2. In any right-angled triangle, the square which is de- 
scribed on the side subtending the right angle is equal to the 
squares described on the sides which contain the right angle. 

3. If two isosceles triangles are on the same base, the 
straight line joining their vertices, or that straight line pro- 
duced, will bisect the base at right angles. 

4. AB and AC are any two straight lines meeting at A : 
through any point P draw a straight line meeting them at JE 
and F, such that AE may be equal to AF, 

June, 1883. 

[Candidates who offer Euclid may take 1, 2, and 5. Other candidates may 

take 1, 3, 4, and 5.] 

1. At a given point in a given straight line to construct 
an angle equal to a given angle. 

2. If a straight line be bisected and produced to any point, 
the rectangle contained by the whole line thus produced, and 
the part of it produced, together with the square on half the 
line bisected, is equal to the square on the straight line which 
is made up of the half and the part produced. 

3. The diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other. 

4. To construct a triangle equivalent to a given polygon. 

5. If the straight lines bisecting the angles, at the base 
of an isosceles triangle, be produced to meet, the}?- will con- 
tain an angle equal to an exterior angle of the triangle. 



258 FRENCH. 

FRENCH. 
July, 1886. 

Quoique la t^te des ecureuils (squirrel) soit large, leur 
petit museau est tres fin ; leurs yeux sont saillants et noirs, 
et lear physionomie douce et piquante tout a la fois. Je 
repris le chernin de la maison en compagnie de mon nouvel 
ami, pensant a ma petite famille qui serait charm^e d'entendre 
le recit de cet incident de voyage. Mon retour chez mes 
amis f ut un veritable ev^nement pour les enfauts ; tons ac- 
coururent, et on decida a I'unanimite qu'il fallait se Mter de 
trouver un logement au gentil petit animal. Nous n'avions 
pas de cage avec une roue, cette classique habitation de tons 
les Ecureuils civilises ; mais tant de gens se mirent en cam- 
pagne, qu'on decouvrit bieutdt au fond du grenier la vieille 
nicbe d'un defunt petit chien. Paul, I'aine, gargon fort adroit, 
enleva la planche du fond de la niche pour y substituer des 
barreaux en fil de fer, et la dedans on introduisit le pauvre 
captif. II fit son entree dans sa nouvelle demeure au milieu 
des sauts, des cris de joie et des battements de mains ; car 
on ne doutait pas qu'il ne se trouvat la parfaitement heureux ; 
mais il en fut tout autrement. On eut beau lui apporter 
toutes sortes de friandises, et mettre en requisition tons les 
fruits de la saison, remplir son assiette de I'eau la plus lim- 
pide ; il ne touchait presqne a rien, et restait toute lajourn^e 
blotti dans un coin. Les enfants, tout affliges de la tristesse 
de leur petit ami, ne sachant plus qu'im.aginer pour lui faire 
du bien ou du plaisir, se dirent entre eux : " II ne faut pas 
lui faire de la peine ; il paralt qu'il aime mieux etre sur les 
arbres que dans notre petite maison ; conduisons-le dans le 
bois, peut-etre retrouvera-t-il sa maman." Ou le porta done 
en procession a I'entree du bois ; on lui attacha un petit 
ruban rouge a la patte, et apr^s que tour a tour nous lui 
e^mes passe la main sur le dos en signe d' adieu, on le deposa 



FEENCH. 259 

sur la branche oti je I'avais trouve. Aussit6t il sembla re- 
preudre la vivacite naturelle aux ^cureuils, se mit a grimper 
vers le sommet de I'arbre et au bout d'un moment il disparut 
tout a fait. 

Plusieurs jours de suite nous all^mes en vain nous promener 
de ce c6te du bois ; je ne saurais dire combien mes jeunes 
camarades perdirent de temps k tenir le nez en I'air, esperant 
tonjours I'apercevoir sur quelque branche, mais ce fut inu- 
tilement. 

Un jour, de grand matin, le domestique ouvrant la porte 
du salon trouve sur la terrasse un ecureuil. II s'avance avec 
precaution ; mais il n'eut pas de peine a s'en eraparer, car il 
etait demi-mort de f aim et de froid. Get ^venement fut bien- 
t6t connu de toute la maison. En I'apprenant les enfants 
sauterent k bas du lit et furent bien vite habilles. Ils.accou- 
rurent tons et il ne leur fut pas difficile de reconnaitre leur 
ancien favori, k un fragment de ruban encore attache a sa 
patte, mais ils furent tout consterees de le retrouver si mai- 
gre. On aurait bien voulu savoir ce qui lui ^tait arriv6 depuis 
son depart jusqu'^ son retour ; mais k quoi bon I'interroger ? 
il ne pouvait pas repondre. Je crois que s'il avait su parler 
il aurait dit : " Je suis bien malheureux depuis que je vous 
ai quitters ; je n'ai rien mange, je n'ai pas trouve la moitie 
d'une noisette, je n'ai plus de famille, je meurs de faim ; 
ayez pitie de moi ! " S'il ne dit pas tout cela, on le devina ; 
surtout lorsqu'en le regardant de pres, on s'aper^ut . . . 
qu'il etait aveugle ! Pen de temps aprds il mourut. 

Julj^ 1885. 

Translate into good English : 

II y a bien pen de souverains dont on dht 6crire une his- 
toire particuliere. En vain la malignite on la flatterie s'est 
exercee sur presque tons les princes ; il n'y en a qu'un tres- 



260 FEENCH. 

petit nombre dont la memoire se conserve, et ce nombre 
serait encore plus petit si Ton ne se souvenait que de ceux 
qui ont ete justes. 

Les princes qui ont le plus de droit a I'immortalite sont 
ceux qui ont fait quelque bien aux hommes : par une raison 
contraire on garde le souvenir des mauvais princes, comme 
on se souvient des inondations des incendies, et des pestes. 

Entre les tyrans et les bons rois sont les conquerants, mais 
plus apprechants des premiers ; ceux-ci ont une reputation 
eclatante ; on est avide de connaltre les moindres particu- 
larites de leur vie : telle est la miserable f aiblesse des 
hommes, qu'ils regardent avec admiration ceux qui ont fait 
■du mal d'une maniere brillante, et qu'ils parleront sou vent 
plus volontiers du destructeur d'un empire que de celui qui 
I'a foude. 

Pour tons les autres princes qui n'ont ete illustres ni en 
paix ni en guerre et qui n'ont ete connus ni par de grands 
vices ni par de grandes vertus ; comme leur vie ne fournit 
aucun exemple ni a imiter ni a fuir, elle n'est pas digne qu'on 
s'en souvienne. 

II y a un vulgaire parmi les princes comme parmi les autres 
hommes ; cependant la fureur d'ecrire est venue au point, 
qu'a peine un souverain cesse de vivre, que le public est 
inond^ de volumes sous le nom de memoires, d'histoire de sa 
vie, d'anecdotes de sa cour. Par la les livres se multiplient 
de telle sorte qu'un homme qui vivrait cent ans, et qui les 
emploierait a lire, n'aurait pas le temps de parcourir ce qui 
s'est imprime sur I'histoire seule, depuis deux si^cles, en 
Europe. 

Qu'un prince entreprenne une guerre ; que sa cour soit 
troublee d'intrigues ; qu'il achete I'amitie d'un de ses voi- 
sins, et qu'il vende la sienne h, un autre ; qu'ii fasse enfin la 
paix avec ses ennemis, apr^s quelques victoires et quelques 
defaites, ses sujets, pensent etre dans I'epoque la plus sin- 



GEEMAN. 261 

guliere depuis la creation. Qa'arrive-t-il ? ce prince menrt: 
on prend apr^s lui des mesures toutes differentes ; on oublie 
et les intrigues de sa cour, et ses ministres, et ses gen^raux, 
et ses guerres, et lui-meme. 

Depnis le temps que les princes Chretiens tdclient de se 
tromper les uns les autres, et font des guerres et des alliances, 
on a signe des milliers de traites et donne autant de batailles ; 
les belles ou iufA,mes actions sont innombrables. Quand 
tonte cette foule d'evenements et de details se presente de- 
vant la posterite, ils sont presque tous aneantis les uns par 
les autres ; les seuls qui restent sont ceux qui ont produit de 
grandes r^volntions, ou ceux qui, ayant ^te decrits par 
quelque ^crivain excellent, se sauvent de la foule comme des 
portraits d'hommes obscurs peints par de grands maitres. 



GERMAN. 
July, 1886. 

Translate into idiomatic Ensjlish : — 

©§ mar an eiuem ©onntan S^Mi^niittap, itnb tcf) nci^erte mi^ Be* 
rettS bem ®orfe, ba§ nur nod) burd) einen Hetncn ©pa^tergant] non 
ber llniDerfitdtSftabt getvennt ift. 5luf etnem Jngpfabe ftieti id) uom 
3Salbe etnen 3lM}ann ^inab nnb n^l^cti^flte an etn etnfam fte()enbe8 
§au§, bag einic^e ^unbert ©djvttte lueit t)or bem 3)orfe {ac\, iiu 
©an^en etraa^ iibcv etne (]a(6e ©timbe ton ber (Stabt cntfernt. (g§ 
ttiar ein alte§ ^ol^erne^ §au§, beffen S3a(fen buvd) ein @emifd) oon 
2d)m nnb ^at! ^nfammenljincjen. SJlan ^citte e§ etne §ittte nennen 
fonnen, njenn e§ ntd)t ein obeveS ©todmer! qe()abt ^citte. 35orn ^inc; 
bag '^ad] mit breitem ©d)trme mett ^erab unb bilbete, t)on nte^rcren 
fallen fleftit^t, eine S^eranba, bie e§ anciene()m be[d)attete, nnb un^ 
mittelbar an biefe ^eranba fd](of] [id) etu fleiner ©arten mit alten 
SBcinmen nnb .qnt bearbeiteten ^eeten^. in benen aUevlet ^iic^en^ 



262 GERMAN. 

pflan^en irudjfen. 2Btc all unb Qvm aud^ ba§ ^D^ateriol beg §aufc§ 
wax, fo mac^te el bo(^ eiuen itjavmeit imb flemiitljttc^en ©iubrucf. 
(S§ tnar in aHeu feineu X^eilen [e^v veintid) fle[)aUeu, nnb ber ©artne 
bavan wax mit Dieter Siebe mib ©or.qfalt nepPecjt. Qd) fonnte olleg 
Deqitemuberfdiauen, ha bev O'uBPf'J^ ai^ ^e^' eiuen ©eite beg niebvigen 
©autengauneg in eini.qer §o§e bo^in lief, fo bog id) t)on eiuer qe^ 
luiffen ©tefie burd] bie Tjinteve Xljixx and) in bag 3nnere gn btiden 
t)erniod)te. (gtmag mitbe, trie id) t)on bev SSanbenmg tnar, btieb ic^ 
uni fo lieber ftet^en, nui biefe -3bt}tle etlnag lanqer gn betrac^ten, oU 
aug bent artn(id)en §nufe ein fdjtineg ^ongert gtueier ^iolinen erfd)oII, 
Don benen bie erfte mit grower 9[)^eifterfd)aft ge^anb^abt lunrbe. Urn 
ba^ ^i(b gu boUenben, fafe unter ber ^eranba eine fc^one ^rau t»on 
unqefd()r breigi.q ^a^ren, tue(d)e itn ©eqenfa^ gu ber Ijodjft (anblidjen 
Uniqebunq ftdbtifd)e Xxadjt trnq, unb gttjei I)ubfd)e ^inber, bie ftc^ 
iiu (Smarten fjerututrieben, Don ^eit ^it ^txt, ujenn fie gu kut tuurben, 
gu beru^iqen fud)te. 

3)ag ^ongert qiuq gu (Snbe, unb qteic^ barQuf tx\d)kn ein Keiner 
-5unqe mit einer 55ioIine in ber§anb unter ber55eranba, uin fid] t)on 
feiner SO^utter fitr feine Seiftnnqen loben gu (affen. 3)ie gran ftrei^ 
^elte iljm bie rotten 33aden auf bag ^^vtlic^fte unb ert^eilte i^nt, 
tnie mir aug i^ren ©eberben ()ert)orginq, reic^Iic^e Igobfpvitc^e. -3:n* 
beffen erfdjien auc^ ein 9??ann in ber S^^iire, ber ebenfaUg eine 55io? 
line in ber §anb ()atte unb in biefe ^obfpritc^e ntit einguftimmen 
fd)ien. 3)er J!nabe itjor gang qliidtid), fel^te bie 5Sio(ine n^ieber an 
unb forberte ben ^ater brinqenb auf, ein (S5Ieid)eg gu tf)un. 2){c 
9}?utter ftintmte mit ein, unb bie beiben 93^ufifer beqannen nunme^r 
unter ber 33eranba bag ^ongert aufg 9Jeue. 3)te ^inber, bie fic^ 
im ©arten ^erumqetrieben fatten, fteOten fid) je^t ru^ig t)or bie bei* 
ben (5|3ielenben ^in, leqten bie ^iinht auf ben ^f^iiden unb ^orten 
aufmerffant gu. (5g tuar eiue fd)one (^ruppe unb eine fdjone <8gcne. 
3)ie ©ruppe ber mufigirenben unb I)or^enben f^amitie ftanb tuir faft 
im ©c^atten; nur ber btonbe ^opf ber SJJutter, bie an eiuer ber 
(gciulen fag, tDiirbe tion einem ©onnenftra^te erreid)t, unb irar njte 
t)on einem 9Zitnbug umqeben. 9Zid)tg ttjar gu fjoven, atg ^ie unb ha 
in ben 33dunten 35ogelfang unb ber ^lang ber beiben ^iolinen. 



GEEMAN. 263 

June, 1885. 
Translate into good Euglish : — 

■3fn bem ®oif, too uiifeu 25ater luo^nte, ift and) bie ©itte/ baJ3 bie 
grauen uni) bie 9}?dbd]en in ben Sinterabenben ^nm ©^inueu fief) 
^ufammenfe^en. ®ie junqen 23mfd)en fommen bann and) unb er^ 
3dl)Ien 9}?anrf)erlet. ©o iam e§ eine§ ^2lbenb§, bafe man t)ou ©e- 
fpenftern^ unb (grfd)einun.qen fprad), unb bie jungen S3ur[c^en ei;^d()l- 
ten tion einem alten ^rdmer/ bcv fd)on tor ge^u -Sa^ren qeftouben 
fet, aber ini ©rab !eine 9?u§e finbe. -Sebe ^ad)t merfe ei* bie (Srbe 
t)on ftc^ ab, fteige aug bem (^rab unb f(J)Ieid)e langfam, mie er im 
^eben getf)an, nad) feinem $?aben. 53icle berjauptcten, i[)n gefefjeu ^u 
^aben, unb bie 2J?dbc^en unb Seibev fingen on \id) ^u fuvd)ten. 
Mdm ©cfilnefter ahev, ein 3J?dbd)en ton fed)ge^n -Safjren, luoEte 
Hiigev fein aU bie ^nbern, unb fagte: „1)a§ glaube ic^ aUeg nid)t ; 
n^er einmal tobt ift, fommt nid)t mieber !'' ©a fngte einer ton ben 
jungen toten : „2Benn ®u bie§ glaubft, fo iDirft 3)u 3)id) audj 
nid)t tor i^m fiird]ten. SBage e§ einmal, ge^e ^in auf ben ^ird)^of, 
6ri(^ ton einem (^lab eine 33Iume unb bringe fie un§, fo tjoHen luir 
glauben, bo^ 2)u 3)i(^ tor bem ^rdmer nid)t fiivc^teft !" 

9J?eine ©^itefter fc^dmte fid), ton hen 5lnbern terlad^t gu Itjerben, 
barum fagte fie : „£)^ ! bag ift mir ein ^ei^teS: tta§ luoUt -3^r benn 
fur eine Slume ?" 

,,^6 blii^t im gon^en S)orf Teine tteige 9^ofe, al§ bort; barum 
bring un§ einen ©trauJ3 ton biefeu/' antiuortete eine i^rer greun* 
binnen. ©ie ftanb auf unb ging, aber bie O^rauen fd)iitteUen ben 
^opf unb fagten : „2Benn e§ nur gut ablduft !" SD^eine (Sdjmefter 
ging bem ^'ir^^of gu ; ber 93^onb fd)ien ^eH, unb fie fing an gu 
fd)aubern, aU e^ gitbtf U^r fd)(ug unb fie bie ^ird)f)ofpforte offnete. 

■Se^t itar fie ba ; gitternb fniete fie nieber unb !nidte* bie 33(umen 
db. ®a gtaubte fie gang in ber 9^d[)e ein ©erdufc^ gu terneljmen ; 
fie fa!^ fid) um: gn^ei (Sd)ritte ton i^r f(og bie ^rbe ton einem ®rab 
t)intteg, unb langfam rid)tete fid) eine @eftalt barau§ empor. (S3 
xoax ein alter, bleic^er ^ann mit einer weigen ®d)Iafmu^e auf bem 



264 GERMAK. 

^o]3f. SO^cine ©cf)Wefteu evf(i)raf; aU a&eu ber tm (^rabe mtt 
ncifclnber ©timme anfinc] gu fpredjcn: „®utsfi 5I6enb, ^itugfer;^ 
it)o^er fo fpdt?" ba raffte^ fie [id) auf, fprancj ii6er bie ©rcibeu t)iit 
nad) jenem §aiife, eqci^Ite beina()e atemloS, lua^ fie n^K^JSi^/ ""b 
iriurbe [o fdjroad), ba§ man fie nad) §anfe tragen niuJ3te. ^lad) brei 
3!^a.qen ftarb fie an einem {)i^t(]en gtebei*. ^ie 9^o[en gu il)rem 
!Xotenfi-an3 f)atte fie fi(^ felbft .qebrod)en. 

1 custom. 2 ghosts. ^ peddler. * broke. * young woman. 

* jumped up. 



SHEFFIELD SCIENTIFIC SCHOOL OF YALE 

UNIVERSITY. 



-00^:^00- 



ARITHMETIC. 
July, 1887. 

1. Find the factors, the greatest common divisor, and the 

least common multiple of 240, 560, and 616. ':^ ^- 

112 5 '^^^^ 

2. Find in its simplest form the value of — ^-^-. ^'T^ 

^ 12| 9 *-^ - 

3. (a) Reduce 0.625 to as simple a common fraction as 
possible. (&) Reduce -f-^ and -^ to decimals. What impor- 
tant difference do you observe between these two require- 
ments ? 

4. If a slab of marble 8 ft. long, 3 ft. wide, and 3 in. thick 
weighs 105G lbs., how much will another slab of the same 
marble weigh which is 6 ft. long, 2 ft. wide, and 2 in. thick? 

5. How long must $350 be at simple interest at 6 per 
cent per annum to amount to $404.25? 

6. Extract the square root of 0.3375 to three places. 

7. Express approximately 10 meters in feet ; 10 kilometers 
in miles ; the cubic meter in liters ; the gram in grains ; the 
kilogram in pounds avoirdupois. 

September, 1887. 
1. Reduce xVs^ ^^ ^^® lowest terms. 



266 PLANE GEOMETRY. 

2. Find the least common multiple of 945 and 1485. 

3. Divide 0.000064 by 0.008. 

4. The longitude of Boston is 71° 3' 30" W. That of San 
Francisco is 122° 25' 40.76" W. When it is noon at Boston, 
what is the local time of day at San Francisco? 

5. If you give your note for $500 payable in 60 days, to 
a bank discounting at 6 per cent per annum, what amount 
ought you to receive for it ? 

6. A broker receives $7537.50 to invest in stocks at $75 
per share and cover his brokerage at ^ per cent. How many 
shares should he purchase ? 

7. Extract the square root of 0.1528 to three places. 



PLANE GEOMETRY. 

July, 1887. 

[Note. — State at the head of your paper what text-hook you have studied 
on the suhject and to what extent.] 

1 . If one angle of a triangle be greater than another, the 
side opposite the greater angle will exceed that opposite 
the lesser angle. 

2. When two chords of a circle intersect each other, each 
augle formed by them is measured by half the sum of the 
arcs intercepted by its sides and the sides of its vertically 
opposite angle. 

3. Find a mean proportional between two given straight 
lines. 

4. Draw two concentric circles such that the chords of the 
outer circle which touch the inner one may be equal to the 
diameter of the inner circle. (Prove your construction.) 

5. Compare the area inclosed between the circumferences 
of the two circles of the preceding problem with the area 
of either of the circles. 



SOLID AND SPHERICAL GEOMETRY. 267 

SOLID AND SPHERICAL GEOMETRY. 
July, 1887. 

[Note. — State at the head of your paper what text-book you have studied 
on the subject and to what extent.] 

1. Define a plane, and prove that two planes intersect each 
other in a straight line, if at all. 

2. If two planes are respectively perpendicular to two 
intersecting lines, their line of intersection is perpendicular 
to the plane of the line. 

3. If a pyramid be cut by a plane parallel to its base, 
then (a) the edges and the altitude are divided proportion- 
ately, and (b) the section is similar to the base. 

4. Write expressions for the volume of a cone and the 
volume of a sphere, and indicate briefly the methods by 
which you have been taught to derive them. 

5. The radius of a sphere is bisected by a plane at right 
angles to it. What is the ratio of the two parts into which 
the plane divides the surface of the sphere? Give the 
proposition on which you base vour answer. 



GEOMETRY. 

September, 1887. 

[Note. — State at the head of your paper what text-book you have studied 
on the subject and to what extent.] 

1. The sum of the three interior angles of a triangle is 
equal to two right angles. 

2. If the opposite sides of a quadrilateral are equal to 
each other, it is a parallelogram. 



268 ALGEBRA TO QUADRATICS. 

3. Draw a common tangent to two given circles and prove 
3'our construction. 

4. The sum of the squares upon the two diagonals of a 
parallelogram is equal to the sum of the squares upon the 
four sides. 

5. If from a point without a circle a secant and a tangent 
be drawn, the rectangle of the whole secant and the part of 
it without the circle is equal to the square of the tangent. 

6. Straight lines perpendicular to the same plane are 
parallel to each other. 

7. To draw a circumference of a great circle through any 
two given points on the surface of a sphere. 

8. Find the ratio of the surfaces and that of the volumes 
of a sphere and a circumscribed cylinder. 



ALGEBRA TO QUADRATICS. 

July, 1887. 

[Note. — State at the head of your paper what text-books you have studied 
on the subject and to what extent.] 

1. Resolve the following expressions into factors : aP — 8; 

2. Find the value in its simplest form of 

a-\-c (6 + c) 

{a — b){x — a) {a — b)(x — by 

„ v^. x-2 X + 2S lO + x . n .^ 

3. Given x — = — ^^ — • —-, to find x. 

3 4 5 

4. Given — H = - and 1 = -, to find x and y, 

3x by 9 5aj 32/ 4 



ALGEBRA FEOM QUADRATICS. 269 

5. Expand (a^ — 2 by by the binomial formula. 

6. Simplify the following expressions : 

(1) («")". (4) V5S. 

(2) ^. (5) V108 + V75-V27. 

3 1 

(3) (_>a)2n(_^yn+l (6) 5^ + 3.52. 

[71 entire]. (7) (2^.2^)^ 



ALGEBRA FROM QUADRATICS. 

July, 1887. 

[Note. — State at the head of your paper what text-book you have studied 
on the subject and to what extent.] 

1. Given 12 a?^ + ic — 1 = 0, to find the values of x. 

2. Find the roots of {x -j-l)(x—2) {x^ — Qx -{- d) =0. 

3. Given {ax — &)^ + 4ta{ax — b)= Ja^, to find the values 
of X. 

4. Find two numbers such that their product, sum and 
the difference of their squares shall be equal to each other. 

5. How many different signals may be made with 12 dif- 
ferent flags, by hoisting 4 at a time above each other? 

1 -X- 2x . 

6. Develop -—^ — into a series of ascending powers of x 

O —\~ t: X 

by the method of undetermined coefficients. 



ALGEBRA. 

September, 1887. 

[Note. — State at the head of your paper what text-book you have studied 
on the subject and to what extent.] 

1. Simply fg - lY-^") + g - iV , ^ +-^-'^ „ - 1 Y 



270 TEIGONOMETKY. 

2. Given = and 7 = ^7;;^ to 

x^l y-1 6 x-^l y — l 30 

find X and y. 

3. Prove that ( — ^ ) > ah. 



2 + ^ 
4. Simplify the following expressions : 



(1) a253 • C^) — i W -^ ^. 

\ / ^ 05"^ - 2 

(4) ^2^ X V46. . (5) -v/125. 

(6)(V^+V2/)(V^-V2/)- 

ah 



5. Solve the equation a{x^ — x) -{- h {x? -\- x) = 

a-\-h 

6. Find all the roots of a? — x^ — x -\- 1 = 0. 



7. Solve "^^^^ 



VeT — a + Vofcc — 1 -\/x — 1 

8. Derive a formula for the sum of the terms of a geomet- 
rical progression. 

9. How many different amounts can be made up from five 
different coins. 

10. Develop into a series of ascending pow- 

1 — 2x-\-x^ 

ers of ic, by the method of undetermined coefficients. 



TRIGONOMETRY. 

July, 1887. 

[Note. — State at the head of your paper what text-book you have studied 
on the subject and to what extent.] 

1. Define the term radian. Express an angle of 60° in 
radians. What is the measure of an angle of f tt radians in 
degrees ? 



TEIGONOMETEY. 271 

2. Make a table of the values of the trigonometric func- 
tions for the angles -, tt, f tt, 27r. 

ill 

3. Show that sin (f tt ± c^) = — cos ^^ 
and that cot (2 tt — a) = — cot a. 

nr^ -. ,T <. 1 • tan a 

4. Deduce the formulas sm a = 



sec a = 



Vl + tan^ a 
1 



Vl — sin^ a 

Explain the proper sign of the denominator in each case 
when a is a positive angle of the third quadrant. 

5. Deduce a formula to express tan a in terms of tan^a. 

6. Find with the help of the tables all angles between 0° 
and 540° whose cotangent is — V2.34. 

7. Compute A by the formula tan i J. = ^ r ^ ^ ^' . — , 

where s=i(a+64-c), when a=1554, & = 1555.2, c=1556.4. 
What is the use of this formula in Trigonometry ? 

September, 1887. 

[Note. — State what text-book you have studied on the subject and to 

what extent.] 

1. Describe the changes which take place in the sine, 
cosine, and tangent of an angle, as the angle varies from 

to 2 TT. 

2. Show that cot (tt + a) = cot a ; 
also that cosec (tt + a) = — cosec a. 

3. Express the sine of an angle in terms of the cosine ; 
the tangent in terras of the sine and cosine. Express, also, 
three of the six trigonometrical functions as reciprocals of 
three others. 



272 ENGLISH GRAMMAE. 

4. Name all positive aDgies between and 4 tt whose 
tangent is —1. How many other angles have this tangent? 

5. Derive an expression for coseca in terms of tana. 

6. Deduce the formula 

cos X — cos 2/ = — 2 sin |- (a? + 2/) sin \{x — y). 

7. Compute A and B by the formula, 

tani(^ - JB) = ^^^ tan|-M + B) , 

having given ^ + 5=120°, a = 3467.5, 6 = 3456.7. Of 
what use is this formula in Trigonometry ? 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
June, 1887. 

[State what text-book you have studied.] 

1. Pars3 the words in the following sentence : — 

This person was the man whose conduct brought shame to 
all his countrymen. 

2. Inflect the present and preterite tenses of the verb to he. 

3. State the distinction between the old (or strong) and 
the weak (or new) conjugation of the English verb, and 
illustrate by three examples of each. 



CAESAR. 
June, 1887 

I. Translate as literally as possible : — - 
1. Caesari quum id nuutiatum esset, eos per provinciam 
nostram iter facere conari, maturat ab urbe projiscisciy et, 



CAESAR. 273 

quam maximis potest itineribus, in Galliam nlteriorem con- 
tendit et ad Genevam pervenit. Provinciae toti quam maxi- 
mum potest militum numerum imperat (erat omnino in Gallia 
ulteriore legio una) ; pontem, qui erat ad Genevam, jubet 
rescindi. 

2. Horum adventu tanta rerum commutatio est facta, ut 
nostri, etiam qui vulnerihus confecti procubuissent, scutis 
innixi proelium redintegrarent ; tum calones, perterritos 
hostes conspicati, etiam inermes armatis occurrerent ; equltes 
vero, ut turpitudinem fugae virtute delerent, omnibus in locis 
pugnae se legionariis militibus praeferrent. 

3. Pugnatum est diu atque acriter, quum Sontiates supe- 
rior] bus victoriis freti in sua virtute totius Aquitaniae salutem 
positam putarent, nostri autem, quid sine imperatore et sine 
reliquis legionibus, adolescentulo duce, efficere possent, per- 
spici cuperent : tandem confecti vulneribus hostes terga 
vertere. 

4. Ita mobilitatem equitum, stabilitatem peditum in proeliis 
praestant, ac tantum usu quotidiano et exercitatione efficmnt, 
uti in declivi ac praecipiti loco incitatos equos sustijiere, et 
brevi moderari ac Jlectere, et per temonem perciirrere, et in 
jugo insistere et se inde in currus citissime recipere consuerint. 

5. Tandem dat Cotta permotus manus ; superat sententia 
Sabini. Pronuntiatur prima luce ituros ; consumitur vigiiiis 
reliqua pars noctis, quum sua quisque miles circumspiceret, 
quid secum portare posset, quid ex instrumento hibernorum 
relinquere cogeretur. Omnia excogitantur, quare nee sine 
periculo maneatur- et languore militum et vigiiiis periculum 
augeatur, 

6. Quum superaverunt, animalia capta immolant ; reliquas 
res in unum locum conferunt. Multis in civitatibus harum 
rerum exstructos tumulos locis consecratis conspicari licet ; 



274 CAESAR. 

neqiie saepe accidit, ut, neglecta quispiam religione, aut capta 
apud se occultare aut posita tollere auderet; gravissimumque 
ei rei supplicium cum cruciatu constitutum est. 

II. Grammati«al questions, supplementary to the paper 
on Latin Grammar : — 

1 . State the construction of all italicized words in passages 
1, 2, and 3. 

2. Give the principal parts of all italicized words in 
passages 4, 5, and 6. 

3. Quote in full from the above text an example of indirect 
statement and rewrite it so as to make it direct. 

September, 1887. 

I. Translate as literally as possible : — 

1. Hie pagus unus, quum domo exisset patrum nostrorum 
memoria, Lucium Cassium consulem interfecerat et ejus exer- 
citum sub jugum miserat. Ita, sive casu, sive consilio deorum 
immortalium, quae pars civitatis Helvetiae insignem calami- 
tatem populo Romano intulerat, ea princeps poenas persolvit. 

2. De numero eorum omnia se habere explorata Remi 
dicebant, propterea quod propinquitatihus affinitatibusque 
conjnncti, quantam quisque multitudinem in communi Bel- 
garum concilio ad id bellum poUicitus sit, cognoverint. Pla- 
rimum inter eos Bellovacos et virtute et auctoritate et hominum 
numero valere ; hos posse conficere armata milia centum. 

3. Ad quarum initium silvarum quum Caesar pervenisset 
castraque munire instituisset, neque hostis interim visus esset, 
dispersis in opere nostris, subito ex omnibus partibus silvae 
evolaverunt et in yiostws impetum fecerunt. Nostri celeriter 
arma ceperunt eosque in silvas repuleruut, et compluribus 
interfectis, longius impeditioribus locis secuti paucos ex suis 
deperdiderunt. 



LATIN. 275 

4. "Dm^i^e," inquit, " commilitones, nisi vultis aquilam 
hostibus prodere : ego certe meum rei publicae atque impera- 
tori oflicium praestitero." Hoc quum magna voce dixisset, se 
ex navi projecit atque in hostes aquilam ferre coepit. Turn 
nostri cohortati inter se, ne tantum dedecus admitteretur, 
universi ex navi desiluerunt. 

5. Itaque ex legionibus fabros deligit et ex continenti alios 
arcessi jubet ; Labieno scribit, ut quam plurimas posset, iis 
legionibus quae sunt apud eum, naves instituat. Ipse, etsi 
i^es erat multae operae ac laboris, taraen commodissimnm esse 
statuit omnes naves subduci et cum castris una munitions 
conjungi. 

6. XXIX. Caesar, postquam per Ubios exploratores com- 
perit Suevos sese in silvas recepisse, inopiam frumenti veritus, 
constituit nonprogredi longius ; sed ne omnino metum reditus 
sui barbaris toUeret atque ut eorum auxilia tardaret, reducto 
exercitu, partem ultimam pontis rescindit. 

II. Grammatical questions, supplementary to the paper 
on Latin Grammar : — 

1 . State the construction of all italicized words in passages 
1, 2, and 3. 

2. Give the principal parts of all italicized words in pas- 
sages 4, 5, and 6. 

3. Quote in full from the above text an example of indirect 
statement and rewrite it so as to make it direct. 



LATIN. 
[Exercises and Grammar.] 
June, 1887. 
I. Translate into Latin : — 
1. The Belgae^ inhabit^ one^ part* of Gaul. 



276 LATIN. 

2. One part of Gaul is inhabited by the Belgae. 

3. Those, who inhabit the third^ part of Gaul, were called® 

Celts/ 

4. Caesar says (that) the Celts inhabit the third part of 
Gaul. 

5. Rewrite sentence 4, and substitute direct for indirect 
statement. 

6. Caesar said (that) the Gauls inhabited the third part 
of Gaul. 

7. Eewrite sentence 6, and substitute direct for indirect 
statement. 

8. Caesar says (that) the Helvetians^ surpass^ the-rest- 
of-the^° -Gauls^^ in bravery.^ 

9. Caesar said (that) the Helvetians surpassed the other 
Gauls in bravery. 

10. Rewrite sentence 9, and substitute direct for indirect 
statement. 

11. Latin Grammar. 

1. Decline urhs, iter, ulterior, castra, 

2. Decline id, ego, aliquis. 

3. Compare ulterior, parvus, dives. 

4. Write the synopsis, active and passive, of monere and 
audire. 

5. Enumerate all the uses you know of the genitive case. 

^ Belgae (/>?.). ^ tertius. ® Praecedere — [governs accu- 

2 incolere. ^ appellare. i'^ reliqui (p/.). sative~\. 

3 unus. 7 Celtae (/?/.). ^^ Gallus. 

4 pars. s Helvetius. i^ virtus. 



LATIN. 277 

September, 1887. 
I. Translate into Latin : — 

1. The ancient^ Germans^ used-to-value^ highly* the 
advice^ of women ^. 

2. The advice of women used-to-be-valued highly by the 
ancient Germans. 

3. The Germans do not value advice highly. 

4. Advice is not valued highly by the Germans. 

5. Tacitus'^ says^ the Germans value advice highly. 

6. Rewrite sentence 5 and substitute direct for indirect 
statement. 

7. Tacitus says the ancient Germans valued highly the 
advice of women. 

8. Tacitus said the ancient Germans valued highl}' the 
advice of women. 

9. The Germans never ^ despised ^° the answers of women. 

10. It is declared (that) the Germans never despised the 
answers of women. 

11. Latin Grammar. 

1. Decline domus, consul, exercitus, 

2. Decline hie, qui, ea. 

3. Com])SiYe juvenis, pessimus, major. 

4. Write the S3'nopsis, active and passive, of docere (docui, 
doctum\ and capere (cepi, captum). 

6. Enumerate all the uses you know of the dative case. 

1 vetus. ^ femina. 

2 Germani. ' Tacitus. 
^ aestimare. ^ dicere. 

4 magni. ^ nunquam. 

^ consihum. ^^ spernere (sprevi, spretum) . 



278 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 

HISTORY OP THE UNITED STATES. 
July, 1887. 

1. Give the dates of the following events : Raleigh's first 
colony, the persecutions for witchcraft at Salem, Braddock's 
defeat, the Stamp Act, the presidential terms of Jefferson, 
John Quincy Adams, Polk, and Johnson. 

2. Give an account of the London and Plymouth com- 
panies. 

3. What treaty ended the Revolutionary War, and what 
were its terms? 

4. Give an account of the Hartford Convention. 

5. What were the principles of Free Soil party, and who 
were its presidential candidates in 1848? 

6. Describe the plan of reconstruction as carried out by 
Congress after the Civil War. 

[N. B. — The dates are to be given with every question.] 

September, 1887. 

1. Give an account of the settlement and government of 
North and South Carolina. 

2. Describe the first Continental Congress, and the acts 
of Great Britain that brought it about. 

3. Give the leading events of Washington's administration. 

4. What was the doctrine of State Sovereignty, and on 
what occasions has it been asserted in our history ? 

5. Who were the i^residential candidates in 1860, and 
what parties did they represent? 

6. Give the dates of the beginning and end of the three 
principal wars of the United States during the past 100 years. 

[N. B. — The dates are to be given with every question.] 



GEOGRAPHY. 279 

GEOGRAPHY. 
July, 1887. 

1. Bound the State of Missouri, give the position of its 
greatest city, and name two rivers in the State or on its 
borders. 

2. Where does the river Rhine rise, what direction does it 
run, where does it empty, and what countries does it run 
through or touch, in their order, from its head to its mouth? 

3. Describe the Gulf of Mexico, what countries touch it, 
what are the chief rivers which empty into it, what are its 
ciiief seaports. 

4. Where are the following cities : Atlanta, Geneva, 
Havre, Hamburgh, Helena, Honolulu? 

5. Bound Brazil, what is its form of government, describe 
two rivers in it, and give the names and positions of two 
cities in it. 

6. What is the torrid zone, and how many English miles 
wide is it? 

7. What are the East Indian Islands? Give the names of 
such of them as you can, with the position and description of 
each. 

September, 1887. 

1. Bound the State of Pennsylvania, what mountains cross 
the State, what is the largest city in the State west of the 
mountains and how is it situated, and what is the largest city 
in the State east of the mountains, and how is it situated? 

2. Where does the river Danube rise, what direction does 
it run, where does it empty, and what countries does it run 
throuoh or touch, in their order, from its head to its mouth? 



280 GEOGRAPHY. 

3. Describe the Bay of Bengal, what countries touch it, 
what are the chief rivers which empty into it, and what are 
its chief seaports ? 

4. Where are the following cities : Auckland, Madrid, 
Mobile, Moscow, Chattanooga, Naples? 

5. Bound Spain, what is its form of government, name 
some river in it, and give the name and situation of some 
city in it. 

6. What is the North Frigid (or North Polar) zone, and 
how many English miles wide is it? 

7. Where are the West Indian Islands, give the names of 
such of them as you can, with the position and description 
of each. 



COLLEGE OF NEW JERSEY, PRINCETON. 



-ooJaS<t>o- 



AOADEMIQ DEPARTMENT, 



June, 1887. 

ENGLISH. 
I. 

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

1. Define the following terras — grammar, clause, ad- 
junct, antecedent, participle, syntax, etymology. 

2. State why i\iQ place of the word in the sentence is so 
important in English. Compare English and Latin in this 
respect. 

3. State some of the more important rules of Spelling and 
Punctuation. 

4. Give examples of verbal and abstract nouns ;' of rela- 
tive, possessive, and adjective pronouns ; of participial, pro- 
nominal, and numeral adjectives, and compare the adjectives 
— evil, far, hind, fore. 

5. Write the plurals for the following nouns, and give 
reasons for the respective forms — sky, valley, motto, wharf, 
penny, summons, father-in-law, man-servant, attornej^-gen- 
eral, index, thesis, seraph. 

6. Mention the different classes of English Verbs and 
give the chief parts of — befall, blow, clothe, cost, prove, 
shear, slit, wed. Give a synopsis of the verb— -Be. 



282 ENGLISH. 

7. state the uses of the different moods and tenses and 
indicate the parts of speech of the respective words and 
phrases in italics. 

Such as I have. 
Whoever he himself was. 
One and another. 
The English flag. 
There were four present. 
Provided he will do it. 
He is that he claims to be. 
I must needs do it. 

8. Explain the grammatical correctness of the expressions 
in italics. 

The Notary Public's house. 
It was they who went. 
Of two evils, choose the lesser. 
Each one has his faults. 
The bridge is building.. 

9. Give the grammatical analj'^sis of the following quota- 
tion. 

" Up from the meadows rich with corn, 
Clear in the cool September morn ; 
The clustered spires of Frederick stand, 
Green-walled by the hills of Maryland." 

Whittier. 

II. 

UNITED STATES HISTORY. 

1 . Give a brief account of the explorations and discoveries 
from 1492-1607. 

2. State some facts as to the following events in the 
Colonial Period : — 



ENGLISHo 283 

Settlement of Virginia. 

Voyage and Settlement of the Pilgrims. 

Founding of Harvard College. 

3. Mention the thirteen original colonies and the origin of 
their respective names. 

4. In the Eevolutionary Period, explain the following acts 
and events : — 

The Navigation Act. 
Invasion of Canada. 
Taking of Ticonderoga. 
Adoption of the Constitution. 
Battle of Saratoga. 

5. Compare Jefferson's first and second administrations. 

6. Mention those Presidents whose respective terms of 
office have been over four years. 

7. Give date and place of some of the more important 
battles of the Civil War. 

8. Mention the respective dates of the following : — 

Repeal of the Stamp Act. 

Execution of Andrfe. 

Ratification of Articles of Confederation. 

Ratification of the Constitution. 

Death of Washington. 

War with Mexico. 

Emancipation Proclamation. 

Impeachment of Andrew Johnson. 

9. Give a brief account of the geographical growth of the 
country and of its industrial and educational progress. 

III. 

A short essay may be written on any one of the following 
themes : — 



284 GEEEK. 

Sir Walter Scott as an Author. 

Personal character of Scott. 

Sketch of Life of Benjamin Franklin. 

Franklin's Scientific Work. 

[N. B. — Applicants will state what authors they have studied in United 
States History and English Grammar.] 



GREEK. 



[N.B. — State at the head of your paper what Greek you have studied, 
how long, and at what school; and if the examination is a partial one, the 
subjects you offer. Write Greek with the accents.] 

GRAMMAR. 

[For all candidates, except such as have previously passed Grammar in 
full.] 

1. State the gender and infiect the singular of vrjaos, Te2xo<s, 
Sd|a; the plural of avT^p, ttovs, /xet^oov. 

2. Compare aio-xpog, tJSus, and form adverbs from them in 
each degree of comparison. 

Give adverbs for twice, four times, often, 

3. Give principal parts of SiSao-Kw, toltto), /xavOdvoi, opdoi. 
Inflect the first aorist indicative middle of o-KeTTTOfxaL ; the 

perfect indicative passive of rarrw. 

Give the imperative (second singular only) , the infinitive, 
and the participle (nominative masculine) corresponding to 
these forms in tense and voice : yjyayov, yx^V^^ ^^^y ^Wh 
ido), iOvcrdfJiriv, SiSoyfxat. 

4. What case is used for the time at which? for the time 
within which? What is the case for the crime with verbs of 
judicial action? What case or cases belong with eVoynat, 
TTtfJiTrXrjfxL, Kardpxoi, 8t8a(JKa), /w,€raSt8(o/x,i ? with Trpd, a/u,a, ej/eKa, 
crw, 8ta? 



GEEEK. 285 

5. If he heard, he obeyed; if he had heard, he would have 
obeyed : how do these differ, and by what moods and tenses 
is each to be expressed? 

ANABASIS. 

[N.B. — Passages B and C are for those taking preliminary examination 
in three hooks. All others do A only; hut if you cannot, then do both B 
and C] 

A. 

^FiVrevOev eire^iy^av rrj^; vv/€Tb<; ATj/jbOKpdrrjv Te/jL6VLT7]v, 
dvSpa<; 86vT6<^f eVt rd oprj ev6a e(j)a(Tav ol dirocTKehavvv- 
jievoL KaOopdv rd iTvpd • ovto<; ydp iSo/cec kol irporepov 
TToWd rjZr) dXrjdevcrai roiaura, rd ovra re co? ovra kol rd 
fir) ovra co? ovk ovra, TTopev6el<i he rd fiev irvpd ov/c €<p7f 
Iheiv, dvhpa he avWa^cbv rJKev dycov e'^ovra ro^ov TiepaL- 
Kov KOI iraperpav kol adyapcv olavirep koI at ^A/jLa^6ve<i 
€')(pv(Tiv» epcoTQ)fjLevo<i he Trohairo^; e'lr}, JIepcr7)<; [lev e(f)7j 
elvai, iropeveaOai S' o-tto tov Trjpc^d^ov crTpaTevfiaro^;, 
o'TTO)'^ eTTCT^heLa \d0oL. ol he rjpcorcov avrov to arpdrevfia 
OTToaov re eoTj koI eirl tlvl avveLXey/Jievov. 6 he elirev on 
T7]pi^a^o(; eoT) e'^cov rrjv re iavrov hvvaficv koI fJnaOo^o- 
povi XaXf/Sa? KOL Tao^ov^ * irapecTKevdaOai he avrov e^rj 
&)<? iirX rfi vTrep/SoXfj rod 6pov<; iv rot<} crrevot'?, f/nrep 
{jLova^y) elrj TTopeia, evravOa eTnOrja-ofjievov rot? "^Wtjo-lv. 

Give reason for mood of dr] (line 7), XdfBoL. Where is 
rjp(x)Toyv TrapecTKevdcrOa ? Force of participle iTnOrjaofjicvov ? 
[Omit B and G, if you have done the preceding. (See note.)] 

B. 

%coTr]pLha<^ he 6 %ikvci)Vlo<; elirev * Ovk i^ taov, m Sevo- 
(j)(ov, io-fiev ' (TV fiev ydp e(j> Xmrov o')(r}, eyco he ^aXeTro)? 
Kafivco rrjv dainha (pepcov. Kal o? d/covcra^ ravra, Kara- 
iri^hrjaa^ d'lro rod Lirirov, oodeirac avrov e'/c t?}? rd^eco<;, fcal 



286 GREEK. 

ryv acTTrlSa a(f)e\6/Lievo<? co? iSvvaro Td')(^LaTa e^wt' iiro- 
pevero. erv^yave. Be koI 6copaKa eycov rov Ittttlkov • wcrre 
iine^eTO. teal toI(; fiev e/jLTrpocrOev virdyetv TrapeKeXevero, 
Tot9 ^e oTTLadev TrapievaL fjbo\c<^ eiTopbevoi<;. ol S' aXXoi 
arpaTCCorat, iraiovcn koI /3dWovcn kol Xotoopovcri, rov 
^cor7]piBav, ecrre rjvd^Kaaav Xa^ovra ryv acririha iropev- 
eaOai. 6 Se dva^d^, eo)? P'GV ^dcnfia rjv, iirl rod lttttov 
rjyev eVet Se ajSara tjv, KaTaXtTrcDV top 'lttttov ecTTTevSe 

d<f>£\6ix€vo<; : from what, and force of the participle ? -^vdy- 
Krja-av, KaraAtTTwv ; from what, and where made? 

c. 

TJopevofievoi Be d(f)L/covTO eh K(Ofjia<; odev aTreBec^av ol 
'Tjyefiove^ XapujBdveiv rd iTTiTrjBeia. ivfjv Be (7CT0<i koI o2vo<; 
^OLVLKCov 7roA,u9 Kol 6^0'^ i'ylrTjTov aTTO t6)V avTOiV. avrau 
Be at ^dXavoi tmv ^ocvlkcov, oia'^ jxev ev toI<; '^FjWtjo'LV 
eartv IBelv, rot? olKerai^ aTTeKeivro • al Be toI<^ BecrTT0TaL<i 
aTTOKelfievac rjaav aTToXeKTOi, Oavpudcnai to koXXo'^ Kai to 
IJLe<ye6o<; * r) Be o'^i<i rjXe/cTpov ovBev Bt,e(f>epev • ra? Be TLva<i 
KOL ^TjpaivovTe^; TpayTJfiaTa aTTeTiOecrav. Kai rjv Kai iTapa 
TTOTOV r)Bu fjuev, Ke(f>aXaXye<; Be. 

a-rreKavTo : from what, and where made ? Derive Ke<f)aXaXyh. 

HOMER. 

[Nestor counsels Agamemnon.] 

aXXd, dva^, avTO^ t ev fiTJBeo, TTeiOeo t dXXco • 
ovTOi citto^Xtjtov 67ro9 eacreTaL otti Kev etVa) • 
Kplv dvBpa^ KaTCi (pvXa, KaTa (j)p'>]Tpa<^, ^ Ay dfiep^vov, 
fo)9 (jyprJTpr) (jipt^TpycfyLV dpTJyy, (f)vXa Be (f)vXoL^. 
el Be Kev w? ep^y^i Kai tol TreiOcovTat 'A'x^aioi, 



GEEEK. 287 

ryVODCTT) 677610% 0? 0^ ''^y6fl6vCL>V KaKO'^y 0? T6 VV \aOiVy 

7]^ 09 K 6(jQ\o^ ^V^^ ' ^^T^ crcf)6a<; yap iia'^eovrat • 
tyvoicreaL h\ r) /cal Oeairecnrj irokiv ovk, a\aird^6i'^, 
rj dvSpcov Ka/coTTjro koI cK^pahiy irdXefioto. 

[Odysseus arrives at Chryse.] 

Avrap ^OSv(Tcr6v^ 
€9 l^pvcryv 'iKav6V, aycov Uprjv eKaro/jL^rjv. 
01 8' ore Sr) \tjub6Vo<; 7rokv^ev660<^ 6Vto<^ Ikovto, 
larla fiev crreLXavro, Oecrav S' eV V7]i' /jbeXalvrj • 
larov S' IcTToSo/crj irekacrav, irpoTovoLcnv v(j)6VT6^, 
KapTrdXi/jbcoq • rrjv S^ eh opjjiov Trpoipvcrcrav iperfjuoh, 
6K o 6vva<; 6paXov, Kara 06 irpv/Jivrjcn eorjcrav • 
eK Se Kal avrol ^alvov iirl pijyfjLlvL 6aXd<Tcrr)<i • 
6/c 8' eKaro/Jb/Srjv ^rjaav 6/c7]^6X(p ^AttoWcovc • 
e/c Se ILpvcTTjl^ vr]6^ ^rj TTOvroiropow. 

Write quantities and feet of the last three lines. Also 
write Attic forms for iycn, yv(x)creaL, TroXifxoLo. 

COMPOSITION. 

The king asked how many men, hoplites and horsemen, 
Proxenus brought with him. A thousand, seven hundred 
and fifty, was the answer, and if you treat them well, they 
will fight bravely in your behalf. I would not have per- 
suaded them to march with me, said the King, if I did not 
intend to reward them well for their services. Have no fear 
that I shall give them over, or that we shall not conquer. 
To-morrow we shall march ninety parasangs to a large river, 
after crossing which we shall come to some villages full of 
provisions. 

Show by a rough map the location of Attica, Athens, Eu- 
boea, Thermopylae, Delphi, Olympia, Byzantium, Helles- 
pont, Delos, the Cyclades, Mytileue, Lydia, Crete. 



288 . LATIN. 



LATIN. 

State what Latin authors you have read and how much of 
each ; what work you have done in writing Latin. 
Use the right-hand pages only for your answers. 

I. 

1. Decline mens, nox, dies, versus, quis, idem, 

2. Compare superus, facilis, fortiter. 

3. Inflect capio in future indicative active and imperfect 
subjunctive passive. Teneo in imperative active and passive. 
Nolo in present indicative. Eo in infinitive. 

4. Give examples of frequentative or intensive verbs ; 
nouns of agency, and verbal adjectives with a passive 
significance. 

5. Define a deponent, an impersonal, a preteritive verb, 
and give an example of each with its principal parts. 

6. Show by examples four different uses of the ablative 
case, and two of the subjunctive mood. 

II. 

Write in Latin : — 

1. It is the mark of a wise man to stand firm in adversity. 

2. Labienus sent the fourth legion ahead to choose a place 
for the camp. 

3. This I think, that friendship cannot exist except among 
the good. 

4. Cicero was informed what Catiline was doing. 

5. We hope to remain four years at Nassau Hall.^ 

1 Aula Nassovica. 



LATIN. 



III. 



289 



1. Draw a map of Italy showing the divisions by their 
boundaries, five principal rivers, and eight cities. 

2. Show by a diagram the seven hills of Rome, the 
Forum, Circus, and Campus Martins in their proper relative 
positions. 

IV. 

Translate : — 

Sed quid ego longinqua commemoro? Fuit hoc quondam, 
fuit proprium populi Romani longe a domo bellare et pro- 
pugnaculis imperii sociorum for tunas, non sua tecta de/en- 
clere : sociis ego nostris mare per bos annos clausum f uisse 
dicam, cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi Jdeine 
summa transmiserint ? Qui ad vos ab exteris nationibus 
venirent, captos querar, cum legati populi Romani redempti 
sint? Mercatorlhus tutum mare non f uisse dicam cum duo- 
decim secures in praedonum potestatem pervenerint ? 

Quid, mare, hieme, mercatoribus : explain the case of each. 

Defendere, querar, pervenerint: explain mood and tense 
of each. 

Or this : — 

Atque haec omnia sic agentur, Quirites, ut maximae res 
minimo motu, pericula summa nullo tumultu, bellura intesti- 
num ac domesticum post hominum memoriam crudehssimum 
et maximum me uno togato d.uce et imperatore sedetur. Quod 
ego sic administrabo, Quirites, ut, si ullo mode fieri poterit, 
ne improbus quidem quisquam in hac urbe poenam sui sceleris 
sufferat. 

Motu, duce, sceleris : explain the case of each. 

Sedetur, fieri, poterit : explain the mood and tense of each. 



290 LATIN. 

V. 

Translate : — 

His rebus ita actis, constituta nocte, qua proficiscerentur, 
Cicero per legates cuncta edoctus, L. Valerio Flacco, et 
G-. Pomptino praetoribus imperat, ut in ponte Mulvio per 
insiclias Allobrogum comitatus deprehendant ; rem omuem 
aperit, cujus gratia mittebantur, cetera, uti facto opus sit, 
ita agant, permittit. Illi, Inomines militares, sine tumultu 
praesidiis collocatis, sicuti jpraeceptum erat, occulte pontem 
obsidunt. 

Flacco^ gratia^ facto : explain the case of each. 
Deprehendant^ sit, agant : explain mood and tense of each. 

I Or this: — 

Haec atque alia hujusce modi saepe dicundo Memmius 
populo persuadet, uti L. Cassius, qui turn praetor erat, ad 
Jugurtham mitteretur eumque interposita fide piiblica Ro- 
mam duceret, quo facilius indicio regis Scauri et reliquorum, 
quos pecuniae captae arcessebant, delic^ 23atefierent. Dum 
haec Romae geruntur, qui in Numidia relicti a Bestia exer- 
citui praeerant, secuti morem imperatoris sui plurima et 
flagitiosissima facinora fecere. 

Modi, popido, Homam: explain the case of each. 
Patefierent: why subjunctive? Quo: why not utf 

VI. 

Translate : — 

Quibus rebus cognitis, principes Britanniae, qui post proe- 
lium ad Caesarem convenerant, inter se collocuti, cum equites 
et naves et frumentum Romanis deesse intelligerent et pauci- 
tatem militum ex castrorum exiguitate cognoscerent, quae 
hoc erant etiam augustiora quod sine impedimentis Caesar 
legiones transportaverat, optimum factu esse duxerunt re- 



LATIN. 291 

bellione facta frumento commeatuque nostros prohibere et 
rem in hiemen producere, quod his superatis aiit reditu inter- 
clusis nerainem postea belli inferendi causa in Britauniam 
transiturum confidebant. Itaque rursus conjuratione facta 
paulatim ex castris discedere ac suos clam ex agris deducere 
coeperunt. 

Quibus rebus cognitis : what relation is expressed by this 
ablative absolute? 

Belli inferendi causa : is this gerund or gerundive ? Change 
it from one to the other. 

Postea : what kind of adverb ? 

Rursus : etymology ? 

VII. 

Translate : — 

At vero Aeneas aspectu obmutuit amens, 
Arrectaeque horrore comae, et vox faucibus haesit. 
Ardet abire fuga dulcesque relinquere terras. 
Attonitus tan to montiu imperioque deorum. 
Heu quid agat ? quo nunc reginam ambire furentemd. 
Audeat aff atu ? quae prima exordia sumat ? 
Atque animum nunc hue celerum, nunc dividit illuc. 
Haec alternati portior sententia visa est : 
Mnesthea Sergestumque vocat fortemque Serestum : 
Classem aptent taciti, sociosque ad litora cogant, 
Arma parent, et quae rebus sit causa novandis, 
Dissimulent ; sese interea, quando optima Dido 
Nesciat, et tantos rumpi non speret amores, 
Tentaturum aditus, et quae mollissima fandi 
Tempora, quis rebus dexter modus. Ocius omnes 
Imperio laeti parent ac jussa facessunt. 

Mark the quantities, feet, and caesuras of any five of the 
foregoing lines. 



292 ALGEBRA. 



ALGEBRA. 

1. (a) YsictoY cc^ — (a-\-b)x-\-ab. 

(6) Factor d'-j-d'- e' -f + 2 cc? + 2 ef. 
(c) Find the greatest common divisor of 
0?— ^x + 2 and af + £c^ — 5aj + 3. 

ah 

c d cd 

2. Divide — b}^ , reducing the quotient to the 

o/ _¥ e +/ 

? d' 
simplest form possible. 

4. Extract the square root of 

a" + 2a-5 + a^-Ua" - 46a + 462. 

5. Solve the equations 

(\ ^ x — o o 
a) = — ; 

(6) X* — 2 a;^ + a; — 2 = ; each for x. 

6. Solve the equations \ ""2/ — I ; for ic and y. 

( a??/ z= 8 ) 

Or \(x+l)(y-2) + (x + iy =2; 
' l(2/-2)^ + 3(a^ + l)(2/-2) = 4. 

7. A certain number of two digits is equal to twice the 
sum of its digits. The number got by interchanging the 
digits is equal to the square of the sum of the digits. Find 
the number. 




AKITHMETIC. — GEOMETRY. 293 



ARITHMETIC. 

1. Add |, 2f, |-, and ^J. Divide the sum by fifty-six 
thousandths. 

2 ST I £i^ _ Ij: _ ? 
_3^^ 33 27 

3. Wliat is the square root of 132.4801 ? 

4. A put $780 in the bank, which was 15 per cent of all 
his money. He afterwards deposited 25 per cent of the 
remainder of his money. How much money has he then in 
the bank, and what per cent is this of all his money ? 

5. At what rate will $240 in 5 yrs. 4 mos. give $64 inter- 
est? What will be the interest on the same amount for the 
same time at 7 per cent? 

6. How many cubic millimeters are in a cubic dekameter? 
How much will a cubic hektometer of water weigh in kilo- 
grams? Express the same quantity of water in liters. 



GEOMETRY. 

1. Give the construction for drawing a triangle when the 
three sides are given. When will it be scalene? When 
isosceles? What relation exists between the sides when it 
is right-angled ? 

2. If two triangles have two sides of the one equal to two 
sides of the other, each to each, but the angle contained by 
the two sides of the one greater than the angle contained by 
the two sides equal to them, of the other, the base of that 
which has the greater angle shall be greater than the base of 
the other. 



294 GREEK. 

3. Two triangles are equal in all respects when a side and 
two adjacent angles of the one are respectively equal to a 
side and two adjacent angles of the other. If two triangles 
have two' sides and an angle of one respectively equal to two 
sides and the corresponding angle of the other, what theorem 
is true if the equal angles are the included angles ? What if 
the equal angles are not the included angles ? 

4. Define parallelogram. Show that a quadrilateral is a 
parallelogram : (a) if its opposite sides are equal ; (5) if its 
opposite angles are equal ; (c) if one pair of its opjDosite 
sides are equal and parallel ; (d) if its diagonals bisect each 
other. 

5. Prove by use of a figure that if a straight line be divided 
into two equal and also into two unequal segments, the rec- 
tangle contained by the unequal segments, together with the 
square on the line between the points of section, is equal to 
the square on half the line. 

[Equivalent statement : The rectangle of the sum and the difference of 
two lines is equal to the difference of the squares described on those straight 
lines.] 

6. Give the construction for dividing a line into two parts, 
so that the rectangle contained by the whole and one of the 
parts may be equal to the square on the other part. 



GREEK. 
September, 1887. 

[Note. — Write on first page (1) your name, (2) at what school pre- 
pared, (3) just what Greek you have studied and how long; and (4) if your 
examination is to be on a part of the Greek, state how much you offer.] 



GEEEK. 295 

GRAMMAR 

[For all candidates except those who have a certificate that they have 
passed Grammar in full. 
Write with the accents.] 

1. Decline in singular etSos, a/xa|a, vvi; in plural, ovofm, 
LTTTrev'Sj euros. 

2. Compare fxdXa, KaXos, ttoXvs. Form an adverb from the 
present participle of Sta^epw. 

3. Give principal parts of o-reAAo), rvyxavco, SeLKvvfjLL, opdo). 
Give the infinitive and participle in the same tense and 

voice for each of these : yyayov, /xetVat/xt, ea-rrjv, et/xi, et/xt, eA^w, 
ippdyrjv. 

Inflect the aorist indicative middle of /3dXX(D, the per- 
fect indicative passive of 8oKea>, and the aorist optative pas- 
sive of rdrroi. 

4. What case or cases follow iretOoi, 7ret'^o/xai, apx^^j Ti"!)^- 
TrXrjfXL, iXiy^o) {C07ivict) ? ai/ev, Sta, Trept, avv, ofiov? 

5. State how the verbal in -tco<s is used. Give the rule 
for moods in fearing clauses. Explain when the optative is 
used for indirect discourse, and when its use would be 
wrong. 

Put into Greek : — 

This large river which flows by the wall runs through the 
middle of Lydia and empties into the sea. Cyrus once with 
four hundred of his bravest hoplites crossed the river in the 
night and attacked the city. They fought all da}', but at 
nightfall Cyrus, fearing the coming of the enemy's cavalry, 
withdrew. Had he succeeded in taking the city, he would 
have destroyed it houses and all and put the inhabitants to 
the sword. 



296 GREEK. 

Geography. — Draw a rough map, and locate the follow- 
ing : Mt. Olympus, Thessaly, Messenia, Thebes, Corinth, 
Athens, Abydos, Ephesus, Rhodes, Corcyra. 

For all candidates. 

"Ep^erat Be M.L6pt8dT7]q crvv lirirevcnv &)? rpid/covra, 
Kol Kak€ad/jL€Vo<; tov<; arparTjyoiJf; et? iirrjicoov Xeyei coSe * 
'Efyco, 0) dvBpe<i, koX ^vp^ 7riaTG<; rjv, co? i^yu-et? iiTLcrTaaOe, 
Kol vvv v/jiLV €vvov<; ' KOL €v6dBe S* elfu crvv irdXkw ^ofBcp 
StdXcov. el ovv 6p(p7]v vfid'^ crcorrjpiov rt (BovXevofJuevov^, 
eKOoLjjLi dv Trpo? uyLta? fcal roi)'^ 6epdirovTa<^ 7rdvTa<; e^cov. 
Xe^are ovv tt/jo? /xe, tl iv vm e^ere, co? (piXov re kol evvovv 
KOL /3ovX6/jLevov KOivfi (Tvv vfiLV Tov (TToXov TTOcelcrOat. 
^ovXevopievoi^ rot? crrpaT7]yot<; eho^ev diroKpivaaOai rdSe • 
/cal eXeye ^€ipicro^o<^ • 'HfJilv SoKet, el fiev tl<; ia rffid^i 
diTievaL otfcahe, StaTropevecrOaL t7]v '^copav co? dv Bwco/jueOa 
dcnvecTTara • 7]v Be Tt9 ^/-ta? ri}? oSov aTroKcoyvr], BiaTToXe- 
fjbe'lv Tovrcp co? dv Bvvcofieda KparccTTa. i/c tovtov eireipdro 
M.iOpiBdT7]<^ BiBda/ceiV a)? diropov etr] (BaaiXeco^ aKOVTO^ 
(TCdOrfvai. ev9a Br) eyiyvdxTKeTO ore v7ro7refi7rTO<; etrj • Kai 
yap rct)v Ttaaacfiipvovf; rt? olfcelcov iraprjicoXovOei 7rL<TTeco<i 
eveKa. 

This passage is also for all except those taking a prelimi- 
nary examination in three books onl}' : — 

Uopevo/Jbivcov Be ILecplo-ocj^o'^ fiev d/jicpl Kve(f>a<; Trpo? 
K(Ofi7]V d(f)L/cveLTai, KOL vBpo(f>opovaa'i e/c T779 fC(OfM7j<; irpo^ rr 
Kp^jvj) yvvaL/ca<i kol /c6pa<; KaraXafi/SdveL efMirpoaOev tov 
ipviJLaTO<;. avrai r^pdircov avrov^ TLve^; elev. o B' ipfM7]vev<; 
elire Trepacarl on irapd ^aatXeco^; iropevovrat tt/jo? tov 
aaTpdirrjv. at Be direicpLvavTO otl ov/c ivTavOa etr), dXX 
direyoi' ocrov irapaG-dyyrjv. 01 B\ eirel 01/re rjv, tt/jo? tov 



GREEK. 297 

Ka)/Jbap'^7]V awe cere p^ovraL et9 to epvfia crvv rat? v8po(f)6- 
Boc<;. lL€i.pi(TO(f)o<; fiev ovv kol ocrot iSuvijOrjaav rov arpa- 
T€VfiaTO<^ ivravOa icrTparoirehevorovro^ ra)V 8' aXXcov arpa- 
TLcoTcov ol /jltj Svvd/jL6V0L hiarekeaat rrjv oSov iwKrepevaav 
acTLTOi fcal dvev irvpo'^ • Kal ivravOd tlv6<; dirooiXovTO roiv 
o-TpartcoTMV. 

ILIAD. 

Tov S' '^fiei/SeT eireiTa SeTi<^ Kara SaKpv 'ykovcra • 
w jjioiy reKvov ipuov, tl vu a erpe^ov^ alvd reKovaa ; 
atO' 6(f)e\e<? irapd vrjvalv dSaKpvTO^ Kal ciTryfjLcov 
riaOai • iirei vv rot alora filvvvOd irep, ov rt fidXa Bijv • 
vvv S' djJia T Q}KV/jLopo<^ KOI ol^vpo<^ irepl Travrayv 
eifkeo • To3 ere Ka/cfj alarj re/cov ev /jbejdpoicriv* 

"^vOa fcev ^ApyeloicTLV vireppiopa v6crro<; eTvyBr], 
• el jJUTj ^Adr)vaL7]v '^Upv Trpo? (jlvOov eeiTrev • 

'^O iroTTOiy al'^ioyoio Ato<; re/co<^, drpvrdyvrjy 
ovTCO Sr} olKovSe, (piXTjp e? irarpiha yalav, 
^Apyelou (pev^ovrat e(^' evpea voira 6a\d(T(Tri<; ; 
KaS Se Kev ev')(coXr)v Hpidfiq) koI '^pwcrl Xiiroiev 
^Apyelrjv ^\ev7]v, rj^ eiveica ttoWoI 'Ap^atcoz/ 
ev TpoLTj diroXovTO <pi\7}(; cltto irarplho^ ali)^ ; 
cOOC tOi vvv Kara Xaov ^Ar^aiodv '^aXKO^LToovcov • 
(roL<; ayavol<=i lirkecrcriv ipTJrve cfycora eKacrrov, 
/iiTjSe ea vrja<^ d\aK eKKe/ubev djuL(f)ceXL(Taa<;* 

Mark the scanDing of the last two lines. 



298 ARITHMETIC. — ALGEBRA. 

September, 1887. 
ARITHMETIC. 

1. Add ^ and — . 

-f- 60 

2. Simplify — — - H — , expressinoj the result in deci- 

^ -^ 25 0.002 " 

mal form. 

3. Extract the square root of 15227.56. 

4. A railroad train makes a mile in 57 seconds. What is 
its rate per hour, and what per cent of the hour is occupied 
in its making a single mile ? 

5. What is the interest on $850 for 2 yrs. 5 mos. 20 dys. 
Sit 4 per cent? How long must $360 be at interest at 6 per 
cent to amount to $386.70? 

6. Give the English equivalents of the meter and the gram. 
Required the weight in centigrams of water in a vessel 
1"^ 2*="^ long, 6^"" broad, 5^"' 1'""' deep. 



ALGEBRA. 

1. (a) Factor n^ —n — 2. 

(b) Factor 27a^ + b\ 

(c) Find the least common multiple of 

60^2 + 13^-28 and 12a;2 _ 3l£c + 20. 

2. From the sum of — , - , — subtract 2 (^i + i - i ), 

bo ca ab \a o c. 

reducing the result to its simplest form. 



EUCLID. 299 

3. (a) Divide y'l by ■y'l^. 

* (5) Simplify (a^-3^^_^/^i^Y'^\ 

4. Solve the following equations, each for x : 

(a) -^x^-3x^+l = x. 

x-\-3 , x — 1 2x-^S 



(b) 



x-\-2 x-\-l X 



5. Solve the following for x and y : 

(a) x^ + xy — 2y~= 7 ', 

x^-9y^ = 27. 
(h) (x-2yy-hS(x-2y)+2 = 0; 

XT— 2xy — Sx-{-6y=l. 

6. Find three numbers of which the first is greater than 
the second by as many units as the second is greater than 
the third: the sum of the squares of the three being 66. 



EUCLID, 

1. Construct a triangle, having given 

(a) the three sides, 

(6) two angles and a side, 

(c) two sides and an angle. 

2. If from the ends of a side of a triangle there be drawn 
straight lines to a point within the triangle, these shall 
be less than the other two sides of the triangle. Demon- 
strate this theorem and by its aid prove that three straight 
lines drawn to connect any point within a triangle with its 
angular points are together less than the sum of its sides. 



300 EUCLID. 

3. The opposite sides and angles of a parallelogram are 
equal to one another. Furthermore, each diagonal bisects 
the parallelogram and the other diagonal. 

4. Parallelograms on the same base and between the 
same parallels are equivalent. Demonstrate, and state the 
converse theorems. 

5. Show how to construct a square which shall be equiv- 
alent to a given rectilineal figure. 

6. In any triangle the square on the side opposite an acute 
angle is less the sum of the squares on the other two sides 
by twice the rectangle contained by either of those sides and 
the projection of the other upon it. 



( 



JOHN C. GREEN SCHOOL OF SCIENCE 
(PRINCETON). 



June, 1887. 



LATIN. 



[The paper in English is the same as for admission to the Academic 

Department.] 

I. Grammar. 

1. When is the ablative case used in Latin? 

2. Give the perfect indicative, the infinite and the supine 
or participle of sentio, teneoy audeo, augeo, capio, cupio, 
quaero, queror^ nolo, peto. 

3. Parse the following sentence : Convocatis Aeduura prin- 
cipibus, graviter eos accusat quod ab iis non sublevetur. 

II. Retranslate into Latin : — 

1. Ambassadors came from the Aedui to Caesar. 

2. He hastens to set out from the city and arrives at 
Geneva. 

3. The Helvetii endeavor to make their march through the 
territories of the Sequani. 

4. On the next day they move their camp from that place. 

III. Translate into English : — 

1. Intelligere sese, tametsi i)ro veteribus Helvetiorum inju- 
riis populi Romani ab his poenas bello repetisset, tamen earn 
rem non minus ex usu terrae Galliae quam populi Romani 
accidisse, propterea quod eo consilio florentissimis rebus 



302 LATIN. 

domos suas Helvetii reliquissent, uti toti Galliae bellum 
inf errent imperioque potirentur locumque domicilio ex magna 
copia deligerent, quern ex omni Gallia opportunissimum judi- 
cassent, reliquasque civitates stipendiarias baberent. 

2. Adjuvabat etiam eorum consilium qui rem deferebant, 
quod Nervii antiquitus, quum equitatu nihil possent (neque 
enim ad hoc tempus ei rei student, sed quidquid possunt, 
pedestribus valent copiis) quo facilius finitimorum equitatum, 
si praedandi causa ad eos venissent impedirent, teneris arbo- 
ribus incisis atque inflexis crebris in latitudinem ramis enatis 
et rubis sentibusque interjectis effecerant ut instar muri hae 
sepes munimentum praeberent, quo non modo intrari, sed ne 
perspici quidem possent. 

3. Hac confirmata opinione timoris idoneum quendam 
hominem et callidum delegit Galium ex his quos auxilii causa 
secum habebat. Huic magnis praemiis pollicitatiouibusque 
persuadet uti ad hostes transeat, et quid fieri velit edocet. 

4. Quo loco qui celeriter arma capere potuerunt paulisper 
nostris restiterunt atque ioter carros imped imentaque proelium 
commiserunt ; at reliqua multitudo puerorum mulierumque, 
nam cum omnibus suis domo excesserant Rhenumque tran- 
sierant, passim fugere coepit ; ad quos consectandos Caesar 
equitatum misit. 

5. Dum haec in his locis geruntur, Cassivellaunus ad 
Cantium, quod esse ad mare supra domonstravimus, quibas 
regionibus quatuor reges praeeraut, nuncios mittit, atque his 
imperat uti coactis omnibus copiis castra navalia de improviso 
adoriantur atque oppugnent. 

6. Quamquam quid loquor ? Te ut uUa res f rangat ? Tu 
ut umquam te corrigas? Tu ut ullam fugam meditere? Tu 
ut exiliam cogites ? Utinam tibi istam meutem di immortales 
dent. 



ALGEBRA. 303 

7. Sed si, omissis his rebus, quibus nos suppeditamur, 
eget ille, senatu, eqiiitibus Romanis, nrbe, aerario, vectigali- 
bus, cuncta Italia, provinciis omnibus, exteris nationibus, si 
his rebus omissis causas ipsas, quae inter se confligunt, con- 
tendere velimus, ex eo ipso, quam valde illi jaceant, intelligere 
possumus. 

8. Leguntur eadem ratione ad senatum Allobrogum popu- 
kimque litterae ; si quid de his rebus dicere vellet, feci potes- 
tatem : atque ille primo quidem negavit ; post autem aliquanto, 
toto jam indicio exposito atque edito, surrexit. 

9. Multo vero maxima pars eorum, qui in tabernis sunt, 
immo vero — id enim potius est dicendum — genus hoc uni- 
versum amantissimum est otii. 



ALGEBRA. 

[N. B. — Give the work in full and number your answers to correspond 
with the questions. This paper may be reckoned as counting two-fifths of 
the whole Mathematical examination.] 

1. State what text-book you have read. 

2. Simplify 

x-h- 



■ x-\- 1 
" 3-a; 

3. Simplify 2-^40 -+• 3^108 + -^500 - ^320 - 2^1372. 

4. Solve the equation 4x = 14. 

X— 1 

5. Find the square root of 

1 -{. 4:y~^ — 2y~~^ — 4:y-^ -{- 25y~^ — My~^ + 16y-\ 

6. Solve the simultaneous equations 

{a — b)x = (cif 4- b)y ; x-\-y == c. 



304 ARITHMETIC. — GEOMETRY. 

7. Solve the simultaneous equations 

x^ -\-xy -\-y'^=62\ xy — a? = S. 

Find all values and indicate which values of x and y belong 
together. 

8. Find two numbers whose sum is 15, and the sum of 
whose squares is 113. 



ARITHMETIC. 

[N. B. — Give the work in full and number your answers to correspond 
with the questions, Tliis paper may be reckoned as counting one-fifth of 
the whole Mathematical examination.] 

1. Express 0.440 as a common fraction in its lowest terms. 

2. Add I2J2, is^s^, 17|, and -j-^^. 

3 

3. Find the value of , correct to four places of 

decimals. 

4. In what time will $2275 amount to $2673.125 at 5 per 
cent simple interest? 

5. Find the sum of 1871*='='", 541^ 4.51^S and give the 
answer in liters. 

6. Find the number of liters in a vat 2"^ by 75°"^ by 50^^. 
Also find the weight in kilograms of the sulphuric acid, 
specific gravity 1.84, required to fill it. 



aSOMBTRY. 

[N. B. — Number your answers to correspond with the questions. This 
paper may be reckoned as counting two-fifths of the whole Mathematical 
examination.] 

1 . What text-book have you read ? 



FRENCH. 305 

2. Prove that if two angles have their sides respectively 
parallel and lying in the same direction they are equal. If 
two angles have their sides perpendicular each to each, what 
conclusion follows ? 

3. Prove that every point in the bisector of an angle is 
equally distant from the sides of the angle ; and every point 
not in the bisector, but within the angle, is unequally distant 
from the sides of the angle. 

4. Show how to draw a perpendicular to a given line from 
a given point of the line ; also from a given point without 
the line. 

5. Prove that if four quantities are in proportion, they 
will be in proportion by division. What is meant by division'^ 

6. Prove that in any triangle, the bisector of an angle 
divides the opposite side into segments which are proportional 
to the adjacent sides. 

7. State and prove what the area of a parallelogram is 
equal to. Define a parallelogram. Show how to construct 
a square equivalent to a given parallelogram. 

8. Prove that the side of a regular hexagon is equal to the 
radius of the circumscribed circle. 

9. Prove that of all triangles formed with the same two 
given sides, that one in which these sides are perpendicular 
to each other is a maximum. 



FRENCH. 

1. Put the definite article before oncle^ tante, neveu, 
homme, parents; give the four forms for of the and to the 
respectively and translate, using the partitive article : children^ 
good children. 



o 



06 TREiifCH. 



2. Give the plural of roi^ cliapeau^ feu^ and the irregular 
plural forms of ciel^ oeil, cCieul. 

3. The feminine form of actif^ Uanc, discret, pareil, fo^i, 
frais, long, sot, roux, epais. 

4. The irregular comparative of hon, mauvais, Men, mat; 
with the translation of as great as; greater than. 

5. The cardinal numerals from 10 to 20, and the equiva- 
lents of 30, 50, 60, 70, 72, 80, the first, the third, the ninth; 
with the translation of Louis the Fourteenth; the third of 
April. 

6. The first person singular of the indicative imperfect, 
past definite and future of avoir, ^tre, donner,finir, recevoir, 
vendre; tlie two participles of the same verbs ; the complete 
conjugation of the present indicative and the present subjunc- 
tive of avoir, itre, recevoir, tenir. 

7. The two participles, the first person singular of the 
indicative present and past definite of courir, croire, coudre, 
ecrire, naltre, mouvoir, tenir, savoir ; the first person singular 
of the future and subjunctive present of acquerir, alter, faire, 
pouvoir, savoir, vouloir, venir ; the entire indicative present 
and subjunctive present of alter, venir, valoir. 

8. Turn the following passages into English. Whenever 
3'ou use a freer mode of expression, add the literal one in 
parenthesis : — 

(a) II avait toujours vecu sagement comme vivent les 
paysans laborieux. Marie a vingt ans, il n'avait aime qu'une 
femme dans sa vie, et, depuis son veuvage, il n'avait ri avec 
aucune autre. 

(5) Elle habitait une chaumi^re fort pauvre. Mais c'etait 
une femme d'ordre et de volont^. Sa pauvre maison etait 
propre et bien tenue, et ses vetements aunon9aient le respect 
de soi-meme au milieu de la detresse. 



GEOGEAPHY. 307 

(c) Les paysans De mangent pas vite, et le petit Pierre 
avait si grand appetit qu'il se passa bien une heure avant que 
son p^re pAt songer a se mettre en route. 

9. Translate into French : — 

(a) I have my brother and my little sister with me. Our 
parents are in France. We had a letter from our mother 
yesterday ; she says that she likes Paris very much, that she 
has many good friends there, and that the weather has always 
been fine. They will return in the fall. 

(6) Who is at the door? A beggar {mendiayit). What 
does he want? Some money. Don't give him any money, 
but rather some bread and meat, and ask the cook (cuisinidre) 
whether she has a cup of coffee for him. Here is also a pair 
of warm shoes ; it is cold, and they will do him good. 



GEOGRAPHY. 

1. Name the capitals of the Atlantic border States. 

2. What is meant by the water-shed of a continent? Give 
examples. 

3. Show how the coast line of a continent depends upon 
the forms of relief. 

4. Contrast the climate on the north side of the Himalayas 
with that on the south side. 

5.. Describe the course of the Kuro Sivo or Japanese 
current. 



308 ARITHMETIC. — ALGEBRA. 

September, 1887. 

ARITHMETIC. 

[N. B. — Give the work in full and number your answers to correspond 
with the questions. This paper may be reckoned as counting one-fifth of 
^ the whole Mathematical examination.] 

1. Find the least common multiple of 14, 36, 84, 108, 144. 

2. Find the value of 5 J — 41 + 2^g- — IJ, and express the 
result in decimals. 

3. Find the square root of 22.5 to two decimal places. 

4. If 5 per cent be lost by selling an article for $2.47, 
find the per cent of gain or loss by selling it at $2.99. 

5. Find the cube root of 405,224. 

6. If a square field contain 10.24 hectares, find the length 
of its side in meters. 



ALGEBRA. 

[N. B. — Give the work in full and number your answers to correspond 
with the questions. This paper may be reckoned as counting two-fifths of 
the whole Mathematical examination.] 

1. State what text-book you have read. 

2. Find the prime factors of (a? — b^ — c^y — 4: b^c^. 

3. Find the value of C</^2y\ 

4. Solve the equation (x^ — 5x)^ — 8(x^ — 5 x) =84. 

' 2 4 5 

5. Find the square root of x^ + 9x^ — Ax -j-lOx^ — 12 cc^. 

6. Solve the simultaneous equations 

ax—by = 0; mx — ny=p. 



GEOMETRY. 309 

7. Solve the simultaneous equations 

4.x^ -\-xy = 6 ', 3xy -\- y^=10. 

8. Find two numbers whose product is 78, such that if 
one be divided by the other, the quotient is 2, and the 
remainder 1. 



GEOMETRY. 

[N. B. — Give the work in full and number your answers to correspond 
with the questions. This paper may be reckoned as counting two-fifths of 
the whole Mathematical examination.] 

1. State what text-book j^ou have read. 

2. Prove that the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each 
other. 

3. Prove that two parallels intercept equal arcs on the 
circumference of a circle. 

4. Give all the proportions which can be formed from the 
equation ab = cd, 

5. Prove that if through a fixed point within a circle any 
chord is drawn, the product of its two segments has the same 
value, in whatever direction the chord is drawn (i.e. the 
segments are reciprocally proportional) . 

6. Show how, upon a given straight line, to construct a 
polygon similar to a given polygon. 

7. Two triangles having an angle of the one equal to an 
angle of the other, are to each other as the products of the 
sides including the equal angles. Prove the above. 

8. Prove that the circumference of a circle is the limit to 
which the perimeters of the regular inscribed and circum- 
scribed polygons approach, when the number of their sides 
is increased indefinitely. 

9. Prove that, of all triangles having the same base and 
equal perimeters, that which is isosceles is the maximum. 



COLUMBIA SCHOOL OF MINES. 



June, 1887 



GEOMETRY. 

1. Prove what the area of a rectangle is equal to. 

2. Prove that if a straight line divides two sides of a tri- 
angle proportionally it is parallel to the third side. 

3. Find the side and the altitude of an equilateral triangle 
in the terms of the radius of the inscribed circle. 

4. Prove that if one of two parallels is perpendicular to 
a plane, the other one is also perpendicular to the same 
plane. 

5. Prove that two rectangular parallelopipedons having a 
common lower base and incommensurable altitudes are to 
each other as their altitudes. 

6. Find the volume of the frustum of a right triangular 
pyramid with each side of the lower base 6 feet, and each 
side of the upper base 4 feet, the altitude being 5 feet. 

7. Prove that if a regular serai-polygon is revolved about 
its axis, the surface generated by the semi-perimeter is equal 
to the axis multiplied by the circumference of the inscribed 
circle. 

8. The radius of a sphere is 5 feet ; how many cubic feet 
in a spherical segment whose altitude is 7 feet, and the dis- 
tance of whose lower base from the centre of the sphere 
is 3 feet? 



ALGEBRA. 



311 



9. Given the two supplemental spher- 
ical triangles ABC and DEF^ show what 
the angle C is measured by. 

10. Find the volume of a spherical 
pyramid whose base is a regular spheri- 
cal octagon, the sum of whose angles is 
1140", and the radius of the sphere is 12 
feet. 




ALGEBRA. 



1. Given 10(a; + i) - 6 x{- _ i) = 23 ; find x. 



X 



2. Divide the number 1152 into three parts, such thac 
9 times the sum of the first and second shall be equal to 7 
times the sum of the second and third ; and if 8 times the 
first be subtracted from 8 times the second, the remainder 
shall be equal to the sum of the first and third. 

3. (a^ -J- 1 + a~^)^ = ? Develop by binomial formula. 

4. "What is the square root of 

a2&-2 _ 10 ah -1 - 10 ar^h + a -252 _^ 27? 

5. Divide (a^-^^) by (a*-&*)- 



6. Given a? — V9 + x^x^ — 3 = 3; find x. 



7. Given a? — ^x-{-^ ^^ — 2a; + 5 = 11 ; find x. 

8. Given J'"'~2/~ —V— (. find a; and ?/. 

ixy-^x^y = 39 J 

9. In an arithmetical progression s= ~ H'l w = 20, and 
a = -i- ; find d. 

2 X 

10. Resolve into partial fractions, using the 

{x — 2y 

principle of indeterminate coefficients. 



312 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

1. What is a noun? 

2. What is a verb ? 

3. AVrite the grammatical subject, the logical subject, and 
the predicate of the sentence : The black Jiorse run down hill. 

4. Give the different parts of speech in the sentence : 

The dogs barked loudly in the distant village. 

5. How many properties have verbs ? 

6. Name these properties. 

Correct any errors found in the following sentences, giving 
the reason for the correction. 

7. Did 3'ou suppose it was me ? 

8. Opportunities of gaining distinction do not now occur 
so frequent as the}^ did in old times 

9. The number of immigrants to this country have not 
diminished 

10. Had your lawyer have looked into this case he would 
not have lost it. 



COMPOSITION AND RHETORIC. 

1. Punctuate the following sentence : — 

Henry Jones Jr M D L L D came in What do you wish 
he said 

2. Give an example of diaeresis. 

3. Give some of the principal figures of rhetoric. 

4. Define each one given. 



AMERICAN HISTORY. 313 

5. What is the difference between a simile and a metaphor. 

6. What figure of rhetoric is used in the sentence : The 
sJiip'sJlag shall not he struck. 

7. Define style. 

8. Name some of the essential qualities of style. 

9. Explain why each of the qualities named is essential. 

10. Write in the form of a friendly letter some of the 
advantages anticipated from a course of study at the School 
of Mines. 



AMERICAN HISTORY. 

1. What land did Columbus first discover? 

2. Who first discovered l]he mainland of America? 

3. Where did the first English colony find a settlement? 

4. Where was the second colony permanently settled ? 

5. What was the cause of the revolution of the colonies? 

6. Why was the Confederation abandoned, and the Fed- 
eral Constitution adopted? 

7. What was the original number of the States, and what 
is the present number ? 

8. What caused the war of 1812? 

9. Who was President when South Carolina seceded? 

10. Give a brief statement of the cause of the war of 
rebellion, and its most prominent results. 



314 ENGLISH HISTOEY. — BOOK-KEEPING. 

ENG-LISH HISTORY. 

1. What people occupied England before the Roman 
Conquest ? 

2. When and why was the country called England? 

3. What was the result of the battle of Hastings? 

4. In whose reign was the great charter won? 

5. What did the people gain by it? 

6. At what period was the Papal power in England set 
aside ? 

7. Give a brief account of the Commonwealth. 

8. What wars occurred during the reign of George III. ? 

9. When did Queen Victoria commence her reign? 

10. Mention some of the most prominent events that have 
occurred during her reign. 



BOOK-KEEPING. 

1 . What is book-keeping ? 

2. What is the distinction between single entry book- 
keeping and double entry book-keeping? 

3. Explain how to record, by single entry, the business 
transactions of a farmer for a period of one month, such a 
variety of transactions to be assumed as will illustrate the 
accounts including the cash accounts. 

4. Explain the general system of book-keeping by double 
entry. 



PHYSICS. 315 

PHYSICS. 

1 . State the general properties of matter. 

2. What is meant by inertia ? 

3. What is a molecule? An atom? 

4. What are the three states of matter? 

5. Explain the principle of the artesian well. 

6. Explain the term " specific gravit3\" 

7. Give the formula of the pendulum. 

8. What is the difference between the Fahrenheit and 
centigrade thermometers? 

9. What is the difference between water at 0° C. and ice 

atO°C.? 

10. What is meant by " specific heat"? 

11. What is the latent heat of water? Of steam? 

12. How is sound propagated in air? 

13. What is the velocity of sound in air? 

14. Describe the properties of a magnet. 

15. Give the laws of reflection of light. 

16. Explain the action of a prism .on light. 

17. Describe the astronomical telescope. 

18. Give the main facts of frictional electrical induction. 

19. Describe some simple form of voltaic battery, and 
indicate plainly the direction of the positive current in all 
parts of the circuit. 

20. Explain the principle and construction of the galva- 
nometer. 



316 CHEMISTBY. — PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 



CHEMISTRY. 

1. Define matter, element, atom, molecule, mass, atomic- 
ity, monad, clyacl, triad, allotropic, deliquescent, efflorescent. 

2. Give the chemical names for — 

02 N2O5 

03 HNO2 
CO SO2 

C02 H3P04 

3. Write the symbols for the following compounds : — 

Sodic Chloride, Silica, 

Potassic Chlorate, Calcic Fluoride, 

Ammonic Nitrate, Potassic Nitrate, 

Sulphuretted Hydrogen, Ferrous Sulphate, 

Hydriodic Acid, Ferric Chloride. 

4. Name the non-metallic elements and state where and 
in what forms each is found in nature. 

5. Give the physical and chemical properties of each non- 
metallic element in the free state. 

6. Name the common acids with their formulae. 



PHYSICAL G-EOGRAPHY. 

1. What is the difference between Geolog}' and Physical 
Geography ? 

2. State the form and dimensions of the earth. 

3. How are the land masses of the earth divided? 

4. What has produced mountain chains ? 



FEEKCH. 317 

5. Name the great divisions of the sea. 

6. How are lakes formed? 

7. Give the general law of climate. 

8. Describe the animal and vegetable worlds of the differ- 
ent zones. 

9. Where does man appear in his highest physical per- 
fection ? 

10. What race is regarded as the normal race of the 
human family? 



FRENCH. 

I. Translate the following sentences : — 
One is as old as the other. 

One is older than the other. 

This one is the oldest. 

This boy is good, his brother is better, but these two are 
the best. 

II. Give the third person singular (indicative mood), in 
the present, imperfect, past perfect, and first future tenses 
of the YeYhJl7iir. 

III. Decline (singular and plural) : — 

Le cheval. La table. 

TV. Write out the French cardinal numbers from one to 
twenty. 

V. Translate the following : — - 

Pen de temps apr^s les boutons paraissent, puis nous 
pouvons cueillir de belles fleurs. Les fleurs des arbres 
fruitiers perdent leurs p4 tales, nous aperc^vons de tr^s petits 



318 GERMAN. 

fruits qui peu a peu mfirissent. Enfin lorsque ces fruits sont 
murs nous les cueillons, comme nous avons cueilli les plus 
belles fleurs de nos jardins. 

Quand I'autoixinie arrive, la couleur des feuilles change 
encore. EUes etaient vertes au printemps et en 6te ; en 
automme elles deviennent jaunes, puis elles tombent et 
couvrent la terre. 

Le mot employ^ en anglais pour indiquer Tautomnie, fall, 
exprime cette chute des feuilles, qui commence en septembre, 
et continue jusqu'a I'hiver. 



GERMAN. 
[Answers may be written in German or in Roman characters.] 

I. Decline (singular and plural) the following nouns : — 

Der Bruder. Die Insel. Das Mddchen. 

II. Name two prepositions which require respectively the 
gentive, the dative, the accusative case, and give examples. 

III. Write out the present, the imperfect, and the first 
future tenses (indicative mood) of the auxiliary verb haben. 

IV. Give the present, imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect 
(indicative mood) , first person singular, of the verbs : 
reisen, geJien, laclien. 

Y. Translate the following : — 

Der Flachs bliihte. Er hat schone, blaue Blumen, die so 
zart wie die Fliigel einer Motte, und noch viel feiner sind ! — 
Die Sonne beschien den Flachs, und die Regenwolken begos- 
sen ihn und das thut ihm ebenso wohl, wie es kleinen Kindern 
thut, wenn sie gewaschen werden, sie werden ja viel schoner 
davon und das wurde der Flachs auch. 



ENGLISH HISTORY. 319 

*'Die Leute sagen, class ich ausgezeichnet gut stehe," 
sagte der Flachs, " und dass ich schon lang werde, es wird 
ein prachtiges Stiick Leinwand aus mir werden ! Wie gliick- 
licli bin ich doch ! Ich bin gewiss der GliickUchste von 
Allen ! Ich habe es gut, und es wird etwas aus mir werden ! 
"Wie der Sonnenschein belebt und wie der Regen schmeckt 
und erfrischt ! Ich bin ganz ilbergliicklich, ich bin der Aller- 
gliicklichste ! " 



September, 1887. 
ENGLISH HISTORY. 

1. When did Caesar land in Britain, and when did the 
Roman legions leave it? 

2. Who founded the first English kingdom? 

3. Who was the first of the Norman kings ? 

4. Who carried on the wars of the Roses, and why were 
they so called? 

5. What was the cause of the dispute between Charles I. 
and Parliament ? 

6. W^hat was the final result of the battle of Boyne? 

7. Who was the first king of the House of Hanover? 

8. Who were the Chartists, and what did they want? 

9. What was the cause of the Crimean war? 

10. Mention some of the events of the reign of Victoria 
which have been beneficial to the people of England. 



320 AMERICAN HISTORY. — PHYSICAL GEOGEAPHY. 

AMERICAN HISTORY. 

1. Who was the leader of the first settlers in Vh'ginia, and 
what kind of people were they? 

2. Describe the first settlers of Massachusetts. 

3. What was the first Indian war the New England settlers 
engaged in ? 

4. What was the result in this country of the "Peace of 
Paris "in 1762? 

5. What dispute afterwards arose between England and 
the American Colonies? 

6. When was this dispute settled, and how? 

7. What was the cause of the second quarrel with Eng- 
land? 

8. In what year was this war begun, and when ended? 

9. What caused the Mexican war? 

10. At what period of American history could the war of 
the rebellion been prevented ? 



PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 

1. What forms the subject of geographical science? 

2. Give the form and dimensions of the earth. 

3. Describe the arrangement of the land masses upon the 
earth. 

4. What contrast is observed in the positions of the 
Northern and Southern Continents? 

5. Describe ocean currents and state their effect. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 321 

6. What is the cause, extent, and periods of tides? 

7. What is the reason the average temperature is not the 
same in similar latitudes ? 

8. What is the mean annual temperature of the temperate 
zone? 

9. What is the most valuable part of America? 

10. What are the characteristics of its different sections? 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

1. Write a simple sentence containing two words. 

2. Change the grammatical subject of the above sentence 
into a logical subject. 

3. Modify the principal parts of the sentence by the 
introduction of other words. 

4. To what parts of speech do the modifying words 
belong ? 

5. How many parts of speech can be used in a sentence? 

6. Name them. 

7. Write a sentence containing a verb in the active voice. 

8. Write an equivalent sentence with the verb in the passive 
voice. 

9. Give the present tense of a verb in the indicative and 
subjunctive moods. 

10. Correct the errors in the following sentence : — 

As I was walking in the woods I met a black and white 
cow. I asked of the driver if they were both his, and he 
replied to me " one don't belong to me." 



322 COMPOSITION AND EHETOHIC. — GERMAN. 

COMPOSITION AND RHETORIC. 

1. Give a brief outline of the origin of tlie English 
language. 

2. In what particular does it surpass other languages? 

3. Punctuate this sentence : — 

These are the three requirements that you must come every 
day that you must be punctual every morning and that you 
must be industrious during working hours 

4. Give an illustration of fio-urative lang-uao-e. 

5. Why are rhetorical figures used in composition? 

6. Give an example of a simile that is to be avoided, and 
the objection to its use. 

7. Give an illustration of Climax. 

8. What is style? 

9. What is the most essential property of style in a 
scientific work? 

10. Write a short article on the course of study you intend 
to pursue. 



GERMAN. 
[Answers may be written in German or in Roman characters.] 

I. Decline (singular and plural) : — 

Der Garten. Die Herde, Das Feuer. 

II. Translate into German : — 

This mountain is high ; it is the highest in this range. 
The morning was cold, but the evening was colder. 
This picture is beautiful, but that of my friend is more 
beautiful. 



FRENCH. 323 

III. Decline (singular and plural) the relative pronoun 
welcher, welclie, welches. 

IV. Write out the present, the imperfect, and the first 
future (indicative) of the verbs reisen and lesen. 

V. Translate into English : — 

' Obgleich alle Warme auf der Oberflache der Erde nur von 
der Sonne kommt, so hat doch die Erde auch ihre eigenthiim- 
liche Warme, wie aus der Temperaturzunahme folgt, welche 
man in grossen Tiefen beobachtet hat. Wenn die Warme 
nach dem Mittel-punkte der Erde hin auch in grosserer Tief e 
nocli in dem Maasse zunimmt, welches uns diese Beobach- 
tungen zeigen, so miisste schon in einer Tiefe von 10,000 
Fuss die Temperatur des siedenden Wassers herrschen, im 
Mittel-punkte der Erde aber miissten alle Korper gliihend 
sein und in geschmolzenem Zustande sich befinden. 



FRENCH. 

I. Write out the Present and the Imparfait (Indicatif) 
of avoir J and the Passe Dejiiii and Futiir (^Indicatif) of Ure. 

II. How is the plural of adjectives formed in French? 
Give the plural of the following : — 

grand Jieureux beau petite. 

III. What ending is characteristic of the first, the second, 
the third, and the fourth conjugation? Name two verbs of 
each conjugation. 

TV. Give the correct article to the following nouns : — 

fils fille bois plume ble 

cheval eau sel viande fourchette 



324 FEENCH. 

V. Translate into English: — 

VAcademie Silencieuse, II y avait a Amadan une cel^bre 
academie, dont le premier statut etait concu en ces termes : 
Les academiciens 2:)enseront beaucoup, ecriront peu, et ne 
parleront que le moins possible. On Fappelait V Academie 
silencieuse^ et il n'etait point en Perse de vrai savant qui n'e^t 
I'ambition d'y etre admis. Le docteur Zeb, auteur d'un petit 
livre excellent, intitule le Bdillon^ apprit au fond de sa prov- 
ince, qu'il vaquait une place dans I'Academie silencieuse. II 
part aussitdt ; il arrive k Amadan, et, se presentant a la porte 
de la salle ot les academiciens sont assembles, il prie I'huissier 
de remettre au president ce billet : Le docteur Zeb demande 
bumblement la place vacante. 



Greek Text--Books. 

Intro. Price. 

Allen: Medea of Euripides $1.00 

Flag-g : Hellenic Orations of Demosthenes .... 1.00 

Seven against Thebes l.CO 

Anacreontics 35 

Goodwin : Greek Grammar 1-50 

Greek Reader 1.50 

Greek Moods and Tenses 1.50 

Selections from Xenophon and Herodotus . . 1.50 
Goodwin & White : Anabasis, with vocabulary .... 1.50 

Harding' : Greek Inflection 50 

Keep : Essential Uses of the Moods 25 

Leig-hton: New Greek Lessons 1.20 

Liddell & Scott : Abridged Greek-English Lexicon .... 1.90 
Unabridged Greek-Enghsh Lexicon .... 9.40 

Parsons: Cebes' Tablet 75 

Seymour : Selected Odes of Pindar 1.40 

Introd. to Language and Verse of Homer, | (^^^^ 'gQ 

Sidg'wick ! Greek Prose Composition 1.50 

Tarbell : Philippics of Demosthenes 1.00 

Tyler : Selections from Greek Lyric Poets .... 1.00 

White : First Lessons in Greek 1.20 

Schmidt's Rhythmic and Metric 2.50 

Oedipus Tyranuus of Sophocles 1.12 

Stein's Dialect of Herodotus 10 

Whiton : Orations of Lysias . . • • • • • 1-00 

( Beckwith : Euripides' Bacchantes. 

Text and Notes, Paper, .80; Cloth, $1.10; Text only, .20. 
D'Ooge : Sophocles' Antigone. 

Text and Notes, Paper, .95 ; Cloth, $1.25 ; Text only, .20. 
Dyer : Plato's Apology and Crito. 

Text and Notes, Paper, .95; Cloth, $1.25 ; Text only, .20. 
Fowler : Thucydides, Book V. 

Text and Notes, Paper, .95; Cloth, $1.25; Text only, .20. 
'■^ Humphreys : Aristophanes' Clouds. 

o 1 Text and Notes, Paper, .95; Cloth, $1.25; Text only, .20. 

Manatt : Xenephon's Hellenica, Books I.-IV. 

Text and Notes, Paper, $1.20 ; Cloth, $1.50; Text only, .20. 
Morris : Thucydides, Book I. ^ _ , ^^ 

Text and Notes, Paper, $1.20; Cloth, $1.50; Text only, .20. 
Seymour: Homer's Iliad, Books L-in. ^ ^ , „^ 

Text and Notes, Paper, .95 ; Cloth, $1.25; Text only, .20. 
Smith : Thucydides, Book VII. ^ _ , ^^ 

Text and Notes, Paper, .95 ; Cloth, $1.25 ; Text only, .20. 

Sanskrit. 

Arrowsmith : Kaegi's Rigveda, {translation) $1.50 

Elwell: Nine Jatakas (PaZO -oO 

Lanman : Sanskrit Reader • j-^O 

Perry: Sanskrit Primer 1-50 

Whitney : Sanskrit Grammar ^-50 

Copies sent to Teachers for Examination, with a vieio to Introduction, on 
receipt of Introduction Price. 

GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 

Boston, New York, and Chicago. 



u 
0] 



l-H 
I— I 
O 

O 



Latin Text-Books. 



INTROD. PRICE. 

Allen & Greenough: Latin Grammar $1.12 

Csesar (7 books, with vocabulary; illustrated) . . . 1.25 
Cicero ( 13 orations, with vocabulary ; illustrated) . . 1.25 

Sallust's Catiline 60 

Cicero de Senectute 50 

Ovid (with vocabulary) ■ 1.40 

Preparatory Course of Latin Prose 1.40 

Latin Composition 1.12 

Allen , . . Ne-w Latin Method 90 

Introduction to Latin Composition 90 

Latin Primer 90 

Latin Lexicon 90 

Remnants of Early Latin 75 

Germania and Agricola of Tacitus i.oo 

Blackburn . Essentials of Latin Grammar 70 

Latin Exercises 60 

Latin Grammar and Exercises (in one volume) . i.oo 

Collar & Daniell: Beginner's Latin Book i.oo 

Latine Reddenda (paper) . .20 

Latine Reddenda and Voc. (cloth) 30 

College Series of Latin Authors. 

Greenoug-h's Satires and Epistles of Horace 

(text edition) ^0.20; (text and notes) 1.25 

CROWELii . . Selections from the Latin Poets 1.40 

Crowell & Richardson : Briof History of Roman Lit. (Bender) i.oo 
Greenough . Virg-il: — 

Bucolics and 6 Books of -^neid (with vocab.) . 1.60 
Bucolics and 6 Books of ^neid (without vocab.) 1.12 
Last 6 Books of jSlneid, and Georgics (with notes) 1.12 
Bucolics, ^neid, and Georg-ics (complete, with notes) 1.60 

Text of Virgil (complete) 75 

Vocabulary to the whole of Virgil i.oo 

GiNN & Co. . Classical Atlas and Geography (cloth) .... 2.00 

Halsey. . . Etymology of Latin and Greek 1.12 

Keep . . . Essential Uses of the Moods in Greek and Latin .25 

King . . . Latin Pronunciation 25 

Leighton. . Latin Lessons . 1.12 

First Steps in Latin 1.12 

Madvig . . Latin Grammar (by Thacher) 2.25 

Parker & Preble : Handbook of Latin "Writing 50 

Preble. . . Terence's Adelphoe 25 

Shumway. . Latin Synonymes 30 

Stickney . . Cicero de Natura Deorum . , 1.40 

Tetlow . . Inductive Latin Lessons 1.12 

ToMLiNSON . Manual for the Study of Latin Grammar . . .20 

Latin for Sight Reading i.oo 

White (J. W.) Schmidt's Rhythmic and Metric 2.50 

White (J. T.) Junior Students' Latin-English Lexicon (mor.) 1.75 

English-Latin Lexicon (sheep) 1.50 

Latin-English and English-Latin Lexicon (sheep) 3.00 

Whiton . . Auxilia Vergiliana ; or, First Steps in Latin Prosody .15 

Six Weeks' Preparation for Reading Csesar . .40 

Copies sent to Teachers for Examination^ zvith a vie%v to Introductiony 
on receipt of Introduction Price. 



GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 

Boston, New York, and Chicago. 



IVIathematics/ 

Tntrod. 

^yeriy Differential Calculus |2.oo 

Integral Calculus , , _ 2.00 

^inn Addition Manual _ _ *25 

Halsted Mensuration 1*qq 

Hardy Quaternions 2 00 

***11 Geometry for Beginners l.OO 

Sprague Eapid Addition ' ' \q 

Taylor Elements of the Calculus '.*.'.*.*.* .* .' I'so 

Wentworth Grammar School Arithmetic * '75 

Shorter Course in Algebra 1.00 

Elements of Algebra 1J2 

Complete Algebra i^q 

Plane Geometry 75 

Plane and Solid Geometry 1.25 

Plane and Solid Geometry, and Trigonometry 1.40 
Plane Trigonometry and Tables. Paper. . .60 
PI. and Sph. Trig., Surv., and Navigation . 1.12 

PL and Sph. Trig., Surv., and Tables 1.25 

Trigonometric Formulas l.OO 

Wentworth & HiU : Practical Arithmetic * 1*00 

Abridged Practical Arithmetic 75 

Exercises in Arithmetic 

Part I. Exercise Manual 

Part II. Examination Manual 35 

Answers (to both Parts) 25 

Exercises in Algebra 70 

Part I. Exercise Manual 35 

Part II. Examination Manual 35 

AnsM^ers (to both Parts) 25 

Exercises in Geometry 70 

Five-place Log. and Trig. Tables (7 Tables) .50 

Five-place Log. and Trig. Tables ( Comp. Ed. ) 1.00 

Wentworth & Reed : First Steps in Number, Pupils' Edition .30 

Teachers' Edition, complete .90 
Parts I , II., and III. (separate), each .30 

Wheeler plane and Spherical Trig, and Tables 1.00 

Copies sent to Teachers for examination, with a view to Introduction, 
on receipt of Introduction Price. 



mm & COMPANY, Publishers. 

AOSTON. NEW YORK. CHICAGO. 



BOOKS ON ENGLISH LITERATURE. 



Allen .... Reader's Guide to English History . . . . . $ .25 

Arnold . . . English Literature 1.50 

Bancroft . . A Method of English Composition 50 

Browne . . Shakespere Versification 25 

Fulton & Trueblood: Choice Readings . . . c . . . 1.50 
Chart Illustrating Principles of Vocal Expression, 2.00 

Genung . . Practical Elements of Rhetoric 1.25 

Gilmore . . Outlines of the Art of Expression ..... .60 

Ginn .... Scotf s Lady of the Lake . . . Bds., .35 ; Cloth^ .^o 

Scott's Tales of a Grandfather . Bds., .40 ; Cloth^ .50 

Gummere . Handbook of Poetics i.oo 

Hudson . . Harvard Edition of Shakespeare : — 

20 Vol. Edition. Cloth^ 7'etail 25.00 

10 Vol. Edition. Cloth^ retail 20.00 

Life, Art, and Character of Shakespeare. 2 vols. 

Cloth, retail 4.00 

Nevi^ School Shakespeare. Cloth. Each Play . .45 

Old School Shakespeare, per play 20 

Expurgated Family Shakespeare 10.00 

Essays on Education, English Studies, etc. . . .25 

Three Volume Shakespeare, per vol 1.25 

Text-Book of Poetry 1.25 

Text-Book of Prose 1.25 

Pamphlet Selections, Prose and Poetry . . . .15 

Classical English Reader i.oo 

Johnson . . Rasselas Bds., .30 ; Cloth^ .40 

Lee Graphic Chart of English Literature 25 

Martineau . The Peasant and the Prince . . Bds., .35 ; Cloth, .50 
Minto . . . Manual of English Prose Literature .... 1.50 

Characteristics of English Poets 2.00 

Rolfe .... Craik's English of Shakespeare 90 

Scott .... Guy Mannering Bds., .60 ; Cloth, .75 

Ivanhoe Bds.y .60 ; Cloth, .75 

Talisman Bds., .^o\ Cloth, .60 

Rob Roy Bds., .60 ; Cloth, .75 

Sprague . . Milton's Paradise Lost, and Lycidas .... .45 
Six Selections from Irving's Sketch-Book 

Bds., .25 ; Cloth, .35 

Swift .... Gulliver's Travels Bds., .30 ; Cloth, .40 

Thorn. . . . Shakespeare and Chaucer Examinations ... .00 



Copies sent to Teachers for Examination, with a view to Introduction, 
on receipt of the Introduction Price given above. 



GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 

Boston. New York, and Chicago. 






















4i;f!^iiifii 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS, 



01 



9 725 587 



